Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1As to the preceding topics, what has been already said will be sufficient. We must next proceed to consider, and that in no slight or cursory manner, the philosophical account which Moses gives us of the confusion of languages; for he speaks in the following manner: "And all the earth had one pronunciation, and there was one language among all men. And it came to pass, as they were moving from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt there. And one man said to his neighbour, Come, let us make bricks, and let us burn them with fire; and they had bricks for stone, and asphalt for mortar. And they said, Come, let us build ourselves a city, and a tower whose head shall reach to heaven; and let us make for ourselves a name, before we are scattered over the face of all the earth. And the Lord came down to see the city, and the tower, which the sons of men had builded. And the Lord said, Behold, all mankind is one race, and there is but one language among them all; and they have begun to do this thing, and now there will not fail unto them anything of all the things which they desire to do. Come, let us go down and confuse their language there, so that each may not understand the voice of his neighbour. And the Lord scattered them from thence over the face of all the earth, and they desisted from building the city, and the tower. On this account, the name of it was called Confusion, because there the Lord confused the languages of all the earth, and from thence the Lord scattered them over the face of all the earth."
2Those who are discontented at the constitution under which their fathers have lived, being always eager to blame and to accuse the laws, being impious men, use these and similar instances as foundations for their impiety, saying, "Are ye even now speaking boastfully concerning your precepts, as if they contained the rules of truth itself? For, behold, the books which you call the sacred scriptures do also contain fables, at which you are accustomed to laugh, when you hear others relating them."
3And what is the use of devoting our leisure to collecting the fables interspersed in so many places throughout the history of the giving of the law, as if we had especial leisure for the consideration of calumnies, and as if it were not better to attend merely to what is under our hands and before us?
4Certainly, this one fable resembles that which is composed about the Aloadae, who the greatest and most glorious of all poets, Homer, says, had in contemplation to heap the three loftiest mountains on one another, and to build them into one mass, hoping that by this means there would be a road for them, as they were desirous to mount up to heaven, and that by these mountains it would be easy for them to be raised to the height of the sky. And the verses of Homer on this subject are these:— High on Olympus’ top they strove to raise Gigantic Ossa; and on Ossa’s heights To place the leafy Pelion, that heaven Might thus become accessible. But Olympus and Ossa and Pelion are the names of mountains.
5But instead of these mountains the lawgiver represents a tower as having been built by these men, who, out of ignorance and wicked ambition, were desirous to reach the heaven. Every alienation of mind, then, is grievous; for even if every portion of the whole earth could be built over, a slight foundation being first laid, and then if a superstructure could be raised in the fashion of a single pillar, it would still be an enormous distance removed from the heavenly sphere, and above all would it be so according to the tenets of those curious philosophers who have affirmed that the earth is the centre of the universe.
6And there is also another story akin to this, related by the devisers of fables, concerning the sameness of language existing among animals: for they say that formerly, all the animals in the world, whether land animals, or aquatic ones, or winged ones, had but one language, and that, just as among men Greeks speak the same language as Greeks, and the present race of barbarians speak the same language as barbarians, exactly in the same manner every animal was able to converse with every other animal with which it might meet, and with which it did anything, or from which it suffered anything, so that they sympathised with one another at their mutual misfortunes, and rejoiced whenever any of them met with any good fortune;
7for they could impart their pleasures and their annoyances to one another by their sameness of language, so that they felt pleasure together and pain together; and this similarity of manners and union of feelings lasted, until being sated with the great abundance of good things which they enjoyed, as often happens, they were at last drawn on to a desire of what was unattainable, and even sent an embassy to treat for immortality, requesting to be released from old age, and to be always endowed with the vigour of youth, saying, that already one animal of their body, and that a reptile, the serpent, had received this gift; for he, having put off old age, was allowed again to grow young; and that it was absurd for the more important animals to be left behind by an inferior one, or for their whole body to be distanced by one.
8However, they suffered the punishment suitable to their audacity, for they immediately were separated in their language, so that, from that time forth, they have not been able to understand one another, by reason of the difference in the dialects into which the one common language of them all had been divided.
9But he who brings his account nearer the truth, has distinguished between the rational and irrational animals, so that he testifies that identity of language belonged to men alone: and this also, as they say, is a fabulous story. And indeed they affirm, that the separation of language into an infinite variety of dialects, which Moses calls the confusion of tongues, was effected as a remedy for sins, in order that men might not be able to co-operate in common for deeds of wickedness through understanding one another; and that they might not, when they were in a manner deprived of all means of communication with one another, be able with united energies to apply themselves to the same actions.
10But this precaution does not appear to have turned out of any use; for since that time, though men have been separated into different nations, and have no longer used one language, nevertheless, land and sea have been repeatedly filled with unspeakable evils. For it was not the languages which were the causes of men’s uniting for evil objects, but the emulation and rivalry of their souls in wrong-doing.
11For even those who have had their tongues cut out can intimate what they wish by nods and looks, and other positions and motions of the body, not less than by a distinct utterance of words. And besides this consideration, there is the fact that, very often, one nation by itself, having not merely one language, but one code of laws, and one system of manners, has arrived at such a pitch of iniquity that, as to a superfluity of wickedness, it may counterbalance the sins of all the men in the world put together.
12And again, through ignorance of foreign languages, many persons, having no foreknowledge of the future, have been anticipated and overwhelmed by those who were plotting against them; as, on the other hand, by knowledge of foreign languages, men have been able to repel fears and dangers with which they have been threatened; so that a community of language is an advantageous thing rather than an injurious one: since, even at the present day, nothing contributes so greatly to the safety and protection of the people of each country, and particularly of the natives, as their being of one language.
13For if a man has learnt many dialects, he immediately is looked upon with consideration and respect by those who are also acquainted with them, as being already a friendly person, and contributing no small introduction and means of friendship by reason of his familiarity with words which they too understand; which familiarity very commonly imparts a feeling of security, that one is not likely to suffer any great evil at the hands of such a man. Why, then, did God remove sameness of language from among men as a cause of evils, when it seems it should rather have been established as a most useful thing?
14Those, then, who put these things together, and cavil at them, and raise malicious objections, will be easily refuted separately by those who can produce ready solutions of all such questions as arise from the plain words of the law, arguing in a spirit far from contentious, and not encountering them by sophisms drawn from any other source, but following the connection of natural consequences, which does not permit them to stumble, but which easily puts aside any impediments that arise, so that the course of their arguments proceeds without any interruption or mishap.
15We say then that by the expression, that "all the earth had but one pronunciation and one language," is intimated a symphony of great and unspeakable evils, which cities have inflicted upon cities, nations upon nations, and countries upon countries, and through which men not only wrong one another, but also behave with impiety towards God, and yet these things are the iniquities of many; but let us consider the ineffable multitude of evils which proceed from each individual man, and especially when he is under the influence of that ill-timed, and inharmonious, and unmusical agreement.
16Now who is there who does not know the great influence of fortune, when men, in addition to the diseases or mutilations of the body, are attacked also by poverty and want of reputation? And again, when these things are further united to diseases of the soul, in consequence of moody melancholy, driving men beside themselves, or of extreme old age, or of any other severe calamity which presses upon them?
17For even one of these evils here mentioned by itself, when it opposes a man with violence, is sufficient to overthrow and to crush even one who is very proud and haughty; but when all these evils, to wit, the evils of the body, and the evils of the soul, and external misfortunes, all come together as if in one regular battalion, moving by previous arrangement at the same time, so as to attack him in one body, what resolution is there which they will not overpower? For when the guards are slain, it follows of necessity that he who relies on his guards must fall.
18Now the guards of the body are wealth, glory, and honours, which set it up and raise it on high, and make it proud, just as the contrary things, dishonour, want of reputation, and poverty, throw it down like so many enemies.
19Again, the body-guards of the soul are hearing, and seeing, and smelling, and taste, and the whole band of the outward senses, and also health, and strength, and vigour, and energy. For the mind, when walking among and living in the company of these things, as between well-fortified boundaries firmly standing and solidly established, triumphs and rejoices, meeting with no hindrance on any side to prevent it from exerting its own impulses, but having its road in every direction easy, and level, and open, and easy to be travelled.
20But the things which are set in opposition and hostility to these guards are mutilation of the organs of the outward senses, and disease, as I have said before, by which the mind is often precipitated into disaster; and these things are all the results of fortune, very grievous and intrinsically miserable, but still, if compared with those which are brought on ourselves by our own deliberate will, they are far lighter.
21Let us now again in its turn consider what is the united body of evils voluntarily incurred. Our soul being capable of being divided into three divisions, one division is said to have fallen to the lot of the mind and of reason, the second to passion, and the third to appetite; and each separate one of these has its own peculiar evils, and also they have all common and mutual diseases. Since the mind reaps the harvest which folly, and cowardice, and intemperance, and injustice sow; and passion brings forth frantic and insane strife and conflict, and all the other numerous evils with which it is pregnant; and appetite disseminates in every direction the impetuous and fickle loves of youth which descend upon every object, animate or inanimate, which it chances to meet with.
22For then, as if in any vessel, the sailors, and the passengers, and the pilots, had all, under the influence of insanity, agreed to destroy it, those who have joined in the plot against it are none the less involved in the same destruction. For the heaviest of all evils, and almost the only one that is incurable, is the unanimous energy of all the parts of the soul agreeing to commit sin, not one of the parts being able to act with soundness (just as is the case in an evil affecting the whole people), so as to heal those that are sick; but even the physicians being diseased as well as their patients, whom the pestilential disease has overwhelmed and weighs down under a confessed calamity.
23Of this great evil, that great deluge described by the lawgiver is an image; for the torrents from heaven continually pouring down cataracts of wickedness itself with impetuous violence, and springs from the ground (by which I mean the body) continually bursting up and pouring forth streams of every passion in great numbers and vast size, which, uniting and being mingled in the same stream with the other waters, are thrown into confusion, and overthrow the whole region of the soul which has received them with incessant eddies and whirlpools.
24"For," says Moses, "the Lord God, seeing that the wickedness of men were multiplied upon the earth, and that every one did think continually in his heart nothing but evil all his days, determined to punish man" (and here by man I understand the mind, together with all the reptiles and winged creatures, and all the rest of the multitude of wild animals which surround him), by reason of his incurable wickedness; and the punishment which God decided upon was the deluge.
25For there was unbounded freedom in sinning, and unlimited licence in doing wrong, no one hindering it, but all restraints being shamelessly broken down in such a way that there was no fear left behind to restrain those who were thoroughly ready to snatch at abundant supplies for enjoyment of every kind. And may we not say that this was natural? For it was not only one portion of the soul which was corrupted in such a way that it could still be preserved by the sound condition of the other parts; but there was no part whatever of it which was left free from disease or from corruption. For the incorruptible Judge, says Moses, seeing that every thought of man’s heart (not one single idea by itself) was evil continually, inflicted upon him a deserved punishment.
Sections 26–50
26These are they who "made a treaty with one another in the valley of Salt." For the region of the vices and of the passions is a hollow valley, rough, and full of ravines; truly salt, and producing bitter pains; and their treaty, as one that was not worthy of being confirmed by any oath or by any libation, the wise Abraham, who knew the character of it, annulled. For it is said in the scripture that, "All these men made a treaty at the valley of Salt, that is the sea of Salt."
27Do you not perceive that they who are barren of wisdom and blinded as to the intellect which it would be natural to expect should be sharp-sighted, having the name of Sodomites from their real character," did, with all their people united together, from young to old, surround the house in a circle" (that is to say, the house of the soul), in order to pollute and contaminate those strangers from a foreign land, who had been received in hospitality, namely, sacred and holy reasons, the guards and defenders of the soul; no one whatever attempting either to resist those wrong doers, or to avoid doing wrong himself?
28For Moses does not speak of some as having consented and of others having stood aloof; but, as he says, "The whole people surrounded the house all together, both old and young," having entered into a conspiracy against all those holy actions and words which it is customary to call angels.
29But Moses, the prophet of God, will meet them and check them, though they come on with exceeding boldness; even though, placing in the front him who is the boldest and the most forward and able speaker among them as their king, namely speech, they rush on with one impulse, hoping to increase their strength as they go on, and overflowing like a river; "For behold," says Moses, "the king of Egypt is coming to the water; but do thou go to meet him, and stand on the bank of the river."
30Therefore the wicked man goes forth to the stream of iniquities and passions, and all collected evils, which are here likened to water; but the wise man first obtains from God, who always stands firm, an honour akin to his undeviating, and in all respects and under all circumstances, unchangeable power; for we read in the scripture.
31"But do thou stand here with me, " that having laid aside doubt and vacillation, the dispositions of an infirm soul, he may put on that most steadfast and trustworthy disposition, faith. In the next place, even while standing still, he (which seems a most extraordinary thing) goes forward to meet him; for it is said to him, "Thou shalt stand meeting him," and yet to go to meet is a part of motion, while to stand still is regarded as characteristic of tranquillity.
32But the prophet does not here say things which are inconsistent, but rather such as are exceedingly in accordance with nature; for the man whose mind is naturally disposed to be tranquil, and is established undeviatingly, must necessarily be at variance with all those who delight in disorder and confusion, and who by artificial storms seek to disturb him who is capable of enjoying tranquillity.
33It is very appropriately said that the meeting took place on the bank of the river; but the banks are also called the lips, and the lips are the boundaries of the mouth, and are a sort of fence to the tongue, through which the stream of discourse is borne, when it begins to be uttered;
34but those who hate virtue and who love learning, use speech as their ally for the exposition of doctrines which are disapproved; and again, on the other hand, virtuous men employ it for the refutation of such doctrines, and for establishing the irresistible strength of the better and true wisdom.
35When then, after having had recourse to every expedient of contentious doctrines, men are destroyed, being overwhelmed by the opposing violence of contrary arguments, then the wise man will very justly and suitably establish a most sacred chorus, and melodiously sing a triumphal song;
36"For," says Moses, "Israel saw the Egyptians," not dead in any other place, but "on the bank (χε̃ιλος) of the river;" meaning here by death, not the separation of the soul from the body, but the impetuous onset of unholy doctrines and assertions, which men utter by the mouth, and tongue, and the other organs of speech.
37But the death of speech is silence, not that silence which well-bred people cultivate, making it a symbol of modesty—for this silence is itself a faculty and a sister of that one which is developed in speech, arranging what is to be said with reference to time—but that silence which the sick and the weary against their will endure, on account of the strength of their antagonists, because they cannot find any handle to answer them;
38for whatever they touch slips away from them, and whatever thing they seek to take their stand on does not remain, so that they of necessity fall before they stand, like that hydrostatic machine called the helix; for in the middle of that engine there are some steps, which the husbandman when he desires to water his fields mounts up upon, but is rolled round of necessity; and in order to avoid falling he is continually catching at the nearest firm thing that he can lay his hands on, which he takes hold of and so supports his whole body; for instead of his hands he uses his feet, and instead of his feet he uses his hands; for he stands on his hands, by means of which, actions are usually done, and he acts with his feet on which it is natural to stand.
39But many, who are not able vigorously to refute the plausible inventions of the sophists, because they have not very much practised discussion by reason of their continued application to action, have taken refuge in the alliance of the only wise Being, and have besought him to become their defender. As one of the friends of Moses, when praying, says in his hymns, "Let the treacherous lips become mute;" and how can they become mute if they are not curbed by the only being who has speech itself as his subject?
40We must therefore flee, without ever turning back, from all associations entered into for the purposes of sin; but the alliance made with the companions of wisdom and knowledge must be confirmed.
41In reference to which I admire those who say, "We are all one man’s sons, we are men of peace," because of their well-adapted agreement; since how, I should say, could you, O excellent men, avoid being grieved at war, and delighted in peace, being the sons of one and the same father, and he not mortal but immortal, the man of God, who being the reason of the everlasting God, is of necessity himself also immortal?
42For they who make out many beginnings of the origin of the soul, being devoted to the evil which is called polytheism, and turning each individual of them, to the honour of different beings, having caused great confusion and dissension both at home and abroad, from the beginning of their birth to the end of their life, filling life with irreconcilable quarrels;
43but they who rejoice in one kind alone, and who honour one as their father, namely right reason, admiring the well-arranged and all-musical harmony of the virtues, live a tranquil and peaceful life, not an inactive and ignoble one, as some persons think, but one of great manliness, and sharpened, and vigorous against those who endeavour to break the confederacy which they have formed, and who are always studying to bring about a violation of the oaths which have been taken; for it has come to pass that the men of peace have become men of war, sitting down to attack and to oppose those who seek to overturn the firmness of the soul.
44And there is testimony in support of this assertion of mine; first of all, in the disposition of every lover of virtue which acknowledges these inclinations; and secondly, in that comrade of the band of the prophets, who being inspired with a sacred frenzy, spoke thus, "O my mother, how hast thou brought me forth, a man of war, and a man of disquietude to all the earth! I have not benefited them, and they have not benefited me; nor is my strength free from their curses."
45But is not every wise man of necessity an irreconcilable enemy to all wicked men, not indeed using the apparatus of triremes or warlike engines, or arms, or soldiers, for his defence, but reasons?
46For when he sees war stirred up in the midst of tranquil peace, so as to be continued and incessant among all men, both public and private, not existing only among nations and countries, and cities and villages, but also in every house, and between each particular individual; who is there who does not reproach and admonish and seek to correct the foolish men whom he sees, and not by day only, but also by night, his soul being unable to remain tranquil by reason of the hatred of wickedness implanted in his nature?
47For they do in peace every thing that is done in war; they plunder, they ravage, they drag into slavery, they carry off booty, they lay waste, they behave insolently, they assault, they destroy, they pollute, they murder treacherously, they murder openly if they are the more powerful;
48for every one of them, proposing to himself riches or glory as his object, aims all the actions of his life as so many arrows at it, and neglects equality, and pursues inequality, and repudiates associations, and labours to acquire to himself all the possessions together properly belonging to every one; he is a misanthrope and a hater of all his fellows, making a hypocritical pretence of benevolence, being a companion of a bastard kind of flattery, an enemy of genuine friendship, a foe to truth, a champion of falsehood, slow to do good, swift to do injury, very ready to calumniate, very slow to defend, clever at deceiving, most perjured, most faithless, a slave of anger, yielding to pleasure, a guardian of all that is evil, a destroyer of all that is good.
49These and other similar gifts are the most desirable treasures of peace, that blessing so celebrated and so admired, which the mind of each individual among the foolish men sets up for itself as an image, and admires and worships; at whom, very naturally, every wise man is grieved, and is accustomed to say to his mother and nurse, wisdom, "O mother, what a person hast thou brought me forth!" not in strength of body, but in energy and courage, a determined hater of wickedness, a man of disquietude and battle, by nature peaceful, and, on this very account, an enemy to those who pollute the desirable beauty of peace.
50"I have done no good to them, nor have they done any good to me;" nor have they even derived any advantage from my good things, nor have I from their evil things; but according to the word of Moses, "I have received no desirable thing from any one of them," inasmuch as I look upon as exceedingly pernicious every object of their desire, which they treasure up in their hearts as the greatest possible advantage;
Sections 51–75
51"Nor has my strength failed by reason of the curses which they laid upon me;" but embracing the divine doctrines with my most earnest power, I was not wearied so as to give up, but rather I vigorously reproached those who cursed me from their hearts.
52For God made us to be a contradiction to our neighbours, as is said in my hymns, meaning all of us who aim at right reason: but are not all those people naturally fond of contradiction who have a zeal for knowledge and virtue, being always at variance with the neighbours of their soul, reproving the pleasures which live in union with them, and reproving the appetites which have the same abode, and looking morosely at acts of cowardice and fear, and the whole body of passions and vices? Reproving then every outward sense, the eyes for what they saw, and the ears for what they heard, and the sense of smell for the smells that presented themselves to it, the taste for the flavours which were subjected to it, and moreover the touch for its various powers developed in the body, with reference to the peculiarities which come under its notice; and even uttered speech for the matters which it may have chosen to discuss;
53for what the outward sense has perceived, or how it has done so, or why, or what speech has uttered, or how or why, or in what manner, and how and why passion has disposed men, it is worth while to investigate in no superficial manner, and to examine each of the errors into which they fall;
54but he who contradicts none of these things, but who assents to every one of them in succession, without being aware of it, is deceiving himself, and building up troublesome neighbours for his soul, which he had better have as subjects than as rulers; for as rulers they will do him manifold and great injury, since folly reigns among them; but as subjects they will serve him obediently in suitable matters, and will not at all raise their heads in arrogance, as they will if they are rulers.
55Thus, indeed, while some are learning to be subjects, and others are obtaining authority, not by knowledge only but also by power, all the body-guards and champions of the soul, that is to say, its reasonings will keep them in order, and coming to that which is most important among them will say, "Thy children have taken the sum of the men that are warriors among us, and there is not one of them who has disagreed;" but like musical instruments, skilfully tuned in all their tones, so we sound in harmony in all our explanations, neither uttering any word nor doing any action which shall be unmelodious or discordant, that we may by the contrast show, that the other company of unlettered men is, in all respects, voiceless and dead, and an object of deserved ridicule, namely, that nourishment of the corporeal parts, Midian, and that his offspring too, that mass of skins, whose name is Belphegor, is asleep;
56"for we are of the race of picked men of Israel, that sees God, of whom not one has disagreed;" that the instrument of the universe, the whole world, may be melodiously sounded in musical harmony.
57On this account Moses says that the "reward of peace" was given to the very war-like reason, which is called Phinehas; because, having received a zeal for virtue, and having taken up war against vice, he cut up the whole of generation; and in the second place, to all those who are willing, after a careful examination and investigation, using their eyes in preference to their ears as a trustworthy witness, to believe that the human race is full of infidelity, depending solely on opinion.
58Therefore, the afore-mentioned agreement is admirable; and most admirable of all is that common one which exceeds all the harmonies of all the others, according to which the whole people is represented as saying with one accord, "All the things which God has spoken, we will obey and do."
59For these men no longer obey reason as their ruler, but God, the governor of the universe, by whom they are assisted so as to display their energies in actions rather than in words. For when they hear of others doing such and such things, these men, which is a thing most contrary to what one would expect, say that, from some inspiration of God, they will act first and obey afterwards; in order that they may seem to have advanced to good actions, not in consequence of instruction and admonition, but by their own spontaneous and self-taught mind. And then, when they have accomplished these actions, they say that they will obey in order that they may form an opinion of what they have done, as to whether their actions are consistent with the divine injunctions and the sacred admonitions of scripture.
60But those who conspired to commit injustice, he says, "having come from the east, found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt there;" speaking most strictly in accordance with nature. For there is a twofold kind of dawning in the soul, the one of a better sort, the other of a worse. That is the better sort, when the light of the virtues shines forth like the beams of the sun; and that is the worse kind, when they are overshadowed, and the vices show forth.
61Now, the following is an example of the former kind: "And God planted a paradise in Eden, toward the east," not of terrestrial but of celestial plants, which the planter caused to spring up from the incorporeal light which exists around him, in such a way as to be for ever inextinguishable.
62I have also heard of one of the companions of Moses having uttered such a speech as this: "Behold, a man whose name is the East!" A very novel appellation indeed, if you consider it as spoken of a man who is compounded of body and soul; but if you look upon it as applied to that incorporeal being who in no respect differs from the divine image, you will then agree that the name of the east has been given to him with great felicity.
63For the Father of the universe has caused him to spring up as the eldest son, whom, in another passage, he calls the firstborn; and he who is thus born, imitating the ways of his father, has formed such and such species, looking to his archetypal patterns.
64But an example of the worse kind of dawning is afforded by the words used by the man who was willing "to curse the people who were blessed by God." For he also is represented as dwelling in the east. And this dawning, having the same name as the former one, has nevertheless an opposite nature to it, and is continually at war with it.
65For Balaam says, "Balak sent for me out of Mesopotamia, from the mountains of the east, saying, Come, curse me the people whom God doth not curse." But the name of Balak, being interpreted means, "void of sense;" a very felicitous name. For how can it be otherwise than shocking to hope to deceive the living God, and to turn aside his most enduring and firmly established counsels by the sophistical devices of men?
66On this account he is represented as living in Mesopotamia, for his mind is overwhelmed as in the middle of the depth of the river, and is not able to emerge and to swim away. And this condition is the dawning of folly and the setting of sound reason.
67They, then, who are tuned in an inharmonious symphony are said to be moved from the east. Is this, then, the east according to wickedness? But the dawning in accordance with virtue is described as a complete separation, and the motion from the dawning according to vice is a united one, as when the hands are moved, not separately and disjunctively, but in a certain harmony and connection with the whole body.
68For folly is to the wicked man the beginning of his energy in the works which are contrary to nature, that is, of his approach to the region of wickedness. But all those who have quitted the region of virtue, and have set forth to go over to folly, have found a most appropriate place in which they dwell, which is called in the Hebrew language Shinar. And Shinar in Greek, is called "shaking;"
69for the whole life of the wicked is shaken, and agitated, and torn to pieces, being always kept in a state of commotion and confusion, and having no trace of any genuine good laid up in itself. For as everything which is not held together by close union, falls out of what is violently shaken, in the very same manner, it seems to me, that the soul is shaken of every man who associates with others for the purpose of doing wrong; for he casts away every appearance of good, so that no shadow or image of it ever appears.
70Accordingly, the body-loving race of the Egyptians is represented as fleeing, not from the water, but "under the water," that is to say, beneath the impetuous speed of the passions. And when it has once placed itself under the power of the passions, it is shaken and agitated; it casts away the stable and peaceful qualities of virtue, and takes up in their stead the turbulent and confused character of wickedness; for it is said that "God shook the Egyptians in the middle of the sea, fleeing under the water."
71These are they who neither knew Joseph—the diversified pride of life—but who, having their sins revealed, have not received any trace, or shade, or image of goodness and excellence.
72For, says Moses, "Another king arose over the Egyptians who knew not Joseph," the latest and most modern good perceptible by the outward senses, who utterly destroyed not only the perfections but even all improvements, and all the energy which can be exerted by the sight, and all the teaching which can be implanted by means of the hearing, saying, "Come, curse me Jacob; and come, defy Israel for me;" an expression which is equivalent to, Destroy both these things, the sight and the hearing of the soul, that it may neither see nor hear any true and genuine good thing; for Israel is the emblem of seeing and Jacob of hearing.
73Accordingly the mind of such persons rejects the whole nature of good, being in some degree shaken; and, on the other hand, the mind of good persons, setting up a claim to the unmingled and unalloyed ideas of good things, shakes off and discards all that is evil.
74Consider, therefore, what the practiser of virtue says: "Take up the foreign gods that are among you from out of the midst of you, and purify yourselves, and change your garments, and rise up and let us go to Bethel;" in order that, even if Laban should demand a power of examining, the images might not be found in his whole house, but only such things as have a real subsistence and essence, being fixed like pillars in the mind of the wise man, which the self-taught offspring Isaac has received as his inheritance; for he alone receives his father’s substance as his inheritance."
75And take notice that Moses does not say that they came unto a plain in which they remain, but that they "found" one, having searched around in every direction, and having considered what might be the most suitable region for folly; for in reality every foolish man does not take from another for himself, but he seeks for and finds evils, not being content only with those which wicked nature proceeds towards of its own accord, but also adding thereto such perfect skill in evil as arises from constant practise in contriving wrong.
Sections 76–100
76And I wish indeed that after he had remained there a brief time he had changed his abode; but even now he thinks fit to remain, for it is said that having found the plain they dwelt there; having settled there as if in their own country and not as if in a foreign land; for it would have been less terrible for men who had fallen in with wicked actions to look upon them as strange and foreign to them, and not to consider that they had any kindred or connection with them. For if they had looked upon themselves as sojourners among them, they would have changed their abode at a subsequent time, but now having settled fixedly among them they were likely to dwell there for ever.
77For this reason all the wise men mentioned in the books of Moses are represented as sojourners, for their souls are sent down from heaven upon earth as to a colony; and on account of their fondness for contemplation, and their love of learning, they are accustomed to migrate to the terrestrial nature.
78Since therefore having taken up their abode among bodies, they behold all the mortal objects of the outward senses by their means, they then subsequently return back from thence to the place from which they set out at first, looking upon the heavenly country in which they have the rights of citizens as their native land, and as the earthly abode in which they dwell for a while as in a foreign land. For to those who are sent to be the inhabitants of a colony, the country which has received them is in place of their original mother country; but still the land which has sent them forth remains to them as the house to which they desire to return.
79Therefore, very naturally, Abraham says to the guardians of the dead and to the arrangers of mortal affairs, after he has forsaken that life which is only dead and the tomb, "I am a stranger and a sojourner among you," but ye are natives of the country, honouring the dust and earth more than the soul, thinking the name Ephron worthy of precedence, for Ephron,
80being interpreted, means "a mound" and naturally, Jacob, the practiser of virtue, bewails his being a sojourner in the body, saying, "The days of the years of my life which I spend here as a sojourner have been few and evil; they have not come up to the days of my fathers which they spent as sojourners."
81But to him who was self-taught the following injunction of scripture was given, "Do not go down," says the scripture, "to Egypt," that is to say to passion; "but dwell in this land land which I will tell thee of," namely, in the incorporeal wisdom which cannot be pointed out to the eye; and be a sojourner in this land, the substance which can be pointed out and appreciated by the external sense. And this is said with a view to show, that the wise man is a sojourner in a foreign land, that is to say in the body perceptible by the outward senses, who dwells among the virtues appreciable by the intellect as in his native land, which virtues God utters as in no way differing from the divine word.
82But Moses says, "I am a sojourner in a foreign land;" speaking with peculiar fitness, looking upon his abode in the body not only as a foreign land, as sojourners do, but also as a land from which one ought to feel alienated, and never look upon it as one’s home.
83But the wicked man, desiring to exhibit the fact that identity of language, and the sameness of dialect does not consist more in names and common words than in his participation in iniquitous actions, begins to build a city and a tower as a citadel for sovereign wickedness; and he invites all his fellow revellers to partake in his enterprise, preparing beforehand abundance of suitable materials.
84For, "Come," says he, "let us make bricks, and let us bake them in the fire," an expression equivalent to, Now we have all the parts of the soul mingled together and in a state of confusion, so that there is no species whatever the form of which is evident to be seen.
85Therefore it will be consistent with these beginnings that, as we have assumed a certain essence destitute of all particular species; and of all distinctive qualities, and have also taken up with passion and vice, we should also divide it into suitable qualities, and keep on reducing the proximate to the ultimate species; and with a view to the more distinct comprehension of them, and also to this employment and enjoyment of them combined with experience, which appears to produce many pleasures and delights.
86Come, therefore, all ye reasonings of counsellors, in some way or the other to the assembly of the soul; come, all ye who meditate the destruction of justice and of all virtue, and let us consider carefully how we may attain to the end which we desire.
87Now of success in this matter these will be the most established foundations: to give to things without form shape and character, and to distinguish each thing separately with distinct outlines, lest, if they become shaken and lame (though fixed on firm foundations,) and if they have assumed a connection with the nature of a quadrangular shape, (for this is a nature always unshaken), they may then, being established steadily like a building of brick, support even those things which are built upon them.
88Of such a structure as this every mind adverse to God, which we call the king of Egypt (that is to say of the body), is found to be the maker. For Moses represents the mind as rejoicing in the buildings made of brick;
89for after some being or other made the two substances of water and earth to be the one dry and the other solid, and mingling the two together, for they were easily dissoluble and corruptible, made a third substance to be on the confines of the two, which is called clay, he has never ceased from dissecting this into small portions, giving its own appropriate figure to each of the fragments, in order that they might be very well compacted together, and very suitable to the objects for which they were intended. For in this way what was being made was sure to be very easily perfected.
90Imitating this work, those men who are wicked in their natures, when they mingle the irrational and extravagant impulses of the passions with the most grievous vices, are, in reality, dissecting that which has been combined into various species, and unhappy that they are fashioning them again and reducing them into shape, by means of which the blockade of the soul will be raised on high; these being, in fact, the divisions of the outward sense into seeing, and hearing, and taste, and smell, and touch. Passion, again, is divided into pleasure, and appetite, and fear, and grief; and the universal genus of vices is divided into folly, and intemperance, and cowardice, and injustice, and all the other vices which are akin to or closely connected with them.
91And before now some persons, even more excessively extravagant in wickedness than these, have not only prepared their own souls for such actions, but have also put a force upon those of a superior class and of the genus which is endowed with acuteness of vision, and have "compelled them to make bricks and to build strong cities" for the mind, which has appeared to occupy the place of king, wishing to point out this fact, that what is good is the slave of what is evil, and that subjection to the passions is more powerful than tranquillity of soul, and prudence, and all virtue is, but, as it were, a subject of folly and all wickedness, so as of necessity to minister in all the matters which the master power enjoins;
92for behold, says Moses, the most pure, and brilliant, and far-sighted eye of the soul, to which alone it is permitted to behold God, by name Israel, being formerly bound in the corporeal nets of Egypt, endures severe commands, so as to be compelled to make bricks and all sorts of things of clay with the most grievous and intolerable labours, at which it is very naturally pained, and at which it groans, having laid up this, as it were, to be its only treasure amid its evils, the power of bewailing its present distresses.
93For it is said, very correctly, that "the children of Israel groaned by reason of their tasks." And what man in his senses is there who, if he saw the tasks of the generality of men, and the exceeding earnestness with which they labour at the pursuits to which they are accustomed to devote themselves, whether it be the acquisition of money, or glory, or the enjoyment of pleasure, would not be greatly concerned and cry out to God, the only Saviour, that he would lighten their labours, and pay a ransom and price for the salvation of the soul, so as to emancipate and deliver it?
94What, then, is the surest freedom? The service of the only wise God, as the scriptures testify, in which it is said, "Send forth the people, that they may serve me."
95But it is a peculiar property of those who serve the living God neither to regard the works of cup-bearers, or bakers, or cooks, or any other earthly employments, nor to trouble themselves about arranging or adorning their bodies like bricks, but to mount up with their reason to the height of heaven, having elected Moses, the type of the race which loves God, to be the guide of their path;
96for then "they will see the place which is visible," on which the unchangeable and unalterable God stands; and the footstool beneath his feet, which is, as it were, a work of sapphire stone, and, as it were, a resemblance to the firmament of heaven, namely, the world perceptible by the outward senses, which he describes allegorically by these figures.
97For it is very suitable for those who have made an association for the purpose of learning to desire to see him; and, if they are unable to do that, at least to see his image, the most sacred word, and, next to that, the most perfect work of all the things perceptible by the outward senses, namely, the world? For to philosophise is nothing else but to desire to see these things accurately.
98But he says that the world perceptible to the outward senses is, as it were, the footstool of God on this account: first of all, that he may show that there is no efficient cause in the creatures; secondly, for the purpose of displaying that even the whole world has not a free and unrestrained spontaneous motion of its own, but God, the ruler of the universe, takes his stand upon it, regulating it and directing everything in a saving manner by the helm of his wisdom, using, in truth, neither hands nor feet, nor any other part whatever such as belongs to created objects; for God is not as man, but the reason why we at times represent him as such, for the sake of instruction, is because we are unable to advance out of ourselves, but derive our apprehension of the uncreate God from the circumstances with which we ourselves are surrounded.
99And it is very beautifully said by Moses, in the form of a parable, when he speaks of the world as if it resembled a brick; for the world appears to stand and to be firmly fixed like a brick in a house, as far as the vision of the sight of the outward senses can inform us, but it has a very swift motion, and one which is able to outstrip all particular motions.
100For the eyes of our body look upon the appearance of the sun by day and of the moon by night as standing still, and yet who is there who does not know that the rapidity of movements of these two bodies is incomparable, since they go round the whole heaven in one day? Thus, indeed, the universal heaven itself also, while appearing to stand still, revolves in a circle; its movement being detected and comprehended by the invisible and more divine eye which is placed in our mind.
Sections 101–125
101And they are represented as baking the bricks in the fire, for the purpose of intimating by this symbolical expression that they are strengthened and hardened as to their vices and their passions by warm and most energetic reason, so that they can never be overthrown by the body-guards of wisdom, by whom engines for their defeat are being continually put in operation.
102On which account we have this further statement also made, "Their brick was to them for stone;" for the weak and lax character of that impetuosity which is not in company with reason, when it is closely pressed and condensed so as to assume a nature capable of solidity and resistance, owes this change to powerful reasons and most convincing demonstrations; the comprehension of such speculations being, in a manner, endowed with manliness and vigour, which comprehensions, while in a tender age, melt away by reason of the mixture of the soul, which is not as yet able to consolidate and preserve the character impressed upon it.
103"And they had slime for mortar;" not, on the contrary, mortar for slime. For the wicked appear to strengthen and fortify what is weak against what is more powerful, and from their own resources to consolidate and preserve what melts and flows away from such things, in order that they may aim and shoot at virtue from a safe place. But the merciful God and father of the good will not permit their buildings to be established in indissoluble safety, their work of melting zeal not being able to withstand, but becoming like soft mud.
104For, if their clay had become mortar, then perchance that earthy thing perceptible by the outward senses, which is for ever and ever in a continued state of flux, would have been able to arrive at a safe and unalterable power; but since, on the contrary, their mortar became mere slime, we must not despair, for there is in this, certain hope that the strong fortifications of vice may be overthrown by the might of God.
105Therefore the just man, even in the great and incessant deluge of life, while he is not as yet able to see things really as they are by the energy of his soul alone without the assistance of the outward sense, will anoint "the ark," by which I understand the body, "both within and without with pitch," strengthening his imaginations and energies by his own resources; but when the danger has ceased and the violence of the flood abated, then he will come forth, availing himself of his incorporeal mind for the comprehension of truth.
106For the good disposition being from the very birth of the man planted in virtue, and being spoken of as such, its name being Moses, dwelling in the whole world as his native city and country, becoming, as it were, a cosmopolite, being bound up in the body, smeared over as with "bitumen and pitch," and appearing to be able to receive and to contain in security all the imaginations of all things which might be subjected to the outward senses, weeps at being so bound up, being overwhelmed with a desire for an incorporeal nature. And he weeps over the miserable mind of men in general as being wandering and puffed up with pride, inasmuch as, being elated with false opinion, it thinks that it has in itself something firm and safe, and, as a general fact, that there something immutable in some creature or other, though the example of perpetual stability, which is at all times the same, is set up in God alone.
107And the expression, "Come, and let us build ourselves a city and a tower, the top of which shall reach to heaven," has such a meaning as this concealed beneath it; the lawgiver does not conceive that those only are cities which are built upon the earth, the materials of which are wood and stone, but he thinks that there are other cities also which men bear about with them, being built in their souls;
108and these are, as is natural, the archetypes and models of the others, inasmuch as they have received a more divine building, and the others are but imitations of them, as consisting of perishable substances. But there are two species of cities, the one better, the other worse. That is the better which enjoys a democratic government, a constitution which honours equality, the rulers of which are law and justice; and such a constitution as this is a hymn to God. But that is the worse kind which adulterates this constitution, just as base and clipped money is adulterated in the coinage, being, in fact, ochlocracy, which admires inequality, in which injustice and lawlessness bear sway.
109Now good men are enrolled as citizens in the constitution of the first-mentioned kind of city; but the multitude of the wicked clings to the other and worse sort, loving disorder more than orderliness, and confusion rather than well-established steadiness.
110And the wicked man seeks for coadjutors in his practise of wickedness, not looking upon himself as sufficient by himself. And he exhorts the sight, and he exhorts the hearing, and he exhorts every outward sense in succession, to range itself on his side without delay, and every one of them to bring to him all things necessary for his service. And he raises up and sharpens all the rest of the company of the passions, which are by their own nature unmanageable, in order that by the addition of practise and care they may become irresistible.
111The mind, therefore, having called in these allies, says, "Let us build ourselves a city;" an expression equivalent to, Let us fortify our own things; let us fence them around to the best of our power, so that we may not be easily taken by those who attack us; let us divide and distribute, as into tribes and boroughs, each of the powers existing in the soul, allotting some to the rational part, and some to the irrational part;
112let us choose competent rulers, wealth, glory, honour, pleasure, by means of which we may be able to become masters of everything; banishing to a distance justice, the invariable cause of poverty and ingloriousness; and let us enact laws, which shall confirm the chief power and advantage to those who are always able to get the better of others.
113And let a tower be built in this city as a citadel, to be a strong palace for the tyrant vice, whose feet shall walk upon the earth, and its head shall, through pride, be raised to such a height as to reach even to heaven;
114for, in good truth, it rests not only upon human sins, but it also hastens forward as far as heaven, pushing up its words of impiety and ungodliness, since it either speaks of God so as to assert that he has no existence, or that, though he exists, he has no providence, or to affirm that the world had no beginning of creation, or that, admitting that it has been created, it is borne on by unsteady causes, just as chance may direct, at one time wrongly, at another time in an irreproachable manner, just as often happens in the case of chariots or ships.
115For sometimes the voyage of a ship, or the course of a chariot, goes on properly even without charioteers or pilots; but success is not only now and then owing to providences, but very often to human prudence and invariably to divine, since error is admitted to be altogether incompatible with divine power. Now what object can the foolish men have who, speaking figuratively, build up the reasonings of wickedness like a tower, except the desire of leaving behind them a name which shall be far from a good name?
116For they say, "Let us make for ourselves a name." O, the excessive and profligate impudence of such a saying! What say ye? When ye ought to seek to bury your iniquities under night and profound darkness, and to assume as a veil for them, shame, if not genuine, at all events pretended shame, whether for the sake of gaining favour in the eyes of the moderate and virtuous, or for that of avoiding punishment for admitted wickedness; do ye, nevertheless, proceed to such a pitch of audacity, as all but to come forth and display yourselves in the light and in the most brilliant beams of the sun, and to fear neither the threats of better men, nor the implacable justice of God, which impends over such ungodly and desperate men? But ye think fit even to send around in every direction reports, to carry intelligence of your domestic iniquities, in order that no one may be uninformed of or unacquainted with your deeds of daring wickedness, wretched and infamous men that ye are.
117What name, therefore, do ye wish to assume? Is it the one which is most suitable to your actions? But is there not one name only which is suited to them? It may, perhaps, be one in genus; but there are ten thousand such names in species, which you will hear from others, even if ye keep silence yourselves. The names adapted to your conduct are, rashness united with shamelessness, insolence combined with violence, violence in union with homicide, corruption in combination with adultery, undefined appetite accompanied by unmeasured indulgence in pleasures, folly joined with impudence, injustice united to crafty wickedness, theft combined with rapine, perjury united with lying, impiety combined with utter lawlessness. Such, and similar to these, are the names of such actions.
118And it is well for them to boast over and pride themselves, upon seeking for reputation from actions which it would be more seemly to hide and to be ashamed of. And, indeed, some persons do pride themselves on these things, thinking that in consequence of them they do derive a certain irresistible degree of power among men from this idea being entertained respecting them; but they will not escape the divine vengeance for their enormous audacity, and very soon they will have occasion not only to anticipate at a distance, but even to see immediately impending their own death. For they say, "Before we are dispersed, let us have a care for our name and our glory."
119Should I not then say to them, Ye know that ye will be dispersed? Why, then, do ye commit iniquity? But perhaps he is here placing before us the manner of foolish men who, even when the very greatest punishments are not obscurely impending over them, but are often visibly threatening them, nevertheless do not hesitate to commit iniquity. And the punishments, however they may seem to be concealed, are in reality most notorious, which are inflicted by God.
120For all the most wicked of men adopt ideas that they can never escape the knowledge of the deity when doing wrong, and that they shall never be able to ward off altogether the day of retribution.
121Since otherwise, how do they know that they will be dispersed? And yet they say, "Before we are dispersed." But their conscience, which is within, convicts them, and pricks them vehemently, when devoting themselves to ungodliness, so as to draw them against their will to a confession that all the circumstances affecting men are overlooked by a superior nature, and that justice is watching above, as an incorruptible chastiser, hating the unjust actions of the impious, and the reasonings and speeches which undertake their defence.
122But all these men are the offspring of that wickedness which is always dying but which never dies, the name of which is Cain. Is not Cain represented as having begotten a son whom he called Enoch, and as building a city to which he gave the same name, and as after a fashion building up created and mortal things to the destruction of those things which have received a more divine formation?
123For the name Enoch, being interpreted, means "thy grace." But every impious man supposes that what he thinks and understands is owing to the bounty of his intellect towards him; that what he sees is the gift of his eyes to him, what he hears of his ears, what he smells of his nostrils, and so that each of his outward senses bestows on him those perceptions which are in accordance with them. Again, that it is the organs of the voice which endow him with the capacity of speaking, and that there is actually no such thing as a God at all, or at all events that he is not the primary cause of things.
124Because of these views he assigns to himself the first fruits of the fruits which he extracts from the earth by his husbandry, being contented afterwards to offer to God some of the fruit, and that too though he has a sound example at hand; for his brother offers a sacrifice of the offspring of the flock, offering the firstborn, and not those which are of secondary value; confessing that the eldest causes of all existing things are suited to the eldest and first cause.
125But the impious man thinks exactly the contrary, namely, that the mind is endowed with absolute power to do whatever it desires, and that the outward senses have absolute power as to all that they feel, for that both the mind and the outward senses decide in an irreproachable and unerring manner, the one on bodies, and the other on everything.
Sections 126–150
126Now what can be more open to blame, or more capable of conviction by truth, than such ideas as these? Has not the mind been repeatedly convicted of innumerable acts of folly? And have not all the outward senses been convicted of bearing false witness, and that too not by irrational judges who, it is natural to suppose, may be deceived, but before the tribunal of nature herself, which it is impossible to corrupt or to pervert?
127And indeed as the criteria both of our mind and of our outward senses are liable to error respecting even ourselves, it follows of necessity that we must make the corresponding confession that God sheds upon the mind the power of intellect, and on the outward senses the faculty of apprehension, and that these benefits are conferred upon us not by our own members but by him to whom also we owe our existence.
128The children who have received from their father the inheritance of self-love are eager to go on increasing up to heaven, until justice, which loves virtue and hates iniquity, coming destroys their cities which they have built up by the side of their miserable souls, and the tower the name of which is displayed in the book which is entitled the Book of Judgment.
129And the name is, as the Hebrews say, Phanuel, which translated into our language means, "turning away from God." For any strong building which is erected by means of plausible arguments is not built for the sake of any other object except that of averting and alienating the mind from the honour due to God, than which object what can be more iniquitous?
130But for the destruction of this strong fortification a ravager and an enemy of iniquity is prepared who is always full of hostility towards it; whom the Hebrews call Gideon: which name being interpreted means, "a retreat for robbers." "For," says Moses, "Gideon swore to the men of Phanuel, saying, On the day when I return victorious in peace, I will overthrow this tower."
131A very beautiful and most becoming boast for the soul which hates wickedness and is sharpened against the impious, namely, that it is resolved to overthrow every reasoning which by its persuasions seeks to turn the mind away from holiness, and this indeed is the natural result. For when the mind turns round, then that which turns away from it, and rejects it is again dissolved,
132and this is the opportunity for destroying it which (a most wonderful thing) he calls not war but peace. For, owing to the stability and firmness of the mind which piety is accustomed to produce, every reasoning which impiety has formed is overturned.
133Many also have even erected the outward senses after the fashion of a tower, raising them to such a height as to be able to reach the very borders of heaven. But the term heaven is here used symbolically to signify our mind, according to which the best and most divine natures revolve. But they who dare such deeds prefer the outward senses to the intellect, and desire by means of the outward senses forcibly to destroy all the objects of intellect, compelling those things which are, at present masters to descend into the rank of servants, and raising those things which are by nature slaves to the rank of masters.
134And the statement, "The Lord went down to see that city and that tower" must be listened to altogether as if spoken in a figurative sense. For to think that the divinity can go towards, or go from, or go down, or go to meet, or, in short, that it has the same positions and motions as particular animals, and that it is susceptible of real motion at all, is, to use a common proverb, an impiety deserving of being banished beyond the sea and beyond the world.
135But these things are spoken, as if of man, by the lawgiver, of God who is not invested with human form, for the sake of advantage to us who are to be instructed, as I have often said before with reference to other passages. Since who is there who does not know that it is indispensable for a person who goes down, to leave one place and to occupy another?
136But all places are filled at once by God, who surrounds them all and is not surrounded by any of them, to whom alone it is possible to be everywhere and also nowhere. Nowhere, because he himself created place and space at the same time that he created bodies, and it is impious to say that the Creator is contained in anything that he has created. Again, he is everywhere, because, having extended his powers so as to make them pervade earth, and water, and air, and heaven, he has left no portion of the world desolate, but, having collected everything together, he has bound them with chains which cannot be burst, so that they are never emancipated, on which account he is especially to be praised with hymns.
137For that which is higher than all powers is understood to exceed them, not merely in the fact of its existence. But the power of this being which made and arranged everything is with perfect truth called God, and it contains everything in its bosom, and pervades every portion of the universe.
138But the divine being, both invisible and incomprehensible, is indeed everywhere, but still, in truth, he is nowhere visible or comprehensible. But when he says, "I am he who stands before thee," he appears indeed to be displayed and to be comprehended, though before any exhibition or conception he was superior to all created things.
139Therefore, no one of the words which implies a motion from place to place is appropriate to that God who exists only in essence; such expressions, I mean, as going upwards or downwards, to the right or to the left, forwards or backwards. For he is not conceived of in any one of the above mentioned ideas, inasmuch as he never turns around or changes his place.
140But, nevertheless, he is said to have come down and to have seen, he who by his foreknowledge comprehends everything, not only that has happened, but even before it happens; and this expression is used for the sake of exhortation and instruction, in order that no man, indulging in uncertain conjectures about matters which he is not present to behold may, while standing afar off, be too prompt to believe idle fancies, but that every one may come close to the facts, and examining each one separately, may carefully and thoroughly consider them. For certain sight is more deserving to be looked upon as a trustworthy witness than fallacious hearing.
141On which account a law has been enacted among those nations which have the most excellent constitution, that one must not give evidence on hearsay, because by its own nature the tribunal of the sense of hearing is liable to be corrupted. And Moses indeed says in the prohibitory part of his law, "Thou shalt not receive vain hearing." Meaning not only this, that one ought not to receive false or silly reports by hearsay, but that, as far as the clear comprehension of the truth is concerned, the hearing is a long way behind the sight, being full of vanity.
142We say that this is the reason why it is said that God went down to see the city and the tower; and the addition, "Which the sons of men had built," is not a mere superfluity. For perhaps some profanely disposed person may mock and say, "The lawgiver is here teaching us a very novel kind of lesson, when he says that no one else but the sons of men build cities and towers; for who, even of the most crazy people is ignorant of what is so evident and notorious as that?"
143But we must not suppose that such a plain and unquestionable fact as that, is what is intended to be conveyed by the mention of it in the holy scriptures, but rather there is some hidden meaning concealed under these apparently plain words which we must trace out.
144What then is this hidden meaning? Those who, as it were, attribute many fathers to existing things, and who represent the company of the gods as numerous, displaying great ignorance of the nature of things and causing great confusion, and making pleasure the proper object of the soul, are those who are, if we must tell the plain truth, spoken of as the builders of the aforesaid city, and of the citadel in it; having increased the efficient causes of the desired end, building them up like houses, being, as I imagine, in no respect different from the children of the harlot whom the law expels from the assembly of God, where it says, "The offspring of a harlot shall not come into the assembly of the Lord." Because, like archers shooting at random at many objects, and not aiming skilfully or successfully at any one mark, so these men, putting forward ten thousand principles and causes for the creation of the universe, every one of which is false, display a perfect ignorance of the one Creator and Father of all things;
145but they who have real knowledge, are properly addressed as the sons of the one God, as Moses also entitles them, where he says, "Ye are the sons of the Lord God." And again, "God who begot thee;" and in another place, "Is not he thy father?" Accordingly, it is natural for those who have this disposition of soul to look upon nothing as beautiful except what is good, which is the citadel erected by those who are experienced in this kind of warfare as a defence against the end of pleasure, and as a means of defeating and destroying it.
146And even if there be not as yet any one who is worthy to be called a son of God, nevertheless let him labour earnestly to be adorned according to his first-born word, the eldest of his angels, as the great archangel of many names; for he is called, the authority, and the name of God, and the Word, and man according to God’s image, and he who sees Israel.
147For which reason I was induced a little while ago to praise the principles of those who said, "We are all one man’s sons." For even if we are not yet suitable to be called the sons of God, still we may deserve to be called the children of his eternal image, of his most sacred word; for the image of God is his most ancient word.
148And, indeed, in many passages of the law, the children of Israel are called hearers of him that seeth, since hearing is honoured with the second rank next after the sense of sight, and since that which is in need of instruction is at all times second to that which can receive clear impressions of the subjects submitted to it without any such information.
149And I also admire the things which are spoken under divine inspiration in the books of Kings, according to which those who flourished many generations afterwards and lived in a blameless manner, are spoken of as the sons of David who wrote hymns to God; though, during his lifetime, even their great grandfathers had not yet been born. The truth is, that the birth here spoken of is that of souls made immortal by their virtues, not of perishable bodies, and this birth is naturally referred to the leaders of virtue, as its parents and progenitors.
150But against those who pride themselves on injustice, the Lord said, "Behold, there is one race and one language among them all," an expression equivalent to, Behold, there is one family and one bond of relationship, and also, one harmony and agreement among them all together, no one being in his mind at all alienated from or disconnected with his neighbour, as is the case with illiterate men. For at times, the organ of speech among them is, in all its tones, out of tune and inharmonious in no slight degree, being in fact carefully arranged so as to produce inharmoniousness, and having only such a concert as will cause a want of melody.
Sections 151–175
151And in the case of fevers, one may see very similar effects; for they are periodical changes, in some recurring every day, in others every third or every fourth day, as the sons of the physicians say; and they have also stated hours, both by day and night, at which important crises may be expected, and they at all times keep nearly the same order.
152And the expression, "And they began to do this," is said with no moderate indignation, because it has not been sufficient for wicked men to confuse all the principles of justice which affect those of the same country as themselves, but they have ventured to transgress even the laws of Heaven, sowing injustice and reaping impiety. But these wretched men derive no advantage,
153for though those who seek to inflict mutual injuries on one another, succeed in many of the objects which they have at heart, bringing to their accomplishment in action what they have decided on in their unwise minds, yet . the case is not the same with the impious. For all things belonging to the Deity are incapable of receiving either damage or injury, and the unclean can only find out the beginnings of sinning in respect of them, but can never arrive at the end which they propose to themselves;
154on which account this expression also occurs, "They began to do." Men full of an insatiable desire of doing wrong, not being content with the crimes which they can perpetrate on earth, by sea, and in the air, inasmuch as they are of a perishable nature, have determined to array themselves against the divine natures existing in heaven; which, as they are not reckoned among existing creatures are also out of all reach of injury. Even calumny itself can inflict no injury on those things if it ventures to speak ill of them, inasmuch as they are never moved from their everlasting and eternal natures, but it inflicts incurable calamity on those who accuse it.
155Are they not to be blamed, since indeed they have only begun, being unable to arrive at the end of the impiety they propose to themselves, are they not, I say, to be blamed just as much as if they had accomplished all the objects that they had in view? On this account also, Moses speaks of them as having finished the tower, though in fact they had not yet completed it, where he says, "The Lord went down to see the city and the tower," not which the sons of men were going to build, but which they had built.
156What, then, is the proof that they had not entirely completed this building? First of all, the manifest notoriety of the fact. For it is impossible for even so slight a portion of the earth to touch the heaven, by reason of the cause beforementioned, that no centre can ever touch the circumference; in the second place, because the aether (αἰθής) is sacred fire and an unquenchable flame, as its very name shows, being derived from αἴθω, to burn, which is a synonymous word with καίω.
157And we have a witness in our favour in one portion of the heavenly system of fire, that is in the sun, who, though he is at such a distance from the earth, sends his beams down into his inmost recesses, and sometimes warms and at times even scorches the earth itself, and the air which reaches from the earth up to the heavenly sphere, though it is by nature cold; for, all those things which are removed to a distance from his rapid course, or which are in an oblique direction, one side of it only warms; but those which are near to him, or in a direct line from him, is violently burnt up. If, then, these things are so, was it not necessary that those men who were endeavouring to mount up to heaven must have been stricken with thunderbolts and burnt up, their high-minded and proud designs being unaccomplished by them?
158This is the meaning which Moses appears to intend to convey, figuratively, by the expressions which follow: "For they ceased," says he, "to build the city and the tower." Not, indeed, because they had finished their work, but because they were prevented from accomplishing it by the confusion which supervened. Nevertheless, they have not escaped blame for their actions, inasmuch as they had decided on them and attempted to carry them out.
159At all events, the law says that that soothsayer and diviner who was led into folly in respect of his unstable conjectures (for the name, Balaam, being interpreted, means unstable), "cursed the people that saw;" and that, too, though as far as his words go he uttered only words of good omen and prayers. The law here looking not at the words he uttered, which, through the providence of God, did change their character, becoming good money instead of base coinage, but having regard to the intention in which injurious things were resolved in preference to beneficial ones. But these things are, by nature inimical to one another, conjectures being at variance with truth, and vain opinion with knowledge, and prophecy, which is not dictated by divine inspiration, being directly opposed to sober wisdom.
160And even if any one, rising up as it were from his ambush, were to try, but to be unable, to slay a man, still he is none the less liable to the punishment due to homicides, as the law which is enacted about such persons shows. "For if," says the law, "any one attacks his neighbour, wishing to slay him by treachery, and escapes, thou shalt apprehend him, even at the altar, to put him to death." And yet the thing condemned is the attacking with intent to kill, not the actual killing, but the law looks upon the intention to slay as equal in guilt to the actual slaying; on which account it does not grant pardon to such a man even if he supplicates for it, but bids one drag the man who has cherished so unholy a design even from the temple itself.
161And such a man is unholy, not merely because he has plotted slaughter against a soul which might have lived for ever through its acquisition and use of virtue, making an attack on it through the agency of wickedness, but also because he blames God as the cause of his ungodly audacity; for the word, "escapes," has such a meaning as this concealed under it. Because many men wish to escape from accusations which are brought against themselves, and think it fitting that they should be delivered from the punishments due to the offences which they have committed, and so they attribute their own iniquity to him who is the cause of no evil, but of all kinds of good, namely, to God; for which reason it was accounted as no violation of divine law to drag such men even from the altars themselves.
162And it was an excessive punishment which was then denounced against the reasons which were thus built up and put together for purposes of impiety; which, however, perhaps some foolish persons will look upon not as injury, but as a benefit. "For," says Moses, "there shalt not fail to them any one of the things which they have endeavoured to do." Alas for their unlimited and interminable misery! All the objects which the most insane intention fixes its desires upon shall be successfully carried out, and shall obey its will, so that nothing whatever shall fail, either small or great, but everything shall, as it were, make haste to meet and to anticipate their requirements.
163These things are an exhibition of a soul destitute of prudence, and which meets with no impediment to its indulging in sin; for whoever is not utterly incurable would rather pray that all the purposes of his mind might fail, so that if he had formed a resolution to steal, or to commit adultery, or to murder a man, or to commit sacrilege, or to perpetrate any similar crime, he might not succeed, but might find innumerable obstacles. For such hindrance would get rid of the greatest of all diseases, injustice; but any one who is free from all fear is sure to admit this malady.
164Why, then, my friends, do you any longer praise or admire the fortunes of tyrants, owing to which they succeed with ease in everything which they undertake, and which a frenzied and unrestrained mind prompts them to do? And yet one ought rather to lament over them, since inability and powerlessness to succeed in their objects is advantageous to the wicked, just as abundant opportunity and power is the most beneficial thing for the good.
165But one of the crowd of foolish men, perceiving to what an abundant superfluity of misery indulgence in sinning leads, said, speaking with perfect freedom, "My wickedness is too great for me to be forgiven." It is, therefore, very melancholy indeed for the soul, which is by its own nature unmanageable, to be left without any restraint; while it is scarcely possible for any one to hold it in with reins, and by that means, in conjunction with the infliction of stripes, to reduce it to reason.
166On which account an oracle of the all-merciful God has been given, full of gentleness, which shadows forth good hopes to those who love instruction, in these terms: "I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee." For when the chains of the soul, by which it has been used to be held in bondage, are loosened, then the greatest of all calamities follows, namely, the being deserted by God, who has fastened chains which can never be broken round the universe, namely, his own powers, with which he binds everything, willing that it shall never more be released.
167Accordingly, he says, in another passage, that "all things which are bound with a chain are pure;" since unbinding is the cause of the destruction of that which is impure. Beware, then, lest when you see a man accomplishing without difficulty all the objects which he endeavours to effect, you admire him as a prosperous man; take care rather to pity him as a very unfortunate one, because he passes his whole life in a perfect destitution of virtue and a great abundance of vice.
168And it is worth while to consider in no superficial manner what the meaning is of that expression which is put by Moses into the mouth of God: "Come, let us go down and confuse their language there." For here God is represented as if he were speaking to some beings who were his coadjutors. And the very same idea may be excited by what is said in the account of the creation of the world,
169for there, too, Moses records that "the Lord God said, Come, let us now make man in our image; man in our similitude." The expression, "Let us make," implying a number of creators. And, in another place, we are told that God said, "Behold, the man, Adam, has become as one of us, in respect of his knowing good and evil;" for the expression, "as one of us," is not applicable to one person, but to many.
170In the first place, then, we must say this, that there is no existing being equal in honour to God, but there is one only ruler and governor and king, to whom alone it is granted to govern and to arrange the universe. For the verse— A multitude of kings is never good, Let there one sovereign, one sole monarch be, is not more justly said with respect to cities and men than with respect to the world and to God; for it is clear from the necessity of things that there must be one creator, and one father, and one master of the one universe.
171This point then being thus granted, it is necessary to convert with it also what follows, so as to adapt it properly. Let us then consider what this is: God, being one, has about him an unspeakable number of powers, all of which are defenders and preservers of every thing that is created; and among these powers those also which are conversant with punishment are involved. But even punishment is not a disadvantageous thing, inasmuch as it is both a hindrance to and a correction of doing wrong.
172Again, it is by means of these powers that the incorporeal world, perceptible by the intellect, has been put together, which is the archetypal model of this invisible world, being compounded of invisible species, just as this world is of invisible bodies.
173Some persons therefore, admiring exceedingly the nature of both these worlds, have not only deified them in their wholes, but have also deified the most beautiful parts of them, such as the sun and the moon, and the entire heaven, which, having no reverence for anything, they have called gods. But Moses, perceiving their design, says, "O Lord, Lord, King of the gods," in order to show the difference between the ruler and those subject to him,
174"And there is also in the air a most sacred company of incorporeal souls as an attendant upon the heavenly souls; for the word of prophecy is accustomed to call these souls angels. It happens therefore that the whole army of each of these worlds, being marshalled in their suitable ranks, are servants and ministers of the ruler who has marshalled them, whom they follow as their leader, in obedience to the principles of law and justice; for it is impossible to suppose that the divine army can even be detected in desertion.
175But it is suitable to the character of the king to associate with his own powers, and to avail himself of them, with a view to their ministrations in such matters as it is not fitting should be settled by God alone, for the Father of the universe has no need of anything, so as to require assistance from any other quarter if he wishes to make any thing. But seeing at once what is becoming, both for himself and for his works of creation, there are some things which he has entrusted to his subordinate powers to fashion; and yet he has not at once given even to them completely independent knowledge to enable it to accomplish their objects, in order that no one of those things which come to be created may be found to be erroneously made.
Sections 176–198
176These things, then, it was necessary to give an idea of beforehand; but for what reason this was necessary we must now say. The nature of animals was originally divided into the portion endowed with and into that devoid of reason, the two being at variance with one another. Again the rational division was subdivided into the perishable and imperishable species, the perishable species being the race of mankind, and the imperishable species being the company of incorporeal souls which revolve about the air and heaven.
177But these have no participation in wickedness, having received from the very beginning an inheritance without stain and full of happiness; and not being bound up in the region of interminable calamities, that is to say, in the body. The divisions also of the irrational part are free from any participation in wickedness, inasmuch as, having no endowment of intellect, they are never convicted of those deliberate acts of wickedness which proceed upon consideration.
178But man is almost the only one of all living things which, having a thorough knowledge of good and evil, often chooses that which is worst, and rejects those things which are worthy of earnest pursuit, so that he is often most justly condemned as being guilty of deliberate and studied crime.
179Very appropriately therefore has God attributed the creation of this being, man, to his lieutenants, saying, "Let us make man," in order that the successes of the intellect may be attributed to him alone, but the errors of the being thus created, to his subordinate power: for it did not appear to be suitable to the dignity of God, the ruler of the universe, to make the road to wickedness in a rational soul by his own agency; for which reason he has committed to those about him the creation of this portion of the universe; for it was necessary that the voluntary principle, as the counterpoise to the involuntary principle, should be established and made known, with a view to the completion and perfection of the universe.
180And this may be enough to say in this manner; and it is right that this point also should be considered, namely that God is the cause only of what is good but is absolutely the cause of no evil whatever, since he himself is the most ancient of all existing things, and the most perfect of all goods; and it is most natural and becoming that he should do what is most akin to his own nature, that is to say, that the best of all beings should be the cause of all the best things, but that the punishments appointed for the wicked are inflicted by the means of his subordinate ministers.
181And there is an evidence in favour of this assertion of mine in this expression, which was uttered by the man who was made perfect by practise; "The God who nourished me from my youth up, the angel who defended me from all evils;" for by these words he already confesses that those genuine good things which nourish the souls which love virtue, are referred to God as their sole cause; but the fate of the wicked is, on the other hand, referred to the angels, and even they have not independent and absolute power of inflicting punishment, that this salutary nature may not afford an opportunity to any one of the things which tend to destruction.
182For this reason God says, "Come, let us go down and confuse;" for the wicked, deserving to meet with such punishment as this, that the merciful, and beneficent, and bounteous, powers of God should become known to them chiefly by its inflictions. Knowing therefore that these powers are beneficial to the race of man, he has appointed the punishments to be inflicted by other beings; for it was expedient that he himself should be looked upon as the cause of well-doing, but in such a way that the fountains of his everlasting graces should be kept unmingled with any evils, not merely with those that are really evils, but even with those which are accounted such.
183We must now examine what this confusion is. How then shall we enter on this examination? In this manner, in my opinion. We have very often known those whom we had knowledge of before, from certain similarities and a comparison of circumstances which have some connection with them. Therefore we also become acquainted with things in the same manner, which it is not easy to form a conception of from their own nature, from some similarity of other things connected with them.
184What things then resemble confusion? Mixture, as the ancient report has it, and combination; but mixture takes place in dry things, and combination is looked upon as belonging to wet substances.
185Mixture then is a placing side by side of different bodies in no regular order, as if any one were to make a heap, bringing barley, and wheat, and pease, and all sorts of other seeds, all into one mass; but combination is not a placing side by side, but rather a mutual penetration of dissimilar parts entering into one another at all points, so that the distinctive qualities are still able to be distinguished by some artificial skill, as they say is the case with respect to wine and water;
186for these substances coming together form a combination, but that which is combined is not the less capable of being resolved again into the distinctive qualities from which it was originally formed. For with a sponge saturated with oil it is possible for the water to be taken up and for the wine to be left behind, which may perhaps be because the origin of sponge is derived from water, and therefore it is natural that water being a kindred substance is calculated by nature to be taken up by the sponge out of the combination, but that that substance which is of a different nature, namely the wine, is naturally left behind.
187But confusion is the destruction of all the original distinctive qualities, owing to their component parts penetrating one another at every point, so as to generate one thing wholly different, as is the case in that composition of the physicians which they call the tetrapharmacon. For that, I imagine, is made up of wax, and fat, and pitch, and resin, all compounded together, but when the medicine has once been compounded, then it is impossible for it again to be resolved into the powers of which it was originally composed, but every one of them is destroyed separately, and the destruction of them all has produced one other power of exceeding excellence.
188But when God threatens impious reasonings with confusion, he is in fact not only commanding the whole species and power of each separate wickedness to be destroyed, but also that thing which has been made up of all their joint contributions; so that neither the parts by themselves, nor the union and harmony of the whole, can contribute any strength hereafter towards the destruction of the better part;
189on which account, he says, "Let us then confuse their language, so that each of them may not understand the voice of his neighbour;" which is equivalent to, let us make each separate one of the parts of wickedness deaf and dumb, so that it shall neither utter a voice of its own, nor be able to sound in unison with any other part, so as to be a cause of mischief.
190This, now, is our opinion upon and interpretation of this passage. But they who follow only what is plain and easy, think that what is here intended to be recorded, is the origin of the languages of the Greeks and barbarians, whom, without blaming them (for, perhaps, they also put a correct interpretation on the transaction), I would exhort not to be content with stopping at this point, but to proceed onward to look at the passage in a figurative way, considering that the mere words of the scriptures are, as it were, but shadows of bodies, and that the meanings which are apparent to investigation beneath them, are the real things to be pondered upon.
191Accordingly, this lawgiver usually gives a handle for this doctrine to those who are not utterly blind in their intellect; as in fact he does in his account of this very event, which we are now discussing: for he has called what took place, confusion; and yet, if he had only intended to speak of the origin of languages, he would have given a more felicitous name, and one of better omen, calling it division instead of confusion; for things that are divided, are not confused, but, on the contrary, are distinguished from one another, and not only is the one name contrary to the other, but the one fact is contrary to the other fact.
192For confusion, as I have already said, is the destruction of simple powers for the production of one concrete power; but division is the dissection of one thing into many parts, as is the case when one distinguishes a genus into its subordinate species so that, if the wise God had ordered his ministers to divide language, which was previously only one, into the divisions of several dialects, he would have used more appropriate expressions, which should have given a more accurate idea of the case: calling what he did, dissection, or distribution, or division, or something of that kind, but not confusion, a name which is at variance with all of them.
193But his especial object here is to dissolve the company of wickedness, to put an end to their confederacy, to destroy their community of action, to put out of sight and extirpate all their powers, to overthrow the might of their dominion, which they had strengthened by fearful lawlessness.
194Do you not see that he also who made the parts of the soul did not unite any one part to another in such a way as to enable one to discharge the duties of the other? But the eyes would never be able to hear, nor the ears to see, nor the lips of the mouth to smell, nor the nostrils to taste; nor, again, could reason ever be exposed to those influences which operate upon the outward senses, nor again, would the outward senses be able to develop reason.
195For the Creator knew that it was desirable that each of these parts should not hear the voice of its neighbour, but that the parts of the soul should each exert its own peculiar faculties without confusion, for the advantage of living animals, and should, with the same object, be deprived of any power of exerting themselves in common, and that all the powers of vice should be brought to confusion and utter destruction, so that they might neither in confederacy, nor separately, be injurious to the better parts.
196On which account Moses tells us, "The Lord scattered them from thence;" which is equivalent to, he dispersed them, he put them to flight, he banished them, he destroyed them; for to scatter is sometimes done with a view to the production, and growth, and increase of other things; but there is another kind which has for its object overthrow and destruction: but God, the planter of the world, wishes to sow in every one excellence, but to scatter and drive from the world accursed impiety; that the disposition which hates virtue may at last desist from building up a city of wickedness, and a tower of impiety;
197for when these are put to the rout, then those who have long ago been banished by the tyranny of folly, now, at one proclamation, find themselves able to return to their own country. God having drawn up and confirmed the proclamation, as the scriptures show, in which it is expressly stated that, "Even though thy dispersion be from one end of heaven to the other end of heaven, he will bring thee together from thence."
198So that it is proper that the harmony of the virtues should be arranged and cherished by God, and that he should dissolve and destroy wickedness; and confusion is a name most appropriate to wickedness, of which every foolish man is a visible proof, having all his words, and intentions, and actions, incapable of standing an examination and destitute of steadiness.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1Περὶ μὲν δὴ τούτων ἀρκέσει τὰ εἰρημένα. σκεπτέον δὲ ἑξῆς οὐ παρέργως, ἃ περὶ τῆς τῶν διαλέκτων συγχύσεως φιλοσοφεῖ· λέγει γὰρ ὧδε· „καὶ ἦν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ χεῖλος ἕν, καὶ φωνὴ μία πᾶσι. καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ κινῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, εὗρον πεδίον ἐν τῇ γῇ Σεναὰρ καὶ κατῴκησαν ἐκεῖ. καὶ εἶπεν ἄνθρωπος τῷ πλησίον· δεῦτε πλινθεύσωμεν πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί. καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς ἡ πλίνθος εἰς λίθον, καὶ ἄσφαλτος ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ πηλός. καὶ εἶπον· δεῦτε οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ποιήσωμεν ἑαυτῶν ὄνομα πρὸ τοῦ διασπαρῆναι ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς. καὶ κατέβη κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον ὃν ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ εἶπε κύριος· ἰδοὺ γένος ἓν καὶ χεῖλος ἓν πάντων· καὶ τοῦτο ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι, καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἐξ αὐτῶν πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐπιθῶνται ποιεῖν· δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶσσαν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πλησίον. καὶ διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπαύσαντο οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον. διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ σύγχυσις, ὅτι ἐκεῖ συνέχεε κύριος τὰ χείλη πάσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 11, 1—9).
2οἱ μὲν δυσχεραίνοντες τῇ πατρίῳ πολιτείᾳ, ψόγον καὶ κατηγορίαν αἰεὶ τῶν νόμων μελετῶντες, τούτοις καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις ὡς ἂν ἐπιβάθραις τῆς ἀθεότητος αὐτῶν, οἱ δυσσεβεῖς, χρῶνται φάσκοντες· ἔτι νῦν σεμνηγορεῖτε περὶ τῶν διατεταγμένων ὡς τοὺς ἀληθείας κανόνας αὐτῆς περιεχόντων;
3ἰδοὺ γὰρ αἱ ἱεραὶ λεγόμεναι βίβλοι παρ’ ὑμῖν καὶ μύθους περιέχουσιν, ἐφ’ οἷς εἰώθατε γελᾶν, ὅταν ἄλλων διεξιόντων ἀκούητε. καίτοι τί δεῖ τοὺς πολλαχόθι τῆς νομοθεσίας ἐσπαρμένους ἀναλέγεσθαι ὥσπερ σχολὴν ἄγοντας καὶ ἐνευκαιροῦντας διαβολαῖς, ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐν χερσὶ καὶ παρὰ πόδας ὑπομιμνῄσκειν;
4εἷς μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ἐοικὼς τῷ συντεθέντι ἐπὶ τῶν Ἀλωειδῶν, οὓς ὁ μέγιστος καὶ δοκιμώτατος τῶν ποιητῶν Ὅμηρος διανοηθῆναί φησι τρία τὰ περιμήκιστα τῶν ὀρῶν ἐπιφορῆσαι καὶ ἐπιχῶσαι ἐλπίσαντας τὴν εἰς οὐρανὸν ὁδὸν τοῖς ἀνέρχεσθαι βουλομένοις εὐμαρῆ διὰ τούτων ἔσεσθαι πρὸς αἰθέριον ὕψος ἀρθέντων· ἔστι δὲ τὰ περὶ τούτων ἔπη τοιαῦτα· Ὄσσαν ἐπ’ Οὐλύμπῳ μέμασαν θέμεν, αὐτὰρ ἐπ’ Ὄσσῃ Πήλιον εἰνοσίφυλλον, ἵν’ οὐρανὸς ἀμβατὸς εἴη, Ὄλυμπος δὲ καὶ Ὄσσα καὶ Πήλιον ὀρῶν ὀνόματα.
5πύργον δὲ ὁ νομοθέτης ἀντὶ τούτων εἰσάγει πρὸς τῶν τότε ἀνθρώπων κατασκευαζόμενον θελησάντων ὑπ’ ἀνοίας ἅμα καὶ μεγαλαυχίας οὐρανοῦ ψαῦσαι. πῶς γὰρ οὐ φρενοβλάβεια δεινή; καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὰ τῆς συμπάσης μέρη γῆς ἐποικοδομηθείη προκαταβληθέντι βραχεῖ θεμελίῳ καὶ ἀνεγερθείη τρόπον κίονος ἑνός, μυρίοις τῆς αἰθερίου σφαίρας ἀπολειφθήσεται διαστήμασι, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τοὺς ζητητικοὺς τῶν φιλοσόφων, οἳ τοῦ παντὸς κέντρον εἶναι τὴν γῆν ἀνωμολόγησαν. ἕτερος δέ τις συγγενὴς τούτῳ περὶ τῆς τῶν ζῴων ὁμοφωνίας πρὸς μυθοπλαστῶν ἀναγράφεται·
6λέγεται γάρ, ὡς ἄρα πάνθ’ ὅσα ζῷα χερσαῖα καὶ ἔνυδρα καὶ πτηνὰ τὸ παλαιὸν ὁμόφωνα ἦν, καὶ ὅνπερ τρόπον ἀνθρώπων Ἕλληνες μὲν Ἕλλησι, βαρβάροις δὲ βάρβαροι νῦν οἱ ὁμόγλωττοι διαλέγονται, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ πάντα πᾶσι περὶ ὧν ἢ δρᾶν ἢ πάσχειν τι συνέβαινεν ὡμίλει, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς κακοπραγίαις συνάχθεσθαι κἄν, εἴ πού τι λυσιτελὲς ἀπαντῴη, συνευφραίνεσθαι.
7τάς τε γὰρ ἡδονὰς καὶ ἀηδίας ἀλλήλοις ἀναφέροντα διὰ τοῦ ὁμοφώνου συνήδετο καὶ συναηδίζετο, κἀκ τούτου τὸ ὁμοιότροπον καὶ ὁμοιοπαθὲς εὑρίσκετο, μέχριπερ κορεσθέντα τῆς τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίας, ὃ πολλάκις γίνεσθαι φιλεῖ, πρὸς τὸν τῶν ἀνεφίκτων ἔρωτα ἐξώκειλε καὶ περὶ ἀθανασίας ἐπρεσβεύετο γήρως ἔκλυσιν καὶ τὴν εἰς αἰεὶ νεότητος ἀκμὴν αἰτούμενα, φάσκοντα καὶ τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἓν ἤδη ζῴων τὸ ἑρπετόν, ὄφιν, τετυχηκέναι ταύτης τῆς δωρεᾶς· ἀποδυόμενον γὰρ τὸ γῆρας πάλιν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς ἀνηβᾶν· ἄτοπον δ’ εἶναι ἢ τὰ κρείττω τοῦ χείρονος ἢ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα λειφθῆναι.
8δίκην μέντοι τοῦ τολμήματος ἔδωκε τὴν προσήκουσαν· ἑτερόγλωττα γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐγένετο, ὡς ἐξ ἐκείνου μηκέτ’ ἀλλήλων ἐπακοῦσαι δυνηθῆναι χάριν τῆς ἐν ταῖς διαλέκτοις, εἰς ἃς ἡ μία καὶ κοινὴ πάντων ἐτμήθη, διαφορᾶς.
9ὁ δ’ ἐγγυτέρω τἀληθοῦς προσάγων τὸν λόγον τὰ ἄλογα τῶν λογικῶν διέζευξεν, ὡς ἀνθρώποις μόνοις μαρτυρῆσαι τὸ ὁμόφωνον. ἔστι δέ, ὥς γέ φασι, καὶ τοῦτο μυθῶδες. καὶ μὴν τήν γε φωνῆς εἰς μυρίας διαλέκτων ἰδέας τομήν, ἣν καλεῖ γλώττης σύγχυσιν, ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ λέγουσιν ἁμαρτημάτων συμβῆναι, ὡς μηκέτ’ ἀλλήλων ἀκροώμενοι κοινῇ συναδικῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ [ἄλλοι] ἀλλήλοις κεκωφωμένοι * * * κατὰ συμπράξεις ἐγχειρῶσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς.
10τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ φαίνεται συμβῆναι· καὶ γὰρ αὖθις οὐδὲν ἧττον κατὰ ἔθνη διῳκισμένων καὶ μὴ μιᾷ διαλέκτῳ χρωμένων γῆ καὶ θάλαττα πολλάκις ἀμυθήτων κακῶν ἐπληρώθη. οὐ γὰρ αἱ φωναί, ἀλλὰ αἱ ὁμότροποι τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ζηλώσεις τοῦ συναδικεῖν αἴτιαι·
11καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐκτετμημένοι γλῶτταν νεύμασι καὶ βλέμμασι καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τοῦ σώματος σχέσεσι καὶ κινήσεσιν οὐχ ἧττον τῆς διὰ λόγων προφορᾶς ἃ ἂν θελήσωσιν ὑποσημαίνουσι· χωρὶς τοῦ καὶ ἔθνος ἓν πολλάκις οὐχ ὁμόφωνον μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμόνομον καὶ ὁμοδίαιτον τοσοῦτον ἐπιβῆναι κακίας, ὥστε τοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ἁμαρτήμασιν ἰσοστάσια δύνασθαι πλημμελεῖν·
12ἀπειρίᾳ τε διαλέκτων μυρίοι πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων οὐ προϊδόμενοι τὸ μέλλον προκατελήφθησαν, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ἐπιστήμῃ τοὺς ἐπικρεμασθέντας ἴσχυσαν φόβους τε καὶ κινδύνους ἀπώσασθαι· ὥστε λυσιτελὲς μᾶλλον ἢ βλαβερὸν εἶναι τὴν ἐν διαλέκτοις κοινωνίαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ μέχρι νῦν οἱ καθ’ ἑκάστην χώραν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν αὐτοχθόνων, δι’ οὐδὲν οὕτως ὡς διὰ τὸ ὁμόγλωσσον ἀπαθεῖς κακῶν διατελοῦσι.
13κἂν εἰ μέντοι τις ἀνὴρ πλείους ἀναμάθοι διαλέκτους, εὐδόκιμος εὐθὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἐπισταμένοις ἐστὶν ὡς ἤδη φίλιος ὤν, οὐ βραχὺ γνώρισμα κοινωνίας ἐπιφερόμενος τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι συνήθειαν, ἀφ’ ἧς τὸ ἀδεὲς εἰς τὸ μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον παθεῖν ἔοικε πεπορίσθαι. τί οὖν ὡς κακῶν αἴτιον τὸ ὁμόγλωττον ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἠφάνιζε, δέον ὡς
14ὠφελιμώτατον ἱδρῦσθαι; τοὺς δὴ ταῦτα συντιθέντας καὶ κακοτεχνοῦντας ἰδίᾳ μὲν διελέγξουσιν οἱ τὰς προχείρους ἀποδόσεις τῶν ἀεὶ ζητουμένων ἐκ τῆς φανερᾶς τῶν νόμων γραφῆς ἀφιλονείκως ταμιευόμενοι, οὐκ ἀντισοφιζόμενοί ποθεν, ἀλλ’ ἑπόμενοι τῷ τῆς ἀκολουθίας εἱρμῷ προσπταίειν οὐκ ἐῶντι, ἀλλὰ κἄν, εἴ τινα ἐμποδὼν εἴη, ῥᾳδίως ἀναστέλλοντι, ὅπως αἱ τῶν λόγων διέξοδοι γίνωνται ἄπταιστοι.
15φαμὲν τοίνυν ἐκ τοῦ „τὴν γῆν εἶναι πᾶσαν χεῖλος ἓν καὶ φωνὴν μίαν„ κακῶν ἀμυθήτων καὶ μεγάλων συμφωνίαν δηλοῦσθαι, ὅσα τε πόλεις πόλεσι καὶ ἔθνεσιν ἔθνη καὶ χώραις χῶραι ἀντεπιφέρουσι, καὶ ὅσα μὴ μόνον εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ θεῖον ἀσεβοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι· καίτοι ταῦτα πληθῶν ἐστιν ἀδικήματα. σκεπτόμεθα δ’ ἡμεῖς καὶ ἐφ’ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς τὸ ἀδιεξήγητον τῶν κακῶν πλῆθος, καὶ μάλισθ’
16ὅταν τὴν ἀνάρμοστον καὶ ἐκμελῆ καὶ ἄμουσον ἴσχῃ συμφωνίαν. τὰ μὲν δὴ τυχηρὰ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅταν πενία καὶ ἀδοξία σώματος νόσοις ἢ πηρώσεσι συνενεχθῶσι. καὶ πάλιν ταῦτα ψυχῆς ἀρρωστήμασιν ἔκφρονος ὑπὸ μελαγχολίας ἢ μακροῦ γήρως ἤ τινος βαρείας ἄλλης κακοδαιμονίας γεγενημένης ἀνακραθῶσι;
17καὶ γὰρ ἓν μόνον τῶν εἰρημένων βιαίως ἀντιστατῆσαν ἱκανὸν ἀνατρέψαι καὶ καταβαλεῖν καὶ τὸν λίαν ὑπέρογκόν ἐστιν· ὅταν δὲ ἀθρόα ὥσπερ προστάξει μιᾷ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἑνὶ πάντα σωρηδὸν ἐπιθῆται τὰ σώματος, τὰ ψυχῆς, τὰ ἐκτός, τίνα οὐχ ὑπερβάλλει σχετλιότητα; πεσόντων γὰρ δορυφόρων ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ δορυφορούμενον πίπτειν.
18δορυφόροι μὲν οὖν σώματος πλοῦτος, εὐδοξία, τιμαί, ὀρθοῦντες αὐτὸ καὶ εἰς ὕψος αἴροντες καὶ γαῦρον ἀποδεικνύντες, ὡς τἀναντία, ἀτιμία, ἀδοξία, πενία, πολεμίων τρόπον καταράττουσι.
19πάλιν τε δορυφόροι ψυχῆς ἀκοαὶ καὶ ὄψεις ὄσφρησίς τε καὶ γεῦσις καὶ ξύμπαν τὸ αἰσθήσεως στῖφος, ἔτι μέντοι ὑγίεια καὶ ἰσχὺς δύναμίς τε καὶ ῥώμη· τούτοις γὰρ ὥσπερ ἑστῶσι καὶ κραταιῶς ἐρηρεισμένοις εὐερκέσιν οἴκοις ὁ νοῦς ἐμπεριπατῶν καὶ ἐνδιαιτώμενος ἀγάλλεται πρὸς μηδενὸς ταῖς ἰδίαις ὁρμαῖς χρῆσθαι κωλυόμενος, ἀλλ’ εὐμαρεῖς καὶ λεωφόρους ἀναπεπταμένας ἔχων τὰς διὰ πάντων ὁδούς.
20τὰ δὲ τοῖς δορυφόροις τούτοις ἐχθρὰ ἀντικάθηται, πήρωσις αἰσθητηρίων καὶ νόσος, ὡς ἔφην, οἷς ἡ διάνοια συγκατακρημνισθῆναι πολλάκις ἐμέλλησε. καὶ τὰ μὲν τυχηρὰ ταῦτα ἀργαλέα σφόδρα καὶ σχέτλια ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν ἐκ προνοίας σύγκρισιν κουφότερα πολλῷ.
21τίς οὖν ἡ τῶν ἑκουσίων κακῶν συμφωνία, πάλιν ἐν μέρει σκοπῶμεν· τριμεροῦς ἡμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπαρχούσης τὸ μὲν νοῦς καὶ λόγος, τὸ δὲ θυμός, τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμία κεκληρῶσθαι λέγεται. κηραίνει δὲ καθ’ αὑτό τε ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ καὶ πρὸς ἄλληλα πάντα κοινῇ, ἐπειδὰν ὁ μὲν νοῦς ὅσα ἀφροσύναι καὶ δειλίαι ἀκολασίαι τε καὶ ἀδικίαι σπείρουσι θερίσῃ, ὁ δὲ θυμὸς τὰς ἐκμανεῖς καὶ παραφόρους λύττας καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ὠδίνει κακὰ τέκῃ, ἡ δὲ ἐπιθυμία τοὺς ὑπὸ νηπιότητος ἀεὶ κούφους ἔρωτας καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσι σώμασί τε καὶ πράγμασι προσιπταμένους ἐπιπέμψῃ πανταχόσε·
22τότε γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐν σκάφει ναυτῶν, ἐπιβατῶν, κυβερνητῶν κατά τινα φρενοβλάβειαν ἐπ’ ἀπωλείᾳ τούτου συμφρονησάντων καὶ οἱ ἐπιβουλεύσαντες αὐτῇ νηὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα συναπώλοντο. βαρύτατον γὰρ κακῶν καὶ σχεδὸν ἀνίατον μόνον ἡ πάντων τῶν ψυχῆς μερῶν πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν συνεργία, μηδενὸς οἷα ἐν πανδήμῳ συμφορᾷ δυνηθέντος ὑγιαίνειν, ἵνα τοὺς πάσχοντας ἰᾶται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν ἅμα τοῖς ἰδιώταις καμνόντων, οὓς ἡ λοιμώδης νόσος ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένῃ συμφορᾷ πιέσασα κατέχει.
23τοῦ παθήματος τούτου σύμβολον ὁ μέγας ἀναγραφεὶς παρὰ τῷ νομοθέτῃ κατακλυσμός ἐστι, τῶν τε ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καταρρακτῶν τοὺς κακίας αὐτῆς λάβρῳ φορᾷ χειμάρρους ἐπομβρούντων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς, λέγω δὲ τοῦ σώματος, πηγῶν ἀναχεουσῶν τὰ πάθους ἑκάστου ῥεύματα πολλὰ ὄντα καὶ μεγάλα, ἅπερ εἰς ταὐτὸν τοῖς προτέροις συνιόντα καὶ ἀναμιγνύμενα κυκᾶταί τε καὶ τὸ δεδεγμένον ἅπαν τῆς ψυχῆς στροβεῖ χωρίον δίναις ἐπαλλήλοις.
24„ἰδὼν„ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεός, ὅτι ἐπληθύνθησαν αἱ κακίαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πᾶς τις διανοεῖται ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐπιμελῶς τὰ πονηρὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας„ ἔγνω τὸν ἄνθρωπον, λέγω δὲ τὸν νοῦν, μετὰ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ πτηνῶν καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀλόγου τῶν ἀτιθάσων θηρίων πληθύος ἐφ’ οἷς ἀνίατα ἠδικήκει τίσασθαι (Gen. 6, 5 — 7)· ἡ δὲ τιμωρία κατακλυσμός.
25ἦν γὰρ ἔφεσις ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ πολλὴ τοῦ ἀδικεῖν μηδενὸς κωλύοντος φορά, ἀλλὰ προσαναρρηγνυμένων ἀδεῶς ἁπάντων εἰς χορηγίας ἀφθόνους τοῖς πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις ἑτοιμοτάτοις, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· οὐ γὰρ ἕν τι μέρος διέφθαρτο τῆς ψυχῆς, ἵνα τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑγιαίνουσι σῴζεσθαι δύναιτο, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν ἄνοσον οὐδὲ ἀδιάφθαρτον αὐτῆς κατελείπετο· ἰδὼν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶς τις, φησί, διανοεῖται [πᾶς] λογισμός, οὐχὶ μόνος εἷς, τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν ὁ ἀδέκαστος δικαστὴς ἐπήγαγε τιμωρίαν.
Sections 26–50
26οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς ἁλμυρᾶς φάραγγος ὁμαιχμίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέμενοι. κοῖλον γὰρ καὶ τραχὺ καὶ φαραγγῶδες τὸ κακιῶν καὶ παθῶν χωρίον, ἁλμυρὸν τῷ ὄντι καὶ πικρὰς φέρον ὠδῖνας, ὧν ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ τὸ ἐνώμοτον καὶ ἔνσπονδον οὔθ’ ὅρκων οὔτε σπονδῶν ἐπάξιον εἰδὼς καθαιρεῖ· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „πάντες οὗτοι συνεφώνησαν ἐπὶ τὴν φάραγγα τὴν ἁλυκήν· αὕτη ἡ θάλασσα τῶν ἁλῶν„ (Gen. 14, 3).
27ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐστειρωμένους σοφίαν καὶ τυφλοὺς διάνοιαν, ἣν ὀξυδερκεῖν εἰκὸς ἦν, Σοδομίτας κατὰ γλῶτταν, ἀπὸ νεανίσκου ἕως πρεσβυτέρου πάνθ’ ὁμοῦ τὸν λεὼν ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν οἰκίαν τῆς ψυχῆς περιθέοντας, ἵνα τοὺς ξενωθέντας ἱεροὺς καὶ ὁσίους λόγους αὐτῇ, φρουροὺς καὶ φύλακας ὄντας, αἰσχύνωσι καὶ διαφθείρωσι, καὶ μηδένα τὸ παράπαν μήτε τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν ἐναντιοῦσθαι μήτε τοῦ τι ποιεῖν ἄδικον ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐγνωκότα;
28οὐ γὰρ οἱ μέν, οἱ δ’ οὔ, „πᾶς δ’", ὥς φησιν, „ὁ λαὸς περιεκύκλωσαν ἅμα τὴν οἰκίαν, νέοι τε καὶ πρεσβῦται„ (Gen. 19, 4) κατὰ τῶν θείων καὶ ἱερῶν λόγων συνομοσάμενοι, οὓς καλεῖν ἔθος ἀγγέλους.
29ἀλλ’ ὅ γε θεοπρόπος Μωυσῆς θράσει πολλῷ ῥέοντας αὐτοὺς ὑπαντιάσας ἐφέξει, κἂν τὸν θρασύτατον καὶ δεινότατον εἰπεῖν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς βασιλέα λόγον προστησάμενοι μιᾷ ῥύμῃ κατατρέχωσι, συναύξοντες τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ ποταμοῦ τρόπον πλημμύροντες· „ἰδοὺ„ γάρ φησιν „ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἀφικνεῖται. σὺ δὲ στήσῃ συναντῶν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ„ (Exod. 7, 15).
30οὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν φαῦλος ἔξεισιν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ παθῶν ἀθρόων φοράν, ἅπερ ὕδατι ἀπεικάζεται· ὁ δὲ σοφὸς πρῶτον μὲν κτᾶται γέρας παρὰ τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἀεὶ θεοῦ συγγενὲς αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀκλινεῖ καὶ ἀρρεπεῖ πρὸς πάντα δυνάμει λαβών· εἴρηται γὰρ „σὺ δὲ αὐτοῦ στῆθι μετ’ ἐμοῦ„
31(Deut. 5, 31), ἵνα ἐνδοιασμὸν καὶ ἐπαμφοτερισμόν, ἀβεβαίου ψυχῆς διαθέσεις, ἀποδυσάμενος τὴν ὀχυρωτάτην καὶ βεβαιοτάτην διάθεσιν, πίστιν, ἐνδύσηται. ἔπειτα δὲ ἑστώς, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ὑπαντᾷ· „στήσῃ„ γάρ φησιν „ὑπαντιάζων„· καίτοι τὸ μὲν ὑπαντᾶν ἐν κινήσει, κατὰ δ’ ἠρεμίαν τὸ ἵστασθαι θεωρεῖται.
32λέγει δὲ οὐ τὰ μαχόμενα, τὰ δὲ τῇ φύσει μάλιστα ἀκολουθοῦντα· ὅτῳ γὰρ ἠρεμεῖν πέφυκεν ἡ γνώμη καὶ ἀρρεπῶς ἱδρῦσθαι, συμβαίνει πᾶσιν ἀνθίστασθαι τοῖς σάλῳ καὶ κλύδωνι χαίρουσι καὶ τὸν γαληνιάσαι δυνάμενον
33χειροποιήτῳ χειμῶνι κυμαίνουσιν. εὖ μέντοι γε ἔχει παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν ἐναντίωσιν συνίστασθαι· χείλη δὲ στόματος μέν ἐστι πέρατα, φραγμὸς δέ τις γλώττης, δι’ ὧν φέρεται τὸ τοῦ λόγου ῥεῦμα, ὅταν ἄρξηται κατέρχεσθαι.
34λόγῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ μισάρετοι καὶ φιλοπαθεῖς συμμάχῳ χρῶνται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀδοκίμων δογμάτων εἰσήγησιν καὶ πάλιν οἱ σπουδαῖοι πρός τε τὴν τούτων ἀναίρεσιν καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀμεινόνων καὶ ἀψευδῶς ἀγαθῶν κράτος ἀνανταγώνιστον.
35ὅταν μέντοι πάντα κάλων ἀνασείσαντες ἐριστικῶν δογμάτων ὑπ’ ἐναντίας ῥύμης λόγων ἀνατραπέντες ἀπόλωνται, τὸ ἐπινίκιον δικαίως καὶ προσηκόντως ὁ σοφὸς ᾆσμα χορὸν ἱερώτατον στησάμενος ἐμμελῶς ᾄσεται·
36„εἶδε" γάρ φησιν „Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους„ οὐχ ἑτέρωθι „τεθνεῶτας„ ἀλλὰ παρὰ „τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ„ (Exod. 14, 30), θάνατον λέγων οὐ τὴν ἀπὸ σώματος ψυχῆς διάκρισιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀνοσίων δογμάτων καὶ λόγων φθοράν, οἷς ἐχρῶντο διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων φωνητηρίων ὀργάνων.
37λόγου δὲ θάνατός ἐστιν ἡσυχία, οὐχ ἣν οἱ ἐπιεικέστεροι ποιούμενοι σύμβολον αἰδοῦς μετέρχονται — δύναμις γὰρ καὶ ἥδε ἐστὶν ἀδελφὴ τῆς ἐν τῷ λέγειν ταμιευομένη μέχρι καιροῦ τὰ λεκτέα —, ἀλλ’ ἣν οἱ ἐξησθενηκότες καὶ ἀπειρηκότες διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐναντίων ἰσχὺν ὑπομένουσιν ἄκοντες λαβὴν οὐδεμίαν ἔθ’ εὑρίσκοντες.
38ὧν τε γὰρ ἂν ἐφάψωνται, διαρρεῖ, καὶ οἷς ἂν ἐπιβῶσιν, οὐχ ὑπομένει, ὡς πρὶν ἢ στῆναι πίπτειν ἀναγκάζεσθαι, ὥσπερ ἡ ἕλιξ, τὸ ὑδρηρὸν ὄργανον, ἔχει· κατὰ γὰρ μέσον αὐτὸ γεγόνασι βαθμοί τινες, ὧν ὁ γεωπόνος, ὅταν ἐθελήσῃ ποτίσαι τὰς ἀρούρας, ἐπιβαίνει μέν, περιολισθαίνει δ’ ἀναγκαίως· ὑπὲρ δὴ τοῦ μὴ πίπτειν συνεχῶς πλησίον ἐχυροῦ τινος ταῖς χερσὶ περιδράττεται, οὗ ἐνειλημμένος τὸ ὅλον σῶμα ἀπῃώρηκεν αὐτοῦ· ὥστε ἀντὶ μὲν ποδῶν χερσίν, ἀντὶ δὲ χειρῶν ποσὶ χρῆσθαι· ἵσταται μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ χειρῶν, δι’ ὧν εἰσιν αἱ πράξεις, πράττει δ’ ἐν ποσίν, ἐφ’ ὧν εἰκὸς ἵστασθαι.
39πολλοὶ δ’ οὐ δυνάμενοι τὰς πιθανὰς τῶν σοφιστῶν εὑρέσεις ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν τῷ μὴ σφόδρα περὶ λόγους διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις συνεχῆ μελέτην γεγυμνάσθαι κατέφυγον ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ μόνου σοφοῦ συμμαχίαν καὶ βοηθὸν αὐτὸν ἱκέτευσαν γενέσθαι· καθὰ καὶ τῶν Μωυσέως γνωρίμων τις ἐν ὕμνοις εὐχόμενος εἶπεν· „ἄλαλα γενέσθω τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια„ (Psalm. 30, 19).
40πῶς δ’ ἂν ἡσυχάσαι, εἰ μὴ πρὸς μόνου τοῦ καὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν ἔχοντος ὑπήκοον ἐπιστομισθείη; τὰς μὲν οὖν εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν συνόδους ἀμεταστρεπτὶ φευκτέον, τὸ δὲ ἔνσπονδον πρὸς τοὺς φρονήσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἑταίρους βεβαιωτέον.
41παρὸ καὶ τοὺς λέγοντας „πάντες ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, εἰρηνικοί ἐσμεν„ (Gen. 42, 11) τεθαύμακα τῆς εὐαρμόστου συμφωνίας· ἐπεὶ καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἐμέλλετε, φήσαιμ’ ἄν, ὦ γενναῖοι, πολέμῳ μὲν δυσχεραίνειν, εἰρήνην δὲ ἀγαπᾶν, ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιγεγραμμένοι πατέρα οὐ θνητὸν ἀλλ’ ἀθάνατον, ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ, ὃς τοῦ ἀιδίου λόγος ὢν ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ἄφθαρτος;
42οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλὰς ἀρχὰς τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν γένους συστησάμενοι, τῷ πολυθέῳ λεγομένῳ κακῷ προσνείμαντες ἑαυτούς, ἄλλοι πρὸς ἄλλων τιμὰς τραπόμενοι ταραχὰς καὶ στάσεις ἐμφυλίους τε καὶ ξενικὰς ἐδημιούργησαν τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως ἄχρι τελευτῆς βίον πολέμων ἀκηρύκτων καταπλήσαντες.
43οἱ δὲ ἑνὶ γένει χαίροντες καὶ ἕνα πατέρα τὸν ὀρθὸν τιμῶντες λόγον, τὴν εὐάρμοστον καὶ πάμμουσον συμφωνίαν ἀρετῶν τεθαυμακότες, εὔδιον καὶ γαληνὸν βίον ζῶσιν, οὐ μὴν ἀργὸν καὶ ἀγενῆ τινα, ὡς ἔνιοι νομίζουσιν, ἀλλὰ σφόδρα ἀνδρεῖον καὶ λίαν ἠκονημένον κατὰ τῶν σπονδὰς λύειν ἐπιχειρούντων καὶ σύγχυσιν ὁρκίων αἰεὶ μελετώντων· τοὺς γὰρ εἰρηναίους φύσει πολεμικοὺς εἶναι συμβέβηκεν ἀντικαθημένους καὶ ἀνθεστῶτας τοῖς τὸ εὐσταθὲς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνατρέπουσι.
44μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ πρῶτον μὲν ἡ ἑκάστου τῶν φιλαρέτων διάνοια διακειμένη τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῦ προφητικοῦ θιασώτης χοροῦ, ὃς καταπνευσθεὶς ἐνθουσιῶν ἀνεφθέγξατο· „ὦ μῆτερ, ἡλίκον με ἔτεκες, ἄνθρωπον μάχης καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἀηδίας πάσης τῆς γῆς; οὐκ ὠφείλησα, οὐδὲ ὠφείλησάν μοι, οὐδὲ ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἐξέλιπεν ἀπὸ καταρῶν αὐτῶν„ (Ier. 15, 10).
45ἀλλ’ οὐ πᾶς σοφὸς πᾶσι φαύλοις ἐχθρός ἐστιν ἄσπονδος, οὐ τριηρῶν ἢ μηχανημάτων ἢ ὅπλων ἢ στρατιωτῶν παρασκευῇ πρὸς ἄμυναν χρώμενος, ἀλλὰ λογισμοῖς;
46ὅταν γὰρ τὸν ἐν τῇ ἀπολέμῳ εἰρήνῃ συνεχῆ καὶ ἐπάλληλον ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ἴδιον καὶ κοινόν, μὴ κατὰ ἔθνη καὶ χώρας ἢ πόλεις καὶ κώμας αὐτὸ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατ’ οἰκίαν καὶ ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν μέρει συγκροτούμενον πόλεμον θεάσηται, τίς ἐστιν ὅ γε μὴ παραινῶν, κακίζων, νουθετῶν, σωφρονίζων, οὐ μεθ’ ἡμέραν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ νύκτωρ, τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῷ ἠρεμεῖν μὴ δυναμένης διὰ τὸ μισοπόνηρον φύσει;
47πάντα γὰρ ὅσα ἐν πολέμῳ δρᾶται κατ’ εἰρήνην· συλῶσιν, ἁρπάζουσιν, ἀνδραποδίζονται, λεηλατοῦσι, πορθοῦσιν, ὑβρίζουσιν, αἰκίζονται, φθείρουσιν, αἰσχύνουσι, δολοφονοῦσιν, ἄντικρυς, ἢν ὦσι δυνατώτεροι, κτείνουσι.
48πλοῦτον γὰρ ἢ δόξαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν σκοπὸν προτεθειμένος ἐπὶ τοῦτον ὥσπερ βέλη τὰς τοῦ βίου πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀφιεὶς ἰσότητος ἀλογεῖ, τὸ ἄνισον διώκει, κοινωνίαν ἀποστρέφεται, μόνος τὰ πάντων ἔχειν ἀθρόα ἐσπούδακε, μισάνθρωπος καὶ μισάλληλός ἐστιν, ὑποκρινόμενος εὔνοιαν, κολακείας νόθης ἑταῖρος ὤν, φιλίας γνησίου πολέμιος, ἀληθείας ἐχθρός, ὑπέρμαχος ψεύδους, βραδὺς ὠφελῆσαι, ταχὺς βλάψαι, διαβαλεῖν προχειρότατος, ὑπερασπίσαι μελλητής, δεινὸς φενακίσαι, ψευδορκότατος, ἀπιστότατος, δοῦλος
49ὀργῆς, εἴκων ἡδονῇ, φύλαξ κακῶν, φθορεὺς ἀγαθῶν. ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῆς ᾀδομένης καὶ θαυμαζομένης εἰρήνης περιμάχητα κειμήλια, ἅπερ ἡ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀγαλματοφοροῦσα διάνοια τέθηπε καὶ προσκυνεῖ. ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως καὶ πᾶς σοφὸς ἄχθεται, καὶ πρός γε τὴν μητέρα καὶ τιθήνην ἑαυτοῦ, σοφίαν, εἴωθε λέγειν· „ὦ μῆτερ, ἡλίκον με ἔτεκες„, οὐ δυνάμει σώματος, ἀλλὰ τῇ πρὸς τὸ μισοπόνηρον ἀλκῇ, ἄνθρωπον ἀηδίας καὶ μάχης, φύσει μὲν εἰρηνικόν, διὰ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ πολεμικὸν κατὰ τῶν αἰσχυνόντων τὸ περιμάχητον κάλλος εἰρήνης.
50„οὐκ ὠφείλησα, οὐδὲ ὠφείλησάν μοι"· οὔτε γὰρ αὐτοὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ποτε ἐχρήσαντο, οὔτε ἐγὼ τοῖς ἐκείνων κακοῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ Μωυσέως γράμμα „ἐπιθύμημα οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν ἔλαβον" (Num. 16, 15), σύμπαν τὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν γένος θησαυρισαμένων παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς ὡς μέγιστον ὄφελος ὑπερβάλλον βλάβος.
Sections 51–75
51,οὐδὲ ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἐξέλιπεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρῶν ἃς ἐτίθεντό μοι„, δυνάμει δὲ κραταιοτάτῃ τῶν θείων ἐνειλημμένος δογμάτων οὔτε κακούμενος ἐκάμφθην, ἀλλὰ ἐρρωμένως ὠνείδισα τοῖς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν μὴ καθαιρομένοις·
52„ἔθετο γὰρ ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀντιλογίαν τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν„, ὡς καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις που λέλεκται (Psalm. 79, 7), πάντας τοὺς ὀρθῆς γνώμης ἐφιεμένους. ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀντιλογικοὶ φύσει γεγόνασιν, ὅσοι τὸν ἐπιστήμης καὶ ἀρετῆς ζῆλον ἔσχον ἀεί, τοῖς γείτοσι ψυχῆς ἀντιφιλονεικοῦντες, ἐλέγχοντες μὲν τὰς συνοίκους ἡδονάς, ἐλέγχοντες δὲ τὰς ὁμοδιαίτους ἐπιθυμίας, δειλίας τε καὶ φόβους, τὸ παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν στῖφος δυσωποῦντες, ἐλέγχοντες μέντοι καὶ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν, περὶ μὲν ὧν εἶδον ὀφθαλμούς, περὶ ὧν δὲ ἤκουσαν ἀκοάς, ὀσμάς τε περὶ ἀτμῶν καὶ γεύσεις περὶ χυμῶν, ἔτι δὲ ἁφὰς περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς προσπιπτούσας τῶν ἐν τοῖς σώμασι δυνάμεων ἰδιότητας, καὶ μὲν δὴ τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον περὶ ὧν διεξελθεῖν ἔδοξε;
53τίνα γὰρ ἢ πῶς ἢ διὰ τί ἡ αἴσθησις ᾔσθετο ἢ ὁ λόγος διηρμήνευσεν ἢ τὸ πάθος διέθηκεν, ἄξιον ἐρευνᾶν μὴ παρέργως καὶ τῶν σφαλμάτων διελέγχειν ἕκαστον.
54ὁ δὲ μηδενὶ τούτων ἀντιλέγων, ἅπασι δὲ ἑξῆς συνεπινεύων ἑαυτὸν λέληθεν ἀπατῶν καὶ ἐπιτειχίζων ψυχῇ βαρεῖς γείτονας, οἷς ἄμεινον ὑπηκόοις ἢ ἄρχουσι χρῆσθαι· ἡγεμονεύοντες μὲν γὰρ πολλὰ πημανοῦσι καὶ μεγάλα βασιλευούσης παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἀνοίας, ὑπακούοντες δὲ τὰ δέονθ’ ὑπηρετήσουσι πειθηνίως οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἀπαυχενίζοντες.
55οὕτως μέντοι τῶν μὲν ὑπακούειν μαθόντων, τῶν δ’ οὐκ ἐπιστήμῃ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνάμει τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβόντων πάντες οἱ δορυφόροι καὶ ὑπέρμαχοι ψυχῆς συμφρονήσουσι λογισμοὶ καὶ τῷ πρεσβυτάτῳ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς προσελθόντες ἐροῦσιν· „οἱ παῖδές σου εἰλήφασι τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν πολεμιστῶν τῶν μεθ’ ἡμῶν, οὐ διαπεφώνηκεν αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς" (Num. 31, 49), ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ τὰ μουσικῆς ὄργανα ἄκρως ἡρμοσμένα πᾶσι τοῖς φθόγγοις, οὕτως ἡμεῖς πάσαις ταῖς ὑφηγήσεσι συνηχήσαμεν, ἐκμελὲς ἢ ἀπῳδὸν οὐδὲν οὔτε ῥῆμα εἰπόντες οὔτ’ ἔργον διαπραξάμενοι, ὡς τὸν ἕτερον τῶν ἀμούσων χορὸν πάντα ἄφωνον καὶ νεκρὸν ἀποδεῖξαι γελασθέντα τὴν τῶν σωματικῶν τροφὴν Μαδιὰμ καὶ τὸν ἔκγονον αὐτῆς δερμάτινον ὄγκον Βεελφεγὼρ ὄνομα ὑπνοῦντα (Num. 25,3).
56γένος γάρ ἐσμεν „τῶν ἐπιλέκτων τοῦ" τὸν θεὸν ὁρῶντος „Ἰσραήλ„, ὧν „διεφώνησεν οὐδὲ εἷς" (Exod. 24,11), ἵνα τὸ τοῦ παντὸς ὄργανον, ὁ κόσμος πᾶς, ταῖς ἁρμονίαις μουσικῶς μελῳδῆται.
57διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς τῷ πολεμικωτάτῳ λόγῳ, ὃς καλεῖται Φινεές, γέρας εἰρήνην φησὶ δεδόσθαι (Num. 25, 12), ὅτι ζῆλον τὸν ἀρετῆς λαβὼν καὶ πόλεμον πρὸς κακίαν ἀράμενος ὅλην ἀνέτεμε γένεσιν * * * ἑξῆς τοῖς βουλομένοις, διακύψασι καὶ διερευνησαμένοις ἀκριβῶς ὄψει πρὸ ἀκοῆς σαφεστέρῳ χρησαμένοις μάρτυρι, πιστεῦσαι, ὅτι γέμει τὸ θνητὸν ἀπιστίας, ἐκ μόνου τοῦ δοκεῖν ἠρτημένον.
58θαυμάσιος μὲν οὖν ἡ λεχθεῖσα συμφωνία, θαυμασιωτάτη δὲ καὶ πάσας τὰς ἁρμονίας ὑπερβάλλουσα ἡ κοινὴ πάντων, καθ’ ἣν ὁ λαὸς ἅπας ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰσάγεται λέγων· „πάντα ὅσα εἶπεν ὁ θεός, ποιήσομεν καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα„ (Deut. 5, 27)· οὗτοι γὰρ οὐκέτι ἐξάρχοντι πείθονται λόγῳ,
59ἀλλὰ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἡγεμόνι θεῷ, δι’ ὃν πρὸς τὰ ἔργα φθάνουσι μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς λόγους ἀπαντῶντες· τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἐπειδὰν ἀκούσωσι πραττόντων οὗτοι, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ὑπὸ κατοκωχῆς ἐνθέου πράξειν φασὶ πρότερον, εἶτα ἀκούσεσθαι, ἵνα μὴ διδασκαλίᾳ καὶ ὑφηγήσει δοκῶσιν, ἀλλὰ ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὰ καλὰ τῶν ἔργων ὑπαντᾶν· ἐργασάμενοι δὲ ἀκούσεσθαί φασιν, ὅπως ἐπικρίνωσι τὰ πραχθέντα, εἰ λόγοις θείοις καὶ ἱεραῖς παραινέσεσι συνᾴδει.
60Τοὺς δὲ συνομοσαμένους ἐπ’ ἀδικήμασιν „ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν„ φησι „κινήσαντας εὑρεῖν πεδίον ἐν τῇ γῇ Σεναὰρ κἀκεῖ κατοικῆσαι„ (Gen. 11,2), φυσικώτατα· διττὸν γὰρ εἶδος τῆς κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀνατολῆς, τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον, τὸ δὲ χεῖρον, ἄμεινον μέν, ὅταν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων τρόπον ἀνάσχῃ τὸ ἀρετῶν φέγγος, χεῖρον δ’, ὅταν αἱ μὲν ἐπισκιασθῶσι, κακίαι δὲ ἀνάσχωσι.
61παράδειγμα τοῦ μὲν προτέρου τόδε· „καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολάς„ (Gen. 2, 8), οὐ χερσαίων φυτῶν, ἀλλ’ οὐρανίων ἀρετῶν, ἃς ἐξ ἀσωμάτου τοῦ παρ’ ἑαυτῷ φωτὸς ἀσβέστους εἰσαεὶ γενησομένας ὁ φυτουργὸς ἀνέτειλεν.
62ἤκουσα μέντοι καὶ τῶν Μωυσέως ἑταίρων τινὸς ἀποφθεγξαμένου τοιόνδε λόγιον· „ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος ᾧ ὄνομα ἀνατολή„ (Zach. 6, 12)· καινοτάτη γε πρόσρησις, ἐάν γε τὸν ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς συνεστῶτα λέγεσθαι νομίσῃς· ἐὰν δὲ τὸν ἀσώματον ἐκεῖνον, θείας ἀδιαφοροῦντα εἰκόνος, ὁμολογήσεις ὅτι εὐθυβολώτατον ὄνομα ἐπεφημίσθη τὸ ἀνατολῆς αὐτῷ·
63τοῦτον μὲν γὰρ πρεσβύτατον υἱὸν ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἀνέτειλε πατήρ, ὃν ἑτέρωθι πρωτόγονον ὠνόμασε, καὶ ὁ γεννηθεὶς μέντοι, μιμούμενος τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς ὁδούς, πρὸς παραδείγματα ἀρχέτυπα ἐκείνου βλέπων ἐμόρφου τὰ εἴδη.
64τοῦ δὲ χείρονος ἀνατολῆς εἴδους ὑπόδειγμα τὸ λεχθὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ βουλομένου τὸν ἐπαινούμενον ὑπὸ θεοῦ καταράσασθαι· πρὸς γὰρ ἀνατολαῖς εἰσάγεται κἀκεῖνος οἰκῶν, αἵτινες ὁμωνυμοῦσαι ταῖς προτέραις ἐναντιότητα καὶ μάχην πρὸς αὐτὰς ἔχουσιν· „ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας„
65γάρ φησι „μετεπέμψατό με Βαλάκ, ἐξ ὀρέων ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, λέγων· δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι ὃν μὴ ἀρᾶται ὁ θεός„ (Num. 23, 7. 8). ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ Βαλὰκ ἄνους, εὐθυβολώτατα· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἄνοια δεινὴ τὸ ὂν ἐλπίσαι ἀπατᾶσθαι καὶ γνώμην αὐτοῦ τὴν βεβαιοτάτην ἀνθρώπων σοφίσμασι παρατρέπεσθαι;
66διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μεσοποταμίαν οἰκεῖ καταπεποντωμένης ὥσπερ ἐν μεσαιτάτῳ ποταμοῦ βυθῷ τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ δυναμένης ἀνανήξασθαι καὶ ἀνακῦψαι· τοῦτο δὲ τὸ πάθος ἀνατολὴ μὲν ἀφροσύνης, κατάδυσις δὲ εὐλογιστίας ἐστίν.
67οἱ τὴν ἀσύμφωνον οὖν ἁρμοζόμενοι συμφωνίαν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν κινεῖσθαι λέγονται. πότερον ἄρα γε τῶν κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἢ τῶν κατὰ κακίαν; ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν τῶν κατ’ ἀρετήν, παντελὴς ὑπογράφεται διάζευξις· εἰ δὲ τῶν κατὰ κακίαν, ἡνωμένη τις κίνησις, καθάπερ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἔχει, οὐκ ἰδίᾳ κατὰ ἀπάρτησιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ τινὶ τῷ ὅλῳ σώματι συγκινουμένων.
68ἀρχὴ γὰρ καὶ ἀφορμὴ φαύλῳ πρὸς τὰς παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεργείας τὸ κακίας χωρίον· ὅσοι δὲ μετανάσται μὲν ἀρετῆς ἐγένοντο, ταῖς δ’ ἀφροσύνης ἐχρήσαντο ἀφορμαῖς, οἰκειότατον εὑρόντες οἰκοῦσι τόπον, ὃς Ἑβραίων μὲν γλώττῃ Σεναάρ, Ἑλλήνων δὲ ἐκτιναγμὸς καλεῖται·
69σπαράττεται γὰρ καὶ κλονεῖται καὶ τινάττεται πᾶς ὁ τῶν φαύλων βίος, κυκώμενος ἀεὶ καὶ ταραττόμενος καὶ μηδὲν ἴχνος ἀγαθοῦ γνησίου θησαυριζόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ. καθάπερ γὰρ τῶν ἀποτιναττομένων ὅσα μὴ ἑνώσει διακρατεῖται πάντα ἐκπίπτει, τοῦτόν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἡ τοῦ συμπεπνευκότος ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδικεῖν ἐκτετινάχθαι τὸν τρόπον ψυχή· πᾶσαν γὰρ ἰδέαν ἀρετῆς ἀπορρίπτει, ὡς μήτε σκιὰν μήτε εἴδωλον αὐτῆς ἐμφαίνεσθαι τὸ παράπαν.
70τὸ γοῦν φιλοσώματον γένος τῶν Αἰγυπτίων οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, ἀλλ’ „ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ„ φεῦγον, τουτέστιν ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν παθῶν φοράν, εἰσάγεται, καὶ ἐπειδὰν ὑποδράμῃ τὰ πάθη, τινάττεται καὶ κυκᾶται, τὸ μὲν εὐσταθὲς καὶ εἰρηναῖον ἀποβάλλον ἀρετῆς, τὸ δὲ ταραχῶδες ἐπαναιρούμενον κακίας· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐξετίναξε τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους κατὰ μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης φεύγοντας ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ„ (Exod. 14, 27).
71οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ μηδὲ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ εἰδότες, τὸν ποικίλον τοῦ βίου τῦφον, ἀλλ’ ἀποκεκαλυμμένοις χρώμενοι τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν, οὐδὲ ἴχνος ἢ σκιὰν καὶ εἴδωλον καλοκἀγαθίας ταμιευσάμενοι· „ἀνέστη„
72γάρ φησι „βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον„, ὃς οὐδὲ τὸ πανύστατον καὶ νεώτατον αἰσθητὸν ἀγαθὸν „ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ„ (Exod. 1,8), ὅστις οὐ μόνον τελειότητας ἀλλὰ καὶ προκοπάς, οὐδὲ ἐνάργειαν τὴν οἵαν δι’ ὁράσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ διδασκαλίαν τὴν δι’ ἀκοῆς ἐγγινομένην. ἀνῄρει λέγων· „δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ δεῦρο ἐπικατάρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰσραήλ„ (Num. 23,7), ἴσον τῷ ἐλθέ, ἀμφότερα κατάλυσον, ὅρασίν τε καὶ ἀκοὴν ψυχῆς, ἵνα μηδὲν ἀληθὲς καὶ γνήσιον καλὸν μήτε ἴδῃ μήτε ἀκούσῃ· ὁράσεως μὲν γὰρ Ἰσραήλ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἀκοῆς σύμβολον.
73ὁ μὲν δὴ τῶν τοιούτων νοῦς ἀπορρίπτει πᾶσαν τὴν ἀγαθοῦ φύσιν τρόπον τινὰ τιναττόμενος, ἔμπαλιν δ’ ὁ τῶν ἀστείων, ἀμιγοῦς καὶ ἀκράτου μεταποιούμενος τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἰδέας, ἀποτινάττει καὶ ἀποβάλλει τὰ φαῦλα·
74θέασαι γοῦν τὸν ἀσκητὴν οἷά φησιν· „ἄρατε τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τοὺς μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν, καὶ καθαρίσασθε καὶ ἀλλάξατε τὰς στολὰς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀναστάντες ἀναβῶμεν εἰς Βαιθήλ„ (Gen. 35,2. 3), ἵνα, κἂν Λάβαν ἔρευναν αἰτῆται, ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ μὴ εὑρεθῇ τὰ εἴδωλα (Gen. 31,35), ἀλλὰ πράγματα ὑφεστηκότα καὶ ὄντως ὑπαρκτά, ἐστηλιτευμένα ἐν τῇ τοῦ σοφοῦ διανοίᾳ, ὧν καὶ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος Ἰσαὰκ κληρονομεῖ· τὰ γὰρ ὑπαρκτὰ μόνος οὗτος παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς λαμβάνει (Gen. 25,5).
75Παρατήρει δ’ ὅτι οὔ φησιν ἐλθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἐν ᾧ κατέμειναν, ἀλλὰ εὑρεῖν ἀναζητήσαντας πάντως καὶ σκεψαμένους τὸ ἐπιτηδειότατον ἀφροσύνης χωρίον· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι πᾶς ἄφρων οὐ παρ’ ἑτέρου λαμβάνει ἑαυτῷ τὰ δὲ κακὰ ζητῶν ἀνευρίσκει, μὴ μόνοις ἀρκούμενος τούτοις ἐφ’ ἅπερ ἡ μοχθηρὰ φύσις δι’ ἑαυτῆς βαδίζει, ἀλλὰ καὶ προστιθεὶς τὰ ἐκ τοῦ κακοτεχνεῖν τέλεια γυμνάσματα.
Sections 76–100
76καὶ εἴθε μέντοι πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐνδιατρίψας αὐτοῖς χρόνον μετανίστατο. νυνὶ δὲ καὶ καταμένειν ἀξιοῖ· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι εὑρόντες τὸ πεδίον κατῴκησαν ὡς ἐν πατρίδι, οὐχ ὡς ἐπὶ ξένης παρῴκησαν. ἧττον γὰρ ἦν δεινὸν συντυχόντας ἁμαρτήμασιν ὀθνεῖα αὐτὰ καὶ ὥσπερ ἀλλοδαπὰ νομίσαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ οἰκεῖα καὶ συγγενῆ ὑπολαβεῖν εἶναι· παρεπιδημήσαντες γὰρ κἂν ἀπέστησαν αὖθις, κατοικήσαντες δὲ βεβαίως καταμένειν εἰσάπαν ἔμελλον.
77διὰ τοῦτο οἱ κατὰ Μωυσῆν σοφοὶ πάντες εἰσάγονται παροικοῦντες· αἱ γὰρ τούτων ψυχαὶ στέλλονται μὲν ἀποικίαν οὐδέποτε τὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, εἰώθασι δὲ ἕνεκα τοῦ φιλοθεάμονος καὶ φιλομαθοῦς εἰς τὴν περίγειον φύσιν ἀποδημεῖν.
78ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἐνδιατρίψασαι σώμασι τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ δι’ αὐτῶν πάντα κατίδωσιν, ἐπανέρχονται ἐκεῖσε πάλιν, ὅθεν ὡρμήθησαν τὸ πρῶτον, πατρίδα μὲν τὸν οὐράνιον χῶρον ἐν ᾧ πολιτεύονται, ξένην δὲ τὸν περίγειον ἐν ᾧ παρῴκησαν νομίζουσαι· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀποικίαν στειλαμένοις ἀντὶ τῆς μητροπόλεως ἡ ὑποδεξαμένη δήπου πατρίς, ἡ δ’ ἐκπέμψασα μένει τοῖς ἀποδεδημηκόσιν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ποθοῦσιν ἐπανέρχεσθαι.
79τοιγαροῦν εἰκότως Ἀβραὰμ ἐρεῖ τοῖς νεκροφύλαξι καὶ ταμίαις τῶν θνητῶν, ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ νεκροῦ βίου καὶ τύφου· „πάροικος καὶ παρεπίδημός εἰμι ἐγὼ μεθ’ ὑμῶν„ (Gen. 23, 4), αὐτόχθονες δὲ ὑμεῖς, κόνιν καὶ χοῦν ψυχῆς προτιμήσαντες, προεδρίας ἀξιώσαντες ὄνομα Ἐφρών, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται χοῦς.
80εἰκότως δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ τὴν ἐν σώματι παροικίαν ὀλοφύρεται λέγων· „αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν ἐτῶν τῆς ζωῆς μου, ἃς παροικῶ, μικραὶ καὶ πονηραὶ γεγόνασιν· οὐκ ἐξίκοντο εἰς ἡμέρας τῶν πατέρων μου ἃς παρῴκησαν„ (Gen. 47,9).
81τῷ δ’ αὐτοδιδάκτῳ καὶ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τοιόνδε· „μὴ καταβῇς εἰς„ τὸ πάθος „Αἴγυπτον, κατοίκησον δ’ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἣν ἄν σοι εἴπω„ (Gen. 26,2), τῇ ἀδείκτῳ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ φρονήσει, καὶ παροίκει ἐν τῇ γῇ ταύτῃ, τῇ δεικνυμένῃ καὶ αἰσθητῇ οὐσίᾳ, πρὸς τὸ δεῖξαι ὅτι παροικεῖ μὲν ὁ σοφὸς ὡς ἐν ξένῃ σώματι αἰσθητῷ, κατοικεῖ δ’ ὡς ἐν πατρίδι νοηταῖς ἀρεταῖς, ἃς λαλεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἀδιαφορούσας λόγων θείων.
82Μωυσῆς δὲ „γειώρας„ φησίν „εἰμὶ ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ„ (Exod. 2,22), διαφερόντως οὐ μόνον ξένην τὴν ἐν σώματι μονὴν ὡς οἱ μέτοικοι νομίζων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀλλοτριώσεως ἀξίαν οὐκ ἔμπαλιν οἰκειώσεως ὑπολαμβάνων.
83Τὸ δ’ ὁμόφωνον καὶ ὁμόγλωττον οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ ῥήμασι μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀδίκων πράξεων κοινωνίᾳ βουλόμενος ὁ φαῦλος ἐπιδείξασθαι πόλιν ἄρχεται καὶ πύργον, ὡς ἀκρόπολιν τυράννῳ, κακίᾳ κατασκευάζειν, καὶ τοὺς θιασώτας πάντας παρακαλεῖ τοῦ ἔργου μετασχεῖν τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν προευτρεπισαμένους ὕλην· „ἴτε„
84γάρ φησι „πλινθεύσωμεν πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί„ (Gen. 11,3), ἴσον τῷ νῦν ἐστιν ἡμῖν συμπεφορημένα καὶ συγκεχυμένα τὰ πάντα τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἐναργῆ τύπον μηδένα μηδενὸς εἴδους προφαίνεσθαι.
85ἁρμόττει δ’ ὥσπερ ἀνείδεόν τινα καὶ ἄποιον οὐσίαν τό τε πάθος καὶ τὴν κακίαν παραλαβόντας εἰς τὰς ἁρμοττούσας ποιότητας καὶ τὰ προσεχέστατα μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων ἀεὶ τεμεῖν εἴδη πρός τε ἐναργεστέραν κατάληψιν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν σὺν ἐμπειρίᾳ χρῆσίν τε καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν, ἣ πλείους ἡδονὰς καὶ τέρψεις ἔοικεν ἐντίκτειν.
86πάριτε οὖν οἱ λογισμοὶ πάντες βουλευτῶν τινα τρόπον εἰς τὸ ψυχῆς συνέδριον, ὅσοι πρὸς τὸν δικαιοσύνης καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς συγκατατάττεσθε ὄλεθρον, καὶ πεφροντισμένως διασκεψώμεθα, ὡς ἐπιθέμενοι κατορθώσωμεν·
87τῆς μέντοι κατορθώσεως ἔσονται | θεμέλιοι κραταιότατοι οἵδε, ἄμορφα μορφῶσαι τύποις καὶ σχήμασι καὶ περιγραφαῖς ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ διακρῖναι, μὴ κραδαινόμενα καὶ χωλαίνοντα, ἀλλὰ πεπηγότα βεβαίως, τῇ τοῦ τετραγώνου σχήματος οἰκειούμενα φύσει — ἀκράδαντον γὰρ τοῦτό γε —, ἵνα πλίνθου τινὰ τρόπον ἀκλινῶς ἐρηρεισμένα βεβαίως καὶ τὰ ἐποικοδομούμενα δέχηται.
88τούτων πᾶς ὁ ἀντίθεος νοῦς, ὅν φαμεν Αἰγύπτου, τοῦ σώματος, εἶναι βασιλέα, δημιουργὸς ἀνευρίσκεται· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτον εἰσάγει Μωυσῆς τοῖς ἐκ πλίνθου κατασκευαζομένοις χαίροντα οἰκοδομήμασιν.
89ἐπειδὰν γάρ τις τὴν ὕδατος καὶ γῆς τὴν μὲν ὑγράν, τὴν δ’ αὖ στερεὰν οὐσίαν, διαλυομένας καὶ φθειρομένας, ἀνακερασάμενος τρίτον μεθόριον ἀμφοῖν ἀπεργάσηται, ὃ καλεῖται πηλός, τέμνων κατὰ μοίρας τοῦτον οὐ παύεται σχήματα περιτιθεὶς ἑκάστῳ τῶν τμημάτων τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὅπως εὐπαγέστερά τε καὶ εὐφορώτερα γένηται·
90ῥᾳδίως γὰρ οὕτως ἔμελλε τὰ κατασκευαζόμενα τελειοῦσθαι. τοῦτ’ ἀπομιμούμενοι τὸ ἔργον οἱ μοχθηροὶ τὰς φύσεις, ὅταν τὰς ἀλόγους καὶ πλεοναζούσας τῶν παθῶν ὁρμὰς ταῖς ἀργαλεωτάταις κακίαις ἀνακεράσωνται, τέμνουσι τὸ κραθὲν εἰς εἴδη καὶ διαπλάττουσι καὶ σχηματίζουσιν οἱ βαρυδαίμονες, δι’ ὧν ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιτειχισμὸς μετέωρος ἀρθήσεται, τὴν αἴσθησιν εἰς ὅρασιν καὶ ἀκοήν, ἔτι δὲ γεῦσιν ὄσφρησίν τε καὶ ἁφήν, τὸ δὲ πάθος εἰς ἡδονὴν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν φόβον τε καὶ λύπην, τό τε κακιῶν γένος εἰς ἀφροσύνην, ἀκολασίαν, δειλίαν, ἀδικίαν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα
91ἀδελφὰ καὶ συγγενῆ τούτοις. ἤδη δὲ καὶ προσυπερβάλλοντές τινες οὐ μόνον τὰς αὑτῶν ψυχὰς ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἤλειψαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀμείνους καὶ γένους ὄντας ὁρατικοῦ βιασάμενοι κατηνάγκασαν πλινθουργεῖν καὶ πόλεις οἰκοδομεῖν ὀχυρὰς (Exod. 1,11) τῷ βασιλεύειν δοκοῦντι νῷ, βουλόμενοι τοῦτο ἐνδείξασθαι, ὅτι δοῦλον μὲν τὸ ἀγαθὸν κακοῦ πάθος τ’ εὐπαθείας δυνατώτερον, φρόνησις δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ ἀφροσύνης καὶ κακίας ἁπάσης ὑπήκοον, ὡς ὑπηρετεῖν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἅττ’ ἂν προστάττῃ τὸ δεσπόζον.
92ἰδού, γάρ φησι, καὶ ὁ ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸς ὁ διαυγέστατος καὶ καθαρώτατος καὶ πάντων ὀξυωπέστατος, ᾧ μόνῳ τὸν θεὸν ἔξεστι καθορᾶν, ὄνομα Ἰσραήλ, ἐνδεθείς ποτε τοῖς σωματικοῖς Αἰγύπτου δικτύοις ἐπιταγμάτων βαρυτάτων ἀνέχεται, ὡς πλίνθον καὶ πᾶν τὸ γεῶδες ἐργάζεσθαι μετὰ ἀργαλεωτάτων καὶ ἀτρυτοτάτων πόνων· ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως ὀδυνᾶται καὶ στένει, τοῦτο μόνον ὡς ἐν κακοῖς τεθησαυρισμένος κειμήλιον, ἐκδακρῦσαι τὰ παρόντα·
93λέγεται γὰρ ὑγιῶς ὅτι „κατεστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων„ (Exod. 2,23). τίς δ’ οὐκ ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων τὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων ἰδὼν ἔργα καὶ τὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας σπουδάς, αἷς ἢ πρὸς ἀργυρισμὸν ἢ δόξαν ἢ τὴν ἐν ἡδοναῖς ἀπόλαυσιν εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι, σφόδρα κατηφήσαι καὶ πρὸς τὸν μόνον σωτῆρα θεὸν ἐκβοήσαι, ἵνα τὰ μὲν ἐπικουφίσῃ, λύτρα δὲ καὶ σῶστρα καταθεὶς τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν αὐτὴν ἐξέληται;
94τίς οὖν ἐλευθερία βεβαιοτάτη; τίς; ἡ τοῦ μόνου θεραπεία σοφοῦ, καθάπερ μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς εἴρηται „ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν, ἵνα με θεραπεύῃ„ (Exod. 8,1).
95ἴδιον δὲ τῶν τὸ ὂν θεραπευόντων οἰνοχόων μὲν ἢ σιτοποιῶν ἢ μαγείρων ἔργα ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα γεώδη μήτε διαπλάττειν μήτε συντιθέναι σώματα πλίνθου τρόπον, ἀναβαίνειν δὲ τοῖς λογισμοῖς πρὸς αἰθέριον ὕψος, Μωυσῆν, τὸ θεοφιλὲς γένος, προστησαμένους ἡγεμόνα τῆς ὁδοῦ.
96τότε γὰρ τὸν μὲν τόπον, ὃς δῆλός ἐστι, θεάσονται, ᾧ ὁ ἀκλινὴς καὶ ἄτρεπτος θεὸς ἐφέστηκε, „τά θ’ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, τὸ ὡσεὶ ἔργον πλίνθου σαπφείρου καὶ ὡς ἂν εἶδος στερεώματος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ", τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον, ὃν αἰνίττεται διὰ τούτων (Exod. 24,10).
97εὐπρεπὲς γὰρ τοῖς ἑταιρείαν πρὸς ἐπιστήμην θεμένοις ἐφίεσθαι μὲν τοῦ τὸ ὂν ἰδεῖν, εἰ δὲ μὴ δύναιντο, τὴν γοῦν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἱερώτατον λόγον, μεθ’ ὃν καὶ τὸ ἐν αἰσθητοῖς τελειότατον ἔργον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον· τὸ γὰρ φιλοσοφεῖν οὐδὲν ἦν ἄλλο ἢ ταῦτα σπουδάζειν ἀκριβῶς ἰδεῖν.
98τὸν δὲ αἰσθητὸν κόσμον ὡς ἂν ὑποπόδιον θεοῦ φησιν εἶναι διὰ τάδε· πρῶτον μὲν ἵν’ ἐπιδείξῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ γεγονότι τὸ πεποιηκὸς αἴτιον, ἔπειτα δ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραστῆσαι, ὅτι οὐδ’ ὁ κόσμος ἅπας ἀφέτῳ καὶ ἀπελευθεριαζούσῃ κινήσει κέχρηται, ἀλλ’ ἐπιβέβηκεν ὁ κυβερνήτης θεὸς τῶν ὅλων οἰακονομῶν καὶ πηδαλιουχῶν σωτηρίως τὰ σύμπαντα, οὔτε ποσὶν οὔτε χερσὶν οὔτε ἄλλῳ τῶν ἐν γενέσει κεχρημένος μέρει τὸ παράπαν οὐδενὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον — „οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός„ (Num. 23,19) —, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἕνεκα αὐτὸ μόνον διδασκαλίας εἰσαγόμενον ἡμῶν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς ἐκβῆναι μὴ δυναμένων, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς συμβεβηκότων τὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου καταλήψεις λαμβανόντων.
99παγκάλως δ’ ἔχει τὸ ἐν παραβολῆς εἴδει φάναι τὸν κόσμον ὡς εἶδος πλίνθου· δοκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἑστάναι καὶ βεβηκέναι ὡς ἐκείνη κατὰ τὰς τῆς αἰσθητῆς ὄψεως προσβολάς, κέχρηται δὲ ὠκυτάτῃ κινήσει καὶ τὰς ἐν μέρει πάσας παραθεούσῃ.
100καὶ γὰρ μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἡλίου καὶ νύκτωρ σελήνης φαντασίαν ὡς ἑστώτων οἱ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ λαμβάνουσι· καίτοι τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι τὸ τῆς περὶ αὐτοὺς φορᾶς τάχος ἀνανταγώνιστόν ἐστιν, εἴ γε τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανὸν μιᾷ περιπολοῦσιν ἡμέρᾳ; οὕτως μέντοι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σύμπας οὐρανὸς ἑστάναι δοκῶν περιδινεῖται κύκλῳ, τῆς κινήσεως τῷ ἀειδεῖ καὶ θειοτέρῳ καταλαμβανομένης τῷ κατὰ
Sections 101–125
101διάνοιαν ὀφθαλμῷ. πυροῦντες δὲ τὰς πλίνθους εἰσάγονται συμβολικῶς, τὰ πάθη καὶ τὰς κακίας θερμῷ καὶ κινητικωτάτῳ λόγῳ κραταιούμενοι, ὡς μὴ πρὸς τῶν σοφίας δορυφόρων ποτὲ καθαιρεθεῖεν, οἷς τὰ πρὸς ἀνατροπὴν αὐτῶν αἰεὶ μηχανήματα συγκροτεῖται.
102διὸ καὶ ἐπιλέγεται „ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς ἡ πλίνθος εἰς λίθον„ (Gen. 11,3) — τὸ γὰρ μανὸν καὶ κεχυμένον τῆς μὴ σὺν λόγῳ φορᾶς εἰς ἀντίτυπον καὶ στερεὰν φύσιν πιληθὲν καὶ πυκνωθὲν λόγοις δυνατοῖς καὶ ἀποδείξεσιν ἐχυρωτάταις μετέβαλεν, ἀνδρωθείσης τρόπον τινὰ τῆς τῶν θεωρημάτων καταλήψεως, ἥτις ἐν ἡλικίᾳ διαρρεῖ παιδικῇ διὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγρότητα μήπω δυναμένης τοὺς ἐνσφραγιζομένους πήττειν καὶ διαφυλάττειν χαρακτῆρας —, "καὶ ἡ ἄσφαλτος ἦν αὐτοῖς πηλός„ (ibid.), οὐκ ἔμπαλιν ὁ πηλὸς ἄσφαλτος·
103δοκοῦσι μὲν γὰρ οἱ φαῦλοι τὰ ἀσθενῆ κραταιοῦσθαι κατὰ τῶν ἀμεινόνων καὶ τὰ διαλυόμενα καὶ ῥέοντα ἐξ αὐτῶν πήττειν, ἵν’ ἐπ’ ἐχυροῦ βάλωσι καὶ τοξεύσωσιν ἀρετήν· ὁ δ’ ἵλεως καὶ πατὴρ τῶν καλῶν οὐκ ἐφήσει τὸ δεδεμένον ἐκνικᾶν εἰς ἀδιάλυτον ἀσφάλειαν, ῥεούσης σπουδῆς μὴ ὑφεστὼς ἔργον ὡς πλαδῶντα πηλὸν ἀναδείξας.
104εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὁ πηλὸς ἐγένετο ἄσφαλτος, μέχρι παντὸς ἂν ἴσως τὸ ἐν συνεχεῖ ῥύσει γεῶδες αἰσθητὸν εἰς ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀμετάβλητον δύναμιν ἐξενίκησεν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἡ ἄσφαλτος εἰς πηλὸν μετέβαλεν, οὐκ ἀθυμητέον· ἐλπὶς γάρ, ἐλπὶς τὰ βέβαια τῆς κακίας ἐρείσματα κράτει θεοῦ διακοπῆναι.
105τοιγαροῦν ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ καὶ ἐπαλλήλῳ τοῦ βίου κατακλυσμῷ, μήπω δυνάμενος δίχα αἰσθήσεως ψυχῇ μόνῃ τὰ ὄντα ὄντως ὁρᾶν, „τὴν κιβωτόν„, λέγω δὲ τὸ σῶμα, „ἔνδοθέν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν ἀσφάλτῳ„ καταχρίσει (Gen. 6,14) βεβαιούμενος τὰς δι’ αὐτοῦ φαντασίας καὶ ἐνεργείας· λωφήσαντος δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ τῆς φορᾶς ἐπισχούσης ἐξελεύσεται χρησάμενος ἀσωμάτῳ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ἀληθείας ἀντίληψιν.
106ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀστεῖος ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἀρχῆς φυτευθεὶς καὶ προσαγορευθεὶς τρόπος, ὄνομα Μωυσῆς, ὁ τὸν κόσμον ὡς ἄστυ καὶ πατρίδα οἰκήσας ἅτε κοσμοπολίτης γενόμενος, ἐνδεθείς ποτε τῷ ἐπαληλιμμένῳ ὡς ἂν „ἀσφαλτοπίσσῃ" (Exod. 2,3) σώματι καὶ δοκοῦντι τὰς πάντων τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐν αἰσθήσει φαντασίας ἀσφαλῶς δέχεσθαί τε καὶ κεχωρηκέναι, κατακλαίει (Exod. 2,6) μὲν τὴν ἔνδεσιν ἀσωμάτου φύσεως πιεσθεὶς ἔρωτι, κατακλαίει δὲ καὶ τὸν πλάνητα καὶ τετυφωμένον τῶν πολλῶν ἄθλιον νοῦν, ὃς ψευδοῦς δόξης ἐκκρεμασθεὶς ᾠήθη τι παρ’ ἑαυτῷ βέβαιον καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἢ συνόλως παρά τινι τῶν γενομένων ἄτρεπτον ἱδρῦσθαι, τοῦ παγίως καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος ἐστηλιτευμένου παρὰ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ.
107Τὸ δὲ „δεῦτε καὶ οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ„ (Gen. 11,4) τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν· πόλεις ὁ νομοθέτης οὐχὶ ταύτας μόνον οἴεται εἶναι τὰς ἐπὶ γῆς δημιουργηθείσας, ὧν εἰσιν ὗλαι λίθοι καὶ ξύλα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἃς ἄνθρωποι περιφέρουσι ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἑαυτῶν ἐνιδρυμένας. εἰσὶ δ’ αὗται μέν,
108ὡς εἰκός, ἀρχέτυποι ἅτε θειοτέρας κατασκευῆς λαχοῦσαι, ἐκεῖναι δὲ μιμήματα ὡς ἂν ἐκ φθαρτῆς οὐσίας συνεστῶσαι. διττὸν δὲ πόλεως εἶδος, τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον, τὸ δὲ χεῖρον, ἄμεινον μὲν τὸ δημοκρατίᾳ χρώμενον ἰσότητα τιμώσῃ πολιτείᾳ, ἧς ἄρχοντές εἰσι νόμος καὶ δίκη — θεοῦ δὲ ὕμνος ἡ τοιάδε —, χεῖρον δὲ τὸ κιβδηλεῦον αὐτήν, ὡς τὸ παράσημον καὶ παρακεκομμένον ἐν νομίσμασιν, ὀχλοκρατία, ἣ θαυμάζει τὸ ἄνισον, ἐν ᾗ ἀδικία καὶ ἀνομία καταδυναστεύουσιν.
109ἐγγράφονται δ’ οἱ μὲν ἀστεῖοι τῷ τῆς προτέρας πολιτεύματι, τῶν δὲ φαύλων ἡ πληθὺς τὴν ἑτέραν καὶ χείρω διέζωσται, πρὸ εὐκοσμίας ἀκοσμίαν καὶ σύγχυσιν πρὸ εὐσταθοῦς καταστάσεως ἀγαπῶσα.
110συνεργοῖς δὲ ὁ ἄφρων ἀξιοῖ πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν οὐκ ἀρκούμενος αὑτῷ μόνῳ χρῆσθαι, καὶ προτρέπει μὲν ὅρασιν, προτρέπει δὲ ἀκοήν, παρακαλεῖ δὲ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν ἀνυπερθέτως αὐτῷ συντετάχθαι, φερούσης ἑκάστης τὰ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν ἐπιτήδεια πάντα· ἐπαίρει μέντοι καὶ παραθήγει καὶ τὸ ἄλλο ἀτίθασον ἐκ φύσεως τῶν παθῶν στῖφος, ἵνα ἄσκησιν καὶ μελέτην προσλαβὸν ἀνύποιστον γένηται.
111τούτους οὖν καλέσας τοὺς συμμάχους ὁ νοῦς φησιν· „οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν„ (Gen. 11,4), ἴσον τῷ ὀχυρωσώμεθα τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ φραξώμεθα δυνατῶς, ὡς μὴ πρὸς τῶν κατατρεχόντων εὐμαρῶς ἁλισκοίμεθα· διέλωμεν καὶ διανείμωμεν ὥσπερ κατὰ φυλὰς καὶ δήμους ἑκάστας τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ δυνάμεων προσκληρώσαντες τὰς μὲν λογικῇ, τὰς δὲ ἀλόγῳ μερίδι·
112ἄρχοντας ἑλώμεθα τοὺς ἱκανοὺς πλοῦτον, δόξαν, τιμάς, ἡδονὰς ἀφ’ ὧν ἂν δύνωνται περιποιεῖν ἁπάντων· τὴν πενίας καὶ ἀδοξίας αἰτίαν δικαιοσύνην τιθεμένους ἐκποδὼν γράφωμεν νόμους, οἳ τὸ τοῦ κρείττονος συμφέρον βεβαιώσουσι τοῖς πλέον ἑτέρων αἰεὶ φέρεσθαι δυναμένοις.
113„πύργος„ δ’ ὡς ἂν ἀκρόπολις κατεσκευάσθω τῇ | τυράννῳ κακίᾳ βασίλειον ὀχυρώτατον, ἧς οἱ μὲν πόδες ἐπὶ γῆς βαινέτωσαν, ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ πρὸς οὐρανὸν φθανέτω τοσοῦτον ὑπὸ μεγαλαυχίας ὕψος ἐπιβᾶσα.
114τῷ γὰρ ὄντι οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀδικημάτων ἵσταται, μετατρέχει δὲ καὶ τὰ ὀλύμπια τοὺς ἀσεβείας καὶ ἀθεότητος λόγους προτείνουσα, ἐπειδὰν ἢ ὡς οὐκ ἔστι τὸ θεῖον διεξίῃ, ἢ ὡς ὂν οὐ προνοεῖ, ἢ ὡς ὁ κόσμος οὔποτε γενέσεως ἔλαβεν ἀρχήν, ἢ ὡς γενόμενος ἀστάτοις αἰτίαις ὡς ἂν τύχῃ φέρεται, ποτὲ μὲν πλημμελῶς, ποτὲ δὲ οὐχ ὑπαιτίως, καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλοίων καὶ τεθρίππων εἴωθε γίνεσθαι·
115φιλεῖ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε χωρὶς ἡνιόχων τε καὶ κυβερνητῶν ὅ τε πλοῦς καὶ ὁ δρόμος εὐθύνεσθαι· προνοίας δ’ οὐ τὸ ὀλιγάκις, ἀλλὰ τῆς μὲν ἀνθρωπίνης πολλάκις, τῆς δὲ θείας ἀδιαστάτως αἰεὶ κατορθοῦν, ἐπεὶ τὸ διαμαρτάνειν ἀλλότριον ἀνωμολόγηται θείας δυνάμεως. κατασκευάζουσι μέντοι συμβολικῶς ὡσανεὶ πύργον τὸν περὶ κακίας λόγον οἱ φρενοβλαβεῖς, τί βουλόμενοι ἢ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ὑπολείπεσθαι τὸ δυσώνυμον;
116λέγουσι γάρ· „ποιήσωμεν ἑαυτῶν ὄνομα„ (Gen. 11,4). ὢ περιττῆς καὶ κεχυμένης ἀναισχυντίας. τί φατε; νυκτὶ καὶ βαθεῖ σκότῳ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀδικήματα συγκρύπτειν ὀφείλοντες καὶ προκάλυμμα αὐτῶν, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὴν ἀληθῆ, τὴν γοῦν προσποίητον αἰδῶ πεποιῆσθαι ἢ χάριτος ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιεικεστέρους ἢ διαδύσεως τῶν ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένοις ἁμαρτήμασι τιμωριῶν, τοσοῦτον τῆς τόλμης ἐπιβαίνετε, ὥστε οὐ μόνον πρὸς φῶς καὶ λαμπρότατον ἥλιον ἐναυγάζεσθε μήτε τὰς ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἀμεινόνων ἀπειλὰς μήτε τὰς ἀπαραιτήτους ἐκ θεοῦ δίκας τοῖς οὕτως ἀνοσιουργοῖς ἀπαντωμένας καταδείσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ πανταχόσε φήμας ἀγγέλους τῶν οἰκείων ἀδικημάτων περιπέμπειν ἀξιοῦτε, ὡς μηδεὶς ἀμύητος μηδ’ ἀνήκοος γένοιτο τῶν ὑμετέρων, ὦ σχέτλιοι καὶ παμμίαροι, τολμημάτων.
117ὀνόματος οὖν ποίου γλίχεσθε; ἢ τοῦ τοῖς πραττομένοις οἰκειοτάτου; ἆρ’ οὖν ἕν ἐστι μόνον; γένει μὲν ἴσως ἕν, μυρία δὲ τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ἅ, κἂν ἡσυχάζητε, ἑτέρων λεγόντων ἀκούσεσθε· προπέτεια τοίνυν ἐστὶ μετὰ ἀναισχυντίας, ὕβρις μετὰ βίας, βία μετὰ ἀνδροφονίας, σὺν μοιχείαις φθοραί, σὺν ἀμέτροις ἡδοναῖς ἀόριστος ἐπιθυμία, μετὰ θράσους ἀπόνοια, μετὰ πανουργίας ἀδικία, κλοπαὶ μετὰ ἁρπαγῆς, σὺν ψευδολογίαις ψευδορκίαι, μετὰ παρανομιῶν ἀσέβειαι.
118ταῦτα καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τῶν τοιούτων ἔστ’ ὀνόματα. καλόν γ’ ἐναυχῆσαι κἀπισεμνύνεσθαι δόξαν θηρωμένους τὴν ἀπὸ τούτων, ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκὸς ἦν ἐγκαλύπτεσθαι. καὶ μὴν ἔνιοι μέγα φρονοῦσιν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὡς ἄμαχόν τινα ἰσχὺν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτους νομισθῆναι παρὰ πᾶσι καρπωσάμενοι, οὓς τοῦ πολλοῦ θράσους ἡ ὀπαδὸς τοῦ θεοῦ δίκη τίσεται καίτοι τάχα τὸν οἰκεῖον οὐ μαντευομένους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προορωμένους ὄλεθρον· φασὶ γάρ· „πρὶν διασπαρῆναι„ (Gen. 11,4), φροντίσωμεν ὀνόματός τε καὶ δόξης.
119οὐκοῦν, εἴποιμ’ ἂν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι σκεδασθήσεσθε γινώσκετε; τί οὖν ἁμαρτάνετε; ἀλλὰ μήποτε τὸν τρόπον τῶν ἀφρόνων διασυνίστησιν, οἳ καίτοι μεγίστων ἐπικρεμαμένων οὐκ ἀδήλως ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ πολλάκις τιμωριῶν ἀδικεῖν ὅμως οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι· γνωριμώταται δ’ εἰσὶν αἱ τιμωρίαι ἀδηλοῦσθαι νομισθεῖσαι, ἃς ἐκ θεοῦ κατασκήπτειν συμβέβηκε.
120πάντες γὰρ οἱ φαυλότατοι λαμβάνουσιν ἐννοίας περὶ τοῦ μὴ λήσειν τὸ θεῖον ἀδικοῦντες μηδὲ τὸ δίκην ὑφέξειν εἰσάπαν ἰσχῦσαι διακρούσασθαι· ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἴσασιν, ὅτι σκεδασθήσονται;
121καὶ μὴν λέγουσι „πρὶν ἡμᾶς διασπαρῆναι„· ἀλλὰ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔνδοθεν ἐλέγχει καὶ σφόδρα ἐπιτηδεύοντας ἀθεότητα κεντεῖ, ὡς ἄκοντας εἰς συναίνεσιν ἐπισπάσασθαι περὶ τοῦ τὰ κατ’ ἀνθρώπους πάντα πρὸς ἀμείνονος φύσεως ἐφορᾶσθαι καὶ δίκην ἐφεστάναι τιμωρὸν ἀδέκαστον, ἀσεβῶν πράξεις ἐχθραίνουσαν ἀδίκους καὶ λόγους τοὺς συνηγόρους αὐταῖς.
122ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ἀπόγονοι πάντες οὗτοι τῆς αἰεὶ μὲν ἀποθνῃσκούσῃς, μηδέποτε δὲ τεθνηκυίας μοχθηρίας, ἧς Κάιν ἐστὶν ὄνομα. ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ Κάιν υἱὸν γεννήσας, ὃν Ἐνὼχ ἐκάλεσεν, ὁμώνυμον αὐτῷ [καὶ] κτίζων εἰσάγεται πόλιν (Gen. 4, 17) καὶ τρόπον τινὰ τὰ γενητὰ καὶ θνητὰ οἰκοδομῶν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν θειοτέρας κατασκευῆς λαχόντων ἀνατροπῇ;
123ὁ γὰρ Ἐνὼχ ἑρμηνεύεται χάρις σου· τῶν δ’ ἀνοσίων ἕκαστος διάνοιαν μὲν ἡγεῖται χαρίζεσθαι ἑαυτῷ τάς τε καταλήψεις καὶ διανοήσεις, ὀφθαλμοὺς δὲ τὸ βλέπειν καὶ ἀκούειν ὦτα καὶ μυκτῆρας ὀσφραίνεσθαι, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσθήσεις τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑαυταῖς, ἔτι μέντοι καὶ τὰ φωνῆς ὄργανα τὸ λέγειν, θεὸν δὲ ἢ μὴ συνόλως ἢ μὴ ὡς πρῶτον αἴτιον ὄν.
124διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὧν ἐγεωπόνησε τὰς ἀπαρχὰς ἑαυτῷ ταμιεύεται, καρποὺς δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον αὖθις προσενεγκεῖν θεῷ λέγεται καίτοι παραδείγματος ὑγιοῦς ἐγγὺς ἑστῶτος· ὁ γὰρ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὰ πρωτότοκα, οὐ τὰ δεύτερα τῆς ποίμνης ἔκγονα ἱερουργεῖ, τὰς τῶν γινομένων πρεσβυτέρας αἰτίας κατὰ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν αἰτίων ὁμολογῶν συνίστασθαι.
125τῷ δ’ ἀσεβεῖ τοὐναντίον δοκεῖ, αὐτοκράτορα μὲν εἶναι τὸν νοῦν ὧν βουλεύεται, αὐτοκράτορα δὲ καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ὧν αἰσθάνεται· δικάζειν γὰρ ἀνυπαιτίως καὶ ἀψευδῶς τὴν μὲν τὰ σώματα, τὸν δὲ πάντα.
Sections 126–150
126τούτων δὲ τί ἂν γένοιτο ἐπιληπτότερον ἢ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλεγχόμενον; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ νοῦς πολλάκις ἐπὶ μυρίων ὅσων ἠλέγχθη παρανοῶν, καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις ἅπασαι ψευδομαρτυριῶν ἑάλωσαν οὐ παρ’ ἀλόγοις δικασταῖς, οὓς εἰκὸς ἀπατᾶσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς δικαστηρίῳ, ἣν οὐ θέμις δεκάζεσθαι;
127καὶ μὴν σφαλλομένων γε τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περί τε νοῦν καὶ αἴσθησιν κριτηρίων ἀνάγκη τἀκόλουθον ὁμολογεῖν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς τῷ μὲν τὰς ἐννοίας, τῇ δὲ τὰς ἀντιλήψεις ἐπομβρεῖ, καὶ ἔστιν οὐ τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς μερῶν χάρις τὰ γινόμενα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ δι’ ὃν καὶ ἡμεῖς γεγόναμεν δωρεαὶ πᾶσαι.
128τὸν φιλαυτίας κλῆρον παραλαβόντες παῖδες παρὰ πατρὸς συναυξῆσαι γλίχονται μέχρις οὐρανοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἡ φιλάρετός τε καὶ μισοπόνηρος δίκη παρελθοῦσα καθέλῃ τὰς πόλεις, ἃς ἐπετείχισαν ψυχῇ τῇ ταλαίνῃ, καὶ τὸν πύργον, οὗ τοὔνομα ἐν τῇ
129τῶν κριμάτων ἀναγραφομένῃ βίβλῳ δεδήλωται. ἔστι δὲ ὡς μὲν Ἑβραῖοι λέγουσι Φανουήλ, ὡς δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀποστροφὴ θεοῦ· τὸ γὰρ κατεσκευασμένον ὀχύρωμα διὰ τῆς τῶν λόγων πιθανότητος οὐδενὸς ἕνεκα ἑτέρου κατεσκευάζετο ἢ τοῦ μετατραπῆναι καὶ μετακλιθῆναι διάνοιαν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ τιμῆς· οὗ τί ἂν γένοιτο ἀδικώτερον;
130ἀλλὰ πρός γε τὴν τοῦ ὀχυρώματος τούτου καθαίρεσιν ὁ πειρατὴς τῆς ἀδικίας καὶ φονῶν αἰεὶ κατ’ αὐτῆς εὐτρέπισται, ὃν Ἑβραῖοι καλοῦσι Γεδεών, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται πειρατήριον· „ὤμοσε“ γάρ φησι „Γεδεὼν τοῖς ἀνδράσι Φανουὴλ λέγων· ἐν τῷ με ἐπιστρέφειν μετ’ εἰρήνης τὸν πύργον τοῦτον κατασκάψω“ (Iud. 8,9).
131πάγκαλον καὶ πρεπωδέστατον αὔχημα μισοπονήρῳ ψυχῇ κατὰ ἀσεβῶν ἠκονημένῃ τὸ βεβαιοῦσθαι καθαιρήσειν πάντα λόγον ἀποστρέφειν διάνοιαν ὁσιότητος ἀναπείθοντα. καὶ πέφυκεν οὕτως ἔχειν· ὅταν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἐπιστρέψῃ, τὸ ἀποκλῖνον καὶ ἀποστρεφόμενον αὐτοῦ πᾶν λύεται.
132τούτου δὲ καιρός ἐστι τῆς καθαιρέσεως, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ᾗ φησιν, οὐ πόλεμος, ἀλλ’ εἰρήνη· διανοίας γὰρ εὐσταθείᾳ καὶ ἠρεμίᾳ, ἣν εὐσέβεια γεννᾶν πέφυκεν, ἀνατρέπεται πᾶς λόγος, ὃν ἐδημιούργησεν ἀσέβεια.
133πολλοὶ καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις πύργου τινὰ τρόπον ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἤγειραν, ὡς ἅψασθαι τῶν οὐρανοῦ περάτων· οὐρανὸς δὲ συμβολικῶς ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν ἐστι, καθ’ ὃν αἱ ἄρισται καὶ θεῖαι φύσεις περιπολοῦσιν. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα τολμῶντες αἴσθησιν μὲν διανοίας προκρίνουσιν, ἀξιοῦσι δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν τὰ νοητὰ πάντα ἑλεῖν ἀνὰ κράτος, εἰς μὲν δούλων τάξιν τὰ δεσπόζοντα, εἰς δὲ ἡγεμόνων τὰ φύσει δοῦλα μεθαρμόσασθαι βιαζόμενοι.
134Τὸ δέ, „κατέβη κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον“ (Gen. 11,5) τροπικώτερον πάντως ἀκουστέον· προσιέναι γὰρ ἢ ἀπιέναι ἢ κατιέναι ἢ τοὐναντίον ἀνέρχεσθαι ἢ συνόλως τὰς αὐτὰς τοῖς κατὰ μέρος ζῴοις σχέσεις καὶ κινήσεις ἴσχεσθαι καὶ κινεῖσθαι τὸ θεῖον ὑπολαμβάνειν ὑπερωκεάνιος καὶ μετακόσμιος, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἐστὶν ἀσέβεια.
135ταῦτα δὲ ἀνθρωπολογεῖται παρὰ τῷ νομοθέτῃ περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀνθρωπομόρφου θεοῦ διὰ τὰς τῶν παιδευομένων ἡμῶν, ὡς πολλάκις ἐν ἑτέροις εἶπον, ὠφελείας. ἐπεὶ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι τῷ κατιόντι τὸν μὲν ἀπολείπειν, τὸν δὲ ἐπιλαμβάνειν τόπον ἀναγκαῖον;
136ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ πεπλήρωται τὰ πάντα, περιέχοντος, οὐ περιεχομένου, ᾧ πανταχοῦ τε καὶ οὐδαμοῦ συμβέβηκεν εἶναι μόνῳ· οὐδαμοῦ μέν, ὅτι καὶ χώραν καὶ τόπον αὐτὸς τοῖς σώμασι συγγεγέννηκε, τὸ δὲ πεποιηκὸς ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγονότων θέμις εἰπεῖν περιέχεσθαι, πανταχοῦ δέ, ὅτι τὰς δυνάμεις αὑτοῦ διὰ γῆς καὶ ὕδατος ἀέρος τε καὶ οὐρανοῦ τείνας μέρος οὐδὲν ἔρημον ἀπολέλοιπε τοῦ κόσμου, πάντα δὲ συναγαγὼν διὰ πάντων ἀοράτοις ἔσφιγξε δεσμοῖς, ἵνα μή ποτε λυθείη, οὗ χάριν μελετήσας ὧ * * *.
137τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὑπεράνω τῶν δυνάμεων ὂν ἐπινοεῖται περιττεύειν, οὐ * * * κατὰ τὸ εἶναι μόνον· τούτου δύναμις δέ, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ διετάξατο τὰ πάντα, κέκληται μὲν ἐτύμως θεός, ἐγκεκόλπισται δὲ τὰ ὅλα καὶ διὰ τῶν τοῦ παντὸς μερῶν διελήλυθε.
138τὸ δὲ θεῖον καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον καὶ πανταχοῦ ὂν ὁρατόν τε καὶ καταληπτὸν οὐδαμοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειάν ἐστιν * * * „ὧδε στὰς ἐγὼ πρὸ τοῦ σέ“ (Exod. 17, 6), δείκνυσθαι καὶ καταλαμβάνεσθαι δοκῶν, πρὸ πάσης δείξεως καὶ φαντασίας ὑπερβαλὼν τὰ γεγονότα.
139τῶν οὖν μεταβατικῆς κινήσεως ὀνομάτων οὐδὲν ἐφαρμόττει τῷ κατὰ τὸ εἶναι θεῷ, τὸ ἄνω, τὸ κάτω, τὸ ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὸ ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα, τὸ πρόσω, τὸ κατόπιν· ἐν οὐδενὶ γὰρ τῶν λεχθέντων ἐπινοεῖται, ὡς οὐδ’ ἂν μετατρεπόμενος ἐναλλάττοι χωρία.
140λέγεται δ’ οὐδὲν ἧττον κατελθὼν ἰδεῖν, ὁ προλήψει πάντα οὐ γενόμενα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι σαφῶς κατειληφώς, προτροπῆς ἕνεκα καὶ διδασκαλίας, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οἷς οὐ πάρεστιν, ἀβεβαίῳ χρώμενος εἰκασίᾳ, μακρὰν ἀφεστὼς προπιστεύῃ, ἀλλ’ ἄχρι τῶν πραγμάτων ἐλθὼν καὶ διακύψας εἰς ἕκαστα καὶ ἐπιμελῶς αὐτὰ αὐγασάμενος· ὄψιν γὰρ ἀπλανῆ πρὸ ἀκοῆς ἀπατεῶνος ἄξιον μάρτυρα τίθεσθαι.
141οὗ χάριν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄριστα πολιτευομένοις ἀναγέγραπται νόμος ἀκοῇ μὴ μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι φύσει τὸ δικαστήριον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸ δεκάζεσθαι ταλαντεύει· καὶ Μωυσῆς μέντοι φησὶν ἐν τοῖς ἀπαγορευτικοῖς· „οὐ παραδέξῃ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν“ (Exod. 23, 1), οὐχὶ μόνον τοῦτο λέγων, * * * παραδέχεσθαι ψευδῆ λόγον ἢ εὐήθη δι’ ἀκοῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι πρὸς τὴν σαφῆ τῆς ἀληθείας κατάληψιν μακρὸν ὅσον ὄψεως ὑστερίζουσα διελέγχεται γέμουσα
142ματαιότητος ἀκοή. ταύτην φαμὲν αἰτίαν εἶναι τοῦ λέγεσθαι „τὸν θεὸν καταβεβηκέναι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον θεάσασθαι„. οὐ παρέργως δὲ πρόσκειται „ὃν ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων„ (Gen. 11,5). ἴσως γὰρ ἄν τις εἴποι τῶν οὐκ εὐαγῶν ἐπιχλευάζων ἅμα· καινὸν ἡμᾶς ἀναδιδάσκει μάθημα ὁ νομοθέτης, ὅτι πύργους καὶ πόλεις οὐχ ἕτεροί τινες, ἀλλὰ παῖδες ἀνθρώπων ἀνοικοδομοῦνται. τίς γὰρ τά γ’ οὕτως ἐμφανῆ καὶ περίοπτα καὶ τῶν λίαν ἐξεστηκότων ἀγνοεῖ;
143ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ πρόχειρον τοῦτο καὶ κατημαξευμένον ἐν τοῖς ἱερωτάτοις χρησμοῖς ἀναγεγράφθαι νομίσῃς, ἀλλ’ ὅπερ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἰχνηλατεῖται διὰ τῶν ἐμφανῶν ὀνομάτων. τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο;
144οἱ πολλοὺς ἐπιγραφόμενοι τῶν ὄντων ὡσανεὶ πατέρας καὶ τὸ πολύθεον εἰσηγούμενοι στῖφος ἀπειρίαν ὁμοῦ καὶ πολυμιγίαν τῶν πραγμάτων καταχέαντες καὶ τὸ ψυχῆς τέλος ἡδονῇ παραδόντες δημιουργοὶ τῆς εἰρημένης πόλεως καὶ τῆς κατ’ αὐτὴν ἀκροπόλεως, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, γεγόνασι, τὰ ποιητικὰ τοῦ τέλους τρόπον οἰκοδομημάτων συναύξοντες, τῶν ἐκ πόρνης ἀποκυηθέντων οὐδέν, ὥς γ’ οἶμαι, διαφέροντες, οὓς ὁ νόμος ἐκκλησίας ἀπελήλακε θείας εἰπών· „οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται ἐκ πόρνης εἰς ἐκκλησίαν κυρίου“ (Deut. 23, 2), ὅτι, καθάπερ περὶ πολλὰ τέλη πλανώμενοι τοξόται καὶ μηδενὸς εὐστόχως ἐφιέμενοι σκοποῦ, μυρίας ἀρχὰς καὶ αἰτίας τῆς τῶν ὄντων ὑποθέμενοι γενέσεως ψευδωνύμους πάσας τὸν ἕνα ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἠγνόησαν.
145οἱ δὲ ἐπιστήμῃ κεχρημένοι τοῦ ἑνὸς υἱοὶ θεοῦ προσαγορεύονται δεόντως, καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁμολογεῖ φάσκων· „υἱοί ἐστε κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ" (Deut. 14, 1) καὶ „θεὸν τὸν γεννήσαντά σε" (Deut. 32,18) καὶ „οὐκ αὐτὸς οὗτός σου πατήρ“ (ibid. 6) ; ἕπεται μέντοι τοῖς οὕτω τὴν ψυχὴν διατεθεῖσι μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι νομίζειν, ὅπερ τῷ τέλει τῆς ἡδονῆς πρὸς ἐμπειροπολέμων ἀνδρῶν ἀντιτειχίζεται πρὸς ἀνατροπὴν καὶ καθαίρεσιν ἐκείνου. κἂν μηδέπω μέντοι τυγχάνῃ τις ἀξιόχρεως
146ὢν υἱὸς θεοῦ προσαγορεύεσθαι, σπουδαζέτω κοσμεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν πρωτόγονον αὐτοῦ λόγον, τὸν ἀγγέλων πρεσβύτατον, ὡς ἂν ἀρχάγγελον, πολυώνυμον ὑπάρχοντα· καὶ γὰρ ἀρχὴ καὶ ὄνομα θεοῦ καὶ λόγος καὶ ὁ κατ’ εἰκόνα ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὁ ὁρῶν, Ἰσραήλ, προσαγορεύεται.
147διὸ προήχθην ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐπαινέσαι τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν φασκόντων ὅτι „πάντες ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου“ (Gen. 42, 11)· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μήπω ἱκανοὶ θεοῦ παῖδες νομίζεσθαι γεγόναμεν, ἀλλά τοι τῆς ἀειδοῦς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ, λόγου τοῦ ἱερωτάτου· θεοῦ γὰρ εἰκὼν λόγος ὁ πρεσβύτατος.
148καὶ πολλαχοῦ μέντοι τῆς νομοθεσίας υἱοὶ πάλιν Ἰσραὴλ καλοῦνται, τοῦ ὁρῶντος οἱ ἀκούοντες, ἐπειδὴ μεθ’ ὅρασιν ἀκοὴ δευτερείοις τετίμηται καὶ τὸ διδασκόμενον τοῦ χωρὶς ὑφηγήσεως ἐναργεῖς τύπους τῶν ὑποκειμένων λαμβάνοντος αἰεὶ δεύτερον.
149ἄγαμαι καὶ τῶν ἐν βασιλικαῖς βίβλοις ἱεροφαντηθέντων, καθ’ ἃς οἱ πολλαῖς γενεαῖς ὕστερον ἀκμάσαντες καὶ βιώσαντες ἀνυπαιτίως υἱοὶ τοῦ τὸν θεὸν ὑμνήσαντος Δαβὶδ ἀναγράφονται (III Reg. 15,11 IV Reg. 18, 3 al.), οὗ περιόντος οὐδ’ οἱ πρόπαπποι τούτων ἦσαν ἴσως γεγενημένοι· ψυχῶν γὰρ ἀπαθανατιζομένων ἀρεταῖς, οὐ φθαρτῶν σωμάτων ἐστὶ γένεσις, ἣν ἐπὶ τοὺς καλοκἀγαθίας ἡγεμόνας ὡσανεὶ γεννητὰς καὶ πατέρας ἀναφέρεσθαι συμβαίνει.
150κατὰ δὲ τῶν ἐπ’ ἀδικίαις σεμνυνομένων εἶπε κύριος· „ἰδοὺ γένος ἓν καὶ χεῖλος ἓν πάντων“ (Gen. 11,5), ἴσον τῷ ἰδοὺ μία οἰκειότης καὶ συγγένεια, καὶ πάλιν ἁρμονία καὶ συμφωνία ἡ αὐτὴ πάντων ὁμοῦ, μηδενὸς ἠλλοτριωμένου τὴν γνώμην μηδ’ ἀπᾴδοντος, καθάπερ ἔχει καὶ ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπων ἀμούσων· τὸ γὰρ φωνητήριον αὐτοῖς ὄργανον πᾶσι τοῖς φθόγγοις ἔστιν ὅτε δι’ ὅλων ἐκμελὲς καὶ ἀπῳδὸν οὐ μετρίως καθέστηκε, πρὸς ἀναρμοστίαν ἄκρως ἡρμοσμένον καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀσύμφωνον συμφωνίαν μόνον ἄγον.
Sections 151–175
151καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πολίτιδος τὸ κατασκευαστὸν τὸ παραπλήσιον ἰδεῖν ἔστιν· αἵ τε γὰρ ἀμφημεριναὶ καὶ διάτριτοι καὶ τεταρταΐζουσαι παρὰ παισὶν ἰατρῶν λεγόμεναι περίοδοι μεθ’ ἡμέραν τε καὶ νύκτωρ περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ὥρας κατασκήπτουσι τὴν εἰς αὐτὰ καὶ τάξιν φυλάττουσαι.
152τὸ δὲ „καὶ τοῦτο ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι“ (Gen. 11,6) μετ’ οὐ μετρίου σχετλιασμοῦ λέλεκται, διότι τοῖς ῥᾳδιουργοῖς οὐ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους μόνον συγχεῖν δίκαια ἐξήρκεσεν, ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ τῶν ὀλυμπίων ἐπιβαίνειν ἐτόλμησαν, ἀδικίαν μὲν σπείραντες,
153ἀσέβειαν δὲ θερίσαντες. ὄφελος δὲ τοῖς ἀθλίοις οὐδέν· οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἀδικοῦντες ἀλλήλους πολλὰ ὧν ἂν ἐθελήσωσιν ἀνύτουσιν ἔργοις βεβαιούμενοι τὰ βουλαῖς ἀγνώμοσιν ἐπιλογισθέντα, οὕτως καὶ ἀσεβοῦντες· ἀζήμια γὰρ καὶ ἀπήμονα τὰ θεῖα, τοῦ δὲ πλημμελεῖν εἰς αὐτὰ οἱ δυσκάθαρτοι τὰς ἀρχὰς εὑρίσκονται μόνον, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τέλος φθάνουσιν οὐδέποτε.
154διὸ καὶ λέγεται τοῦτο· „ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι“· κορεσθέντες γὰρ οἱ τοῦ παρανομεῖν ἄπληστοι τῶν πρὸς τὰ ἐν γῇ καὶ θαλάττῃ καὶ ἀέρι, ἃ φθαρτῆς φύσεως ἔλαχε, κακῶν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ θείας φύσεις μετατάξασθαι διενοήθησαν· ἅ ἐστι τῶν ὄντων ἔξω τοῦ κακηγορεῖν ἔθος ἐστὶ διαθεῖναι τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν· καὶ αὐτὸ μέντοι τὸ βλασφημεῖν οὐ τοῖς κακηγορουμένοις ἐπιφέρει τινὰ ζημίαν, ἃ τῆς ἰδίου φύσεως οὔποτ’ ἐξίσταται, ἀλλὰ τοῖς καταιτιωμένοις συμφορὰς ἀνηκέστους.
155οὐκ ἐπειδὴ μέντοι μόνον ἤρξαντο πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐλθεῖν ἀδυνατήσαντες ἀσεβείας, διὰ τοῦτ’ αὐτοὺς οὐχ ὡς διαπραξαμένους ἕκαστα ὧν διενοήθησαν αἰτιατέον· οὗ χάριν καὶ τετελειωκέναι φησὶ τὸν πύργον αὐτοὺς οὐ τελειώσαντας, ἐπειδὰν λέγῃ· „κύριος κατέβη ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον", οὐχ ὃν οἰκοδομῆσαι μέλλουσιν, ἀλλ’ ὃν „ᾠκοδόμησαν“ ἤδη (Gen. 11,5).
156τίς οὖν πίστις τοῦ μὴ τετελεσιουργῆσθαι τὴν κατασκευήν; ἡ ἐνάργεια πρώτη· γῆς γὰρ ὁτιοῦν μέρος ἀμήχανον οὐρανοῦ ψαῦσαι διὰ τὴν ἔμπροσθεν αἰτίαν, ὅτιπερ οὐδὲ κέντρον περιφερείας ἅπτεται· δευτέρα δ’, ὅτι ὁ αἰθήρ, ἱερὸν πῦρ, φλόξ ἐστιν ἄσβεστος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸ δηλοῖ τοὔνομα παρὰ τὸ αἴθειν, ὃ δὴ καίειν ἐστὶ κατὰ γλῶτταν, εἰρημένον.
157μάρτυς δὲ μία μοῖρα τῆς οὐρανίου πυρᾶς ἥλιος, ὃς τοσοῦτον γῆς ἀφεστὼς ἄχρι μυχῶν τὰς ἀκτῖνας ἐπιπέμπων αὐτήν τε καὶ τὸν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς ἀνατείνοντα μέχρι τῆς οὐρανίου σφαίρας ἀέρα φύσει ψυχρὸν ὄντα τῇ μὲν ἀλεαίνει, τῇ δὲ καταφλέγει· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὅσα ἢ μακρὰν ἀφέστηκεν αὐτοῦ τῆς φορᾶς ἢ ἐγκάρσια παραβέβληται ἀλεαίνει μόνον, τὰ δ’ ἐγγὺς ἢ ἐπ’ εὐθείας ὄντα καὶ προσανακαίει βίᾳ.
158εἰ δὲ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει, τοὺς ἀναβαίνειν τολμῶντας ἀνθρώπους οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ἐμπεπρῆσθαι κεραυνωθέντας, ἀτελοῦς αὐτοῖς τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ἐπινοίας γενομένης; τοῦτ’ ἔοικεν αἰνίττεσθαι διὰ τῶν αὖθις λεγομένων· „ἐπαύσαντο“ γάρ φησιν „οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον“ (Gen. 11,8), οὐ δήπου τελειώσαντες, ἀλλὰ τελεσιουργῆσαι κωλυθέντες διὰ τὴν ἐπιγενομένην σύγχυσιν. οὐ μὴν ἐκπεφεύγασι τὴν τῶν διαπράξεων αἰτίαν οἱ πρὸς τῷ βουλεύσασθαι καὶ ἐγκεχειρηκότες.
159τὸν γοῦν οἰωνόμαντιν καὶ τερατοσκόπον περὶ τὰς ἀβεβαίους εἰκασίας ματαιάζοντα — καὶ γὰρ μάταιος ἑρμηνεύεται Βαλαάμ — φησὶν ὁ νόμος τῷ ὁρῶντι καταράσασθαι καίτοι διὰ τῶν λόγων εὐφήμους ποιησάμενον εὐχάς, σκοπῶν οὐ τὰ λεχθέντα ἃ προμηθείᾳ θεοῦ μετεχαράττετο οἷα δόκιμον ἀντὶ κιβδήλου νόμισμα, τὴν δὲ διάνοιαν, ἐν ᾗ τὰ βλάψοντα πρὸ τῶν ὠφελησόντων ἀνεπολεῖτο. ἔστι δὲ φύσει πολέμια ταῦτα, στοχασμὸς ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ματαιότης ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ ἡ διὰ ἐνθουσιασμοῦ μαντεία νηφούσῃ σοφίᾳ.
160καὶ ἂν ἐξ ἐνέδρας μέντοι τις ἐπιχειρήσας ἀνελεῖν τινα μὴ δυνηθῇ κτεῖναι, τῇ τῶν ἀνδροφόνων οὐδὲν ἧττον ὕποχος δίκῃ καθέστηκεν, ὡς ὁ γραφεὶς περὶ τούτων δηλοῖ νόμος· „ἐὰν“ γάρ φησι „τὶς ἐπιθῆται τῷ πλησίον ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λήψῃ αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι„ (Exod. 21,14)· καίτοι ἐπιτίθεται μόνον, οὐκ ἀνῄρηκεν, ἀλλ’ ἴσον ἡγήσατο ἀδίκημα τῷ κτεῖναι τὸ βουλεῦσαι τὸν φόνον· οὗ χάριν οὐδ’ ἱκέτῃ γενομένῳ δέδωκεν ἀμνηστίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἱεροῦ ἐκέλευσεν ἀπάγειν τὸν ἀνιέρῳ γνώμῃ χρησάμενον.
161ἀνίερος δὲ οὐ ταύτῃ μόνον, ὅτι κατὰ ψυχῆς τῆς αἰεὶ ζῆν δυναμένης ἀρετῶν κτήσει τε καὶ χρήσει τὸν διὰ προσβολῆς κακίας φόνον ἐβούλευσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι θεὸν τῆς ἀνοσιουργοῦ τόλμης αἰτιᾶται· τὸ γὰρ „καταφύγῃ“ τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν, διότι πολλοὶ τὰ καθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐθέλοντες ἐγκλήματα καὶ ῥύεσθαι τῶν ἐφ’ οἷς ἠδίκησαν ἀξιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τιμωριῶν τὸ οἰκεῖον ἄγος τῷ κακοῦ μὲν μηδενὸς ἀγαθῶν δ’ ἁπάντων αἰτίῳ προσβάλλουσι θεῷ. διὸ καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν βωμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀπάγειν ὅσιον εἶναι ἐνομίσθη.
162δίκην δ’ ὑπερβάλλουσαν κατὰ τῶν ἐπ’ ἀθεότητι λόγους οἰκοδομουμένων καὶ συγκροτούντων ὁρίζει, ἣν ἴσως τινὲς τῶν ἀφρόνων οὐ βλάβην, ἀλλ’ ὠφέλειαν ὑποτοπήσουσιν· „οὐ γὰρ ἐκλείψει“ φησίν „ἀπ’ αὐτῶν πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐπιθῶνται ποιεῖν“ (Gen. 11,6). ὢ τῆς ἀπεριγράφου καὶ ἀμέτρου κακοδαιμονίας, πάνθ’ οἷς ἂν ὁ φρενοβλαβέστατος ἐπιθῆται νοῦς, ὑποχείρια εἶναι καὶ ὑπήκοα, καὶ μηδέν, μὴ μέγα μὴ μικρόν, ὑστερίζειν τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’
163ὡσπερεὶ φθάνοντα προαπαντᾶν πρὸς τὰς χρείας ἑκάστας. ψυχῆς ταῦτα φρονήσεως χηρευούσης ἐστὶν ἐπίδειξις μηδὲν τῶν εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐχούσης ἐμποδών. εὔξαιτο γὰρ ἂν ὁ μὴ σφόδρα ἀνιάτως ἔχων τὰ ἐξ ὑποθέσεως τοῦ νοῦ πάντ’ ἐπιλιπεῖν αὐτῷ, ἵνα μὴ τῷ κλέπτειν ἢ μοιχεύειν ἢ ἀνδροφονεῖν ἢ ἱεροσυλεῖν ἤ τινι τῶν ὁμοιοτρόπων ἐπιτιτιθέμενος εὐοδῇ, μυρία δ’ εὑρίσκῃ τὰ κωλυσιεργήσοντα. κωλυθεὶς μὲν γὰρ τὴν μεγίστην νόσον, ἀδικίαν, ἀποβάλλει, σὺν ἀδείᾳ δ’ ἐπεξελθὼν ταύτην ἀναδέξεται.
164τί οὖν ἔτι τὰς τῶν τυράννων τύχας ὡς μακαρίων ζηλοῦτε καὶ θαυμάζετε, δι’ ἃς εὐπετῶς ἕκαστα ἐπεξίασιν, ὧν ἂν ὁ ἐκλελυττηκὼς κἀκτεθηριωμένος τέκῃ νοῦς, καὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς δέον ἐπιστένειν, εἴ γε ἀπορία καὶ [ἡ] ἀσθένεια κακοῖς λυσιτελές, ὡς περιουσία καὶ ἰσχὺς ἀγαθοῖς ὠφελιμώτατον;
165εἷς δέ τις τῶν ἀφρόνων ᾐσθημένος, εἰς ὅσην κακοδαιμονίας ὑπερβολὴν ἄγει ἡ τοῦ διαμαρτάνειν ἐκεχειρία, μετὰ παρρησίας εἶπε· „μείζων ἡ αἰτία μου τοῦ ἀφεθῆναι“ (Gen. 4, 13). παγχάλεπον γὰρ ἀχαλίνωτον ἐαθῆναι ψυχὴν ἀτίθασον οὖσαν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς, ἣν μόλις ἡνίαις μετ’ ἐπανατάσεως μαστίγων ἔστι κατασχόντα πραῧναι.
166διόπερ λόγιον τοῦ ἵλεω θεοῦ μεστὸν ἡμερότητος ἐλπίδας χρηστὰς ὑπογράφον τοῖς παιδείας ἐρασταῖς ἀνῄρηται τοιόνδε· „οὐ μή σε ἀνῶ, οὐδ’ οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλίπω“ (Jos. 1, 5)· τῶν γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς δεσμῶν χαλασθέντων, οἷς διεκρατεῖτο, ἡ μεγίστη παρέπεται συμφορά, καταλειφθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ὃς τοῖς ὅλοις δεσμοὺς τὰς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεις περιῆψεν ἀρρήκτους, αἷς τὰ πάντα σφίγξας ἄλυτα εἶναι βεβούληται.
167λέγει μέντοι καὶ ἑτέρωθι, ὅτι „πάνθ’ ὅσα δεσμῷ καταδέδεται, καθαρά ἐστιν“ (Num. 19, 15), ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀκαθάρτου φθορᾶς αἴτιον ἡ διάλυσις. μηδέποτ’ οὖν ἰδών τινα τῶν φαύλων οἷς ἂν ἐπιθῆται πᾶσιν εὐμαρῶς ἐπεξιόντα θαυμάσῃς ὡς κατορθοῦντα, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ὡς ἀποτυγχάνοντα οἰκτίζου, ὅτι ἀφορίᾳ μὲν ἀρετῆς, κακίας δὲ εὐφορίᾳ χρώμενος διατελεῖ.
168σκέψασθαι δ’ οὐ παρέργως ἄξιον, τίν’ ἔχει λόγον τὸ εἰρημένον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· „δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶτταν“ (Gen. 11,7). φαίνεται γὰρ διαλεγόμενός τισιν ὡς ἂν συνεργοῖς αὐτοῦ, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ πρότερον ἐπὶ τῆς τἀνθρώπου κατασκευῆς ἀναγέγραπται· „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεός·
169ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν“ (Gen. 1,26) τοῦ „ποιήσωμεν“ πλῆθος ἐμφαίνοντος· καὶ πάλιν „εἶπεν ὁ θεός· ἰδού, γέγονεν Ἀδὰμ ὡς εἷς ἡμῶν, τῷ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν“ (Gen. 3, 22)· τὸ γὰρ „ὡς εἷς ἡμῶν“ οὐκ ἐφ’ ἑνός, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ πλειόνων τίθεται.
170λεκτέον οὖν ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἰσότιμον ὑφέστηκε θεῷ, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν εἷς ἄρχων καὶ ἡγεμὼν καὶ βασιλεύς, ᾧ πρυτανεύειν καὶ διοικεῖν μόνῳ θέμις τὰ σύμπαντα. τὸ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη, εἷς κοίρανος ἔστω, εἷς βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐπὶ πόλεων καὶ ἀνθρώπων λέγοιτ’ ἂν ἐν δίκῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ κόσμου καὶ θεοῦ· ἑνὸς γὰρ ἕνα ποιητήν τε καὶ πατέρα πάλιν καὶ δεσπότην
171ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι. τούτου δὴ προδιομολογηθέντος ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη συνυφαίνειν τὰ ἁρμόζοντα. τίν’ οὖν ἐστι, σκοπῶμεν· εἷς ὢν ὁ θεὸς ἀμυθήτους περὶ αὑτὸν ἔχει δυνάμεις ἀρωγοὺς καὶ σωτηρίους τοῦ γενομένου πάσας, αἷς ἐμφέρονται καὶ αἱ κολαστήριοι· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ κόλασις οὐκ ἐπιζήμιον, ἁμαρτημάτων οὖσα κώλυσις καὶ ἐπανόρθωσις.
172διὰ τούτων τῶν δυνάμεων ὁ ἀσώματος καὶ νοητὸς ἐπάγη κόσμος, τὸ τοῦ φαινομένου τοῦδε ἀρχέτυπον, ἰδέαις ἀοράτοις συσταθείς, ὥσπερ οὗτος σώμασιν ὁρατοῖς.
173καταπλαγέντες οὖν τινες τὴν ἑκατέρου τῶν κόσμων φύσιν οὐ μόνον ὅλους ἐξεθείωσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς μερῶν, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανόν, ἅπερ οὐδὲν αἰδεσθέντες θεοὺς ἐκάλεσαν. ὧν τὴν ἀπόνοιαν κατιδὼν Μωυσῆς φησι· „κύριε, κύριε, βασιλεῦ τῶν θεῶν“ (Deut. 10, 17) εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς παρ’ ὑπηκόους ἄρχοντος διαφορᾶς.
174ἔστι δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα ψυχῶν ἀσωμάτων ἱερώτατος χορὸς ὀπαδὸς τῶν οὐρανίων· ἀγγέλους τὰς ψυχὰς ταύτας εἴωθε καλεῖν ὁ θεσπιῳδὸς λόγος· πάντ’ οὖν τὸν στρατὸν ἑκάστων ἐν ταῖς ἁρμοττούσαις διακεκοσμημένον τάξεσιν ὑπηρέτην καὶ θεραπευτὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκε τοῦ διακοσμήσαντος ἡγεμόνος, ᾧ ταξιαρχοῦντι κατὰ δίκην καὶ θεσμὸν ἕπεται· λιποταξίου γὰρ οὐ θέμις ἁλῶναί ποτε τὸ θεῖον στράτευμα.
175βασιλεῖ δὲ ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεσιν ἐμπρεπὲς ὁμιλεῖν τε καὶ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς τῶν τοιούτων πραγμάτων ὑπηρεσίας, οἷσπερ ἁρμόττει μὴ ὑπὸ μόνου πήγνυσθαι θεοῦ. χρεῖος μὲν γὰρ οὐδενός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ παντὸς πατήρ, ὡς δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀφ’ ἑτέρων, εἰ ἐθέλοι δημιουργῆσαι, συμπράξεως, τὸ δὲ πρέπον ὁρῶν ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς γινομένοις ταῖς ὑπηκόοις δυνάμεσιν ἔστιν ἃ διαπλάττειν ἐφῆκεν, οὐδὲ ταύταις εἰσάπαν αὐτοκράτορα δοὺς τοῦ τελεσιουργεῖν ἐπιστήμην, ἵνα μή τι πλημμεληθείη τῶν ἀφικνουμένων εἰς γένεσιν.
Sections 176–198
176ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν προτυπῶσαι· ὧν δὲ χάριν, ἤδη λεκτέον· ἡ μὲν φύσις τῶν ζῴων εἴς τε ἄλογον καὶ λογικὴν μοῖραν, ἐναντίας ἀλλήλαις, ἐτμήθη τὸ πρῶτον, ἡ δ’ αὖ λογικὴ πάλιν εἴς τε τὸ φθαρτὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον εἶδος, φθαρτὸν μὲν τὸ ἀνθρώπων, ἀθάνατον δὲ τὸ ψυχῶν ἀσωμάτων, αἳ κατά τε ἀέρα καὶ οὐρανὸν περιπολοῦσι.
177κακίας δὲ ἀμέτοχοι μέν εἰσιν αὗται, τὸν ἀκήρατον καὶ εὐδαίμονα κλῆρον ἐξ ἀρχῆς λαχοῦσαι καὶ τῷ συμφορῶν ἀνηνύτων οὐκ ἐνδεθεῖσαι χωρίῳ, σώματι, ἀμέτοχοι δὲ καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀλόγων, παρόσον ἀμοιροῦσαι διανοίας οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ λογισμοῦ συμβαινόντων ἑκουσίων ἀδικημάτων ἁλίσκονται.
178μόνος δὲ σχεδὸν ἐκ πάντων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν ἔχων ἐπιστήμην αἱρεῖται μὲν πολλάκις τὰ φαυλότατα, φεύγει δὲ τὰ σπουδῆς ἄξια, ὥστ’ αὐτὸν μάλιστα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκ προνοίας ἁμαρτήμασι καταγινώσκεσθαι.
179προσηκόντως οὖν τὴν τούτου κατασκευὴν ὁ θεὸς περιῆψε καὶ τοῖς ὑπάρχοις αὐτοῦ λέγων· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον“, ἵνα αἱ μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατορθώσεις ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀναφέρωνται μόνον, ἐπ’ ἄλλους δὲ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. θεῷ γὰρ τῷ πανηγεμόνι ἐμπρεπὲς οὐκ ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὴν ἐπὶ κακίαν ὁδὸν ἐν ψυχῇ λογικῇ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ δημιουργῆσαι· οὗ χάριν τοῖς μετ’ αὐτὸν ἐπέτρεψε τὴν τούτου τοῦ μέρους κατασκευήν. ἔδει γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἀντίπαλον τῷ ἀκουσίῳ, τὸ ἑκούσιον, εἰς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς συμπλήρωσιν κατασκευασθὲν ἀναδειχθῆναι.
180τοῦτο μὲν δὴ ταύτῃ λελέχθω. προσήκει δὲ κἀκεῖνο λελογίσθαι, ὅτι μόνων ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς αἴτιος, κακοῦ δὲ οὐδενὸς τὸ παράπαν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν ὄντων καὶ τελειότατον ἀγαθὸν αὐτὸς ἦν. ἐμπρεπέστατον δὲ τὰ οἰκεῖα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει δημιουργεῖν ἄριστα τῷ ἀρίστῳ, τὰς μέντοι κατὰ πονηρῶν κολάσεις διὰ τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτὸν βεβαιοῦσθαι.
181μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ τελειωθέντος ἐξ ἀσκήσεως τόδε· „ὁ θεὸς ὁ τρέφων με ἐκ νεότητος, ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ ῥυόμενός με ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν“ (Gen. 48, 15. 16)· ὁμολογεῖ γὰρ καὶ οὗτος ἤδη, ὅτι τὰ μὲν γνήσια τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἃ φιλαρέτους τρέφει ψυχάς, ἐπὶ θεὸν ἀναφέρεται μόνον ὡς αἴτιον, ἡ δὲ τῶν κακῶν μοῖρα ἀγγέλοις ἐπιτέτραπται πάλιν, οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἔχουσι τὴν τοῦ κολάζειν αὐτοκράτορα ἐξουσίαν, ἵνα μηδενὸς τῶν εἰς φθορὰν τεινόντων ἡ σωτήριος αὐτοῦ κατάρχῃ φύσις.
182διὸ λέγει· „δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν“. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀσεβεῖς τοιαύτης ἐπάξιοι δίκης τυγχάνειν, ἵλεως καὶ εὐεργέτιδας καὶ φιλοδώρους αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις οἰκειοῦσθαι τιμωρίαις. εἰδὼς μέντοι τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὠφελίμους ὑπαρχούσας δι’ ἑτέρων αὐτὰς ὥρισεν· ἔδει γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἐπανορθώσεως ἀξιωθῆναι, τὰς δὲ πηγὰς τῶν ἀεννάων αὐτοῦ χαρίτων ἀμιγεῖς κακῶν οὐκ ὄντων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ νομιζομένων φυλαχθῆναι.
183Τίς δέ ἐστιν ἡ σύγχυσις, ἐρευνητέον. πῶς οὖν ἐρευνήσομεν; οὕτως, ὥς γ’ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται· πολλάκις οὓς πρότερον οὐκ ᾔδειμεν, ἀπὸ τῶν συγγενῶν καί τινα πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐχόντων ἐμφέρειαν ἐγνωρίσαμεν· οὐκοῦν καὶ πράγματα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἃ μὴ ῥᾴδιον ἐξ ἑαυτῶν καταλαμβάνεσθαι, δῆλα γένοιτ’ ἂν κατὰ τὴν τῶν οἰκείων αὐτοῖς ὁμοιότητα.
184τίνα οὖν ἐστι συγχύσει πράγματα ὅμοια; ἡ μῖξις, ὥσπερ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, καὶ κρᾶσις· ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν μῖξις ἐν ξηραῖς, ἡ δὲ κρᾶσις ἐν ὑγραῖς οὐσίαις δοκιμάζεται.
185μῖξις μὲν οὖν σωμάτων διαφερόντων ἐστὶν οὐκ ἐν κόσμῳ παράθεσις, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις σωρὸν ποιήσειε κριθὰς καὶ πυροὺς καὶ ὀρόβους καὶ ἄλλ’ ἄττα εἴδη τῶν σπαρτῶν εἰς ταὐτὸ εἰσενεγκών, κρᾶσις δ’ οὐ παράθεσις, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀνομοίων μερῶν εἰς ἄλληλα εἰσδυομένων δι’ ὅλων ἀντιπαρέκτασις, ἔτι δυναμένων ἐπιτεχνήσει τινὶ διακρίνεσθαι τῶν ποιοτήτων, ὡς ἐπὶ οἴνου καὶ ὕδατός φασι γίνεσθαι·
186συνελθούσας μὲν γὰρ τὰς οὐσίας ἀποτελεῖν κρᾶσιν, τὸ δὲ κραθὲν οὐδὲν ἧττον ἀναπλοῦσθαι πάλιν εἰς τὰς ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθη ποιότητας· σπόγγῳ γὰρ ἠλαιωμένῳ τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι, τὸν δ’ οἶνον ὑπολείπεσθαι· μήποτε ἐπειδήπερ ἐξ ὕδατος ἡ σπογγιᾶς γένεσίς ἐστι, τὸ μὲν οἰκεῖον, ὕδωρ, πέφυκεν ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι πρὸς αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ κράματος, τὸ δ’ ἀλλότριον ὑπολείπεσθαι, ὁ οἶνος.
187σύγχυσις δέ ἐστι φθορὰ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ποιοτήτων πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ἀντιπαρεκτεινομένων εἰς διαφερούσης μιᾶς γένεσιν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐν ἰατρικῇ τετραφαρμάκου συντέτευχε· κηρὸς γὰρ καὶ στέαρ καὶ πίττα ῥητίνη τε, οἶμαι, συνελθόντα ταύτην ἀποτελεῖ, συντεθείσης δὲ ἀμήχανον ἔτι τὰς ἐξ ὧν συνετέθη διακριθῆναι δυνάμεις, ἀλλ’ ἑκάστη μὲν αὐτῶν ἠφάνισται, πασῶν δ’ ἡ φθορὰ μίαν ἐξαίρετον ἄλλην ἐγέννησε δύναμιν.
188ὅταν δ’ ἀπειλῇ σύγχυσιν τοῖς ἀσεβέσι λογισμοῖς ὁ θεός, οὐ μόνον ἑκάστης κακίας τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἀφανισθῆναι κελεύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ συνερανισθὲν ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μήτε τὰ μέρη καθ’ ἑαυτὰ μήθ’ ἡ πάντων σύνοδός τε καὶ συμφωνία περιβάληταί τινα ἰσχὺν ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς ἀμείνονος μοίρας.
189οὗ χάριν φησί· „συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶτταν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πλησίον“ (Gen. 11, 7), ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστὶ τούτῳ· κωφὸν ἕκαστον ἐργασώμεθα τῶν κακίας μερῶν, ὡς μήτε ἰδίαν ἀφιὲν φωνὴν μήτε συνηχοῦν ἑτέρῳ βλάβης αἴτιον γίνηται.
190ταῦτα μὲν ἡμεῖς, οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἐμφανέσι καὶ προχείροις μόνον ἐπακολουθοῦντες οἴονται νυνὶ γένεσιν διαλέκτων Ἑλληνικῶν τε καὶ βαρβάρων ὑπογράφεσθαι· οὓς οὐκ ἂν αἰτιασάμενος — ἴσως γὰρ ἀληθεῖ καὶ αὐτοὶ χρῶνται λόγῳ — παρακαλέσαιμ’ ἂν μὴ ἐπὶ τούτων στῆναι, μετελθεῖν δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς τροπικὰς ἀποδόσεις, νομίσαντας τὰ μὲν ῥητὰ τῶν χρησμῶν σκιάς τινας ὡσανεὶ σωμάτων εἶναι, τὰς δ’ ἐμφαινομένας δυνάμεις τὰ ὑφεστῶτα ἀληθείᾳ πράγματα.
191δίδωσι μέντοι πρὸς τοῦτ’ ἀφορμὰς τὸ εἶδος τοῖς μὴ τυφλοῖς διάνοιαν ὁ νομοθέτης αὐτός, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ ἐφ’ ὧν νῦν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος· τὸ γὰρ γινόμενον σύγχυσιν προσεῖπε. καίτοι γε εἰ διαλέκτων γένεσιν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐδήλου, κἂν ὄνομα εὐθυβολώτερον ἐπεφήμισεν ἀντὶ συγχύσεως διάκρισιν· οὐ γὰρ συγχεῖται τὰ τεμνόμενα, διακρίνεται δ’ ἔμπαλιν, καὶ ἔστιν οὐ μόνον ἐναντίον ὄνομα ὀνόματι, ἀλλ’ ἔργον ἔργῳ.
192σύγχυσις μὲν γάρ, ὡς ἔφην, ἐστὶ φθορὰ τῶν ἁπλῶν δυνάμεων εἰς συμπεφορημένης μιᾶς γένεσιν, διάκρισις δὲ ἑνὸς εἰς πλείω τομή, καθάπερ ἐπὶ γένους καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸ εἰδῶν ἔχειν συντέτευχεν. ὥστε εἰ μίαν οὖσαν φωνὴν ἐκέλευσε τέμνειν ὁ σοφὸς εἰς πλειόνων διαλέκτων τμήματα, προσεχεστέροις ἂν καὶ κυριωτέροις ἐχρήσατο τοῖς ὀνόμασι, τομὴν ἢ διανέμησιν ἢ διάκρισιν ἤ τι ὁμοιότροπον εἰπών, οὐ τὸ μαχόμενον αὐτοῖς, σύγχυσιν.
193ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡ σπουδὴ διαλῦσαι τὸ κακίας στῖφος, τὰς ὁμολογίας αὐτῆς ἀκυρῶσαι, τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀνελεῖν, τὰς δυνάμεις ἀφανίσαι καὶ διαφθεῖραι, τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς κράτος, ὃ δειναῖς ὠχυρώσατο παρανομίαις, καθελεῖν.
194οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ τῶν ψυχῆς ὁ πλάστης μερῶν οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἑτέρου κοινωνίαν ἤγαγεν; ἀλλ’ ὀφθαλμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἀκούσειαν, ὦτα δὲ οὐκ ἂν θεάσαιτο, χυλὸς δὲ ἐνστόμιος οὐκ ἂν ὄσφροιτο, οὐδ’ ἂν γεύσαιντο ῥῖνες, ὅ τ’ αὖ λόγος οὐδὲν ἂν τῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις πάθοι, οὐδ’ ἔμπαλιν ῥῆξαι φωνὴν δύναιτ’ ἂν αἴσθησις.
195ἔγνω γὰρ ὁ τεχνίτης, ὅτι τὸ μὴ ἀκούειν ἕκαστον τούτων τῆς τοῦ πλησίον φωνῆς λυσιτελές ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τῆς ψυχῆς μέρη ταῖς οἰκείαις δυνάμεσιν ἀσυγχύτοις χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ζῴων ὠφέλειαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα κοινωνίαν ἀφῃρῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ τῆς κακίας εἰς σύγχυσιν καὶ φθορὰν ἀχθῆναι παντελῆ, ἵνα μήτε συμφωνήσαντα μήτε καθ’ ἑαυτὰ ὄντα ζημία τοῖς ἀμείνοσι γένηται.
196παρὸ καὶ λέγει· „διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκεῖθεν“ (Gen. 11,8), ἐν ἴσῳ τῷ ἐσκέδασεν, ἐφυγάδευσεν, ἀφανεῖς ἐποίησε· τὸ γὰρ σπείρειν ἀγαθῶν, κακῶν δὲ αἴτιον τὸ διασπείρειν, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἐπιδόσεως καὶ αὐξήσεως καὶ γενέσεως ἑτέρων ἕνεκα συμβαίνει, τὸ δ’ ἀπωλείας καὶ φθορᾶς. βούλεται δὲ ὁ φυτουργὸς θεὸς σπείρειν μὲν ἐν τῷ παντὶ καλοκἀγαθίαν, διασπείρειν δὲ καὶ ἐλαύνειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πολιτείας τὴν ἐπάρατον ἀσέβειαν, ἵν’ ἤδη ποτὲ παύσωνται τὴν κακίας πόλιν καὶ τὸν ἀθεότητος πύργον οἰκοδομοῦντες μισάρετοι τρόποι.
197τούτων γὰρ σκεδασθέντων οἱ πάλαι πεφευγότες τὴν τυραννίδα τῆς ἀφροσύνης ἑνὶ κηρύγματι κάθοδον εὑρήσουσι, γράψαντός τε καὶ βεβαιώσαντος θεοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα, ὡς δηλοῦσιν οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς διείρηται ὅτι „ἐὰν ᾖ ἡ διασπορά σου ἀπ’ ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἐκεῖθεν συνάξει σε“ (Deut. 30, 4)·
198ὥστε τὴν μὲν ἀρετῶν συμφωνίαν ἐμπρεπὲς ἁρμόζεσθαι θεῷ, τὴν δὲ κακιῶν διαλύειν τε καὶ φθείρειν. οἰκειότατον δὲ κακίας ὄνομα σύγχυσις· οὗ πίστις ἐναργὴς πᾶς ἄφρων, λόγοις καὶ βουλαῖς καὶ πράξεσιν ἀδοκίμοις καὶ πεφορημέναις χρώμενος.
Sections 1–25
1Περὶ μὲν δὴ τούτων ἀρκέσει τὰ εἰρημένα. σκεπτέον δὲ ἑξῆς οὐ παρέργως, ἃ περὶ τῆς τῶν διαλέκτων συγχύσεως φιλοσοφεῖ· λέγει γὰρ ὧδε· „καὶ ἦν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ χεῖλος ἕν, καὶ φωνὴ μία πᾶσι. καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ κινῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, εὗρον πεδίον ἐν τῇ γῇ Σεναὰρ καὶ κατῴκησαν ἐκεῖ. καὶ εἶπεν ἄνθρωπος τῷ πλησίον· δεῦτε πλινθεύσωμεν πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί. καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς ἡ πλίνθος εἰς λίθον, καὶ ἄσφαλτος ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ πηλός. καὶ εἶπον· δεῦτε οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ποιήσωμεν ἑαυτῶν ὄνομα πρὸ τοῦ διασπαρῆναι ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς. καὶ κατέβη κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον ὃν ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ εἶπε κύριος· ἰδοὺ γένος ἓν καὶ χεῖλος ἓν πάντων· καὶ τοῦτο ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι, καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἐξ αὐτῶν πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐπιθῶνται ποιεῖν· δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶσσαν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πλησίον. καὶ διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπαύσαντο οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον. διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ σύγχυσις, ὅτι ἐκεῖ συνέχεε κύριος τὰ χείλη πάσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 11, 1—9).
2οἱ μὲν δυσχεραίνοντες τῇ πατρίῳ πολιτείᾳ, ψόγον καὶ κατηγορίαν αἰεὶ τῶν νόμων μελετῶντες, τούτοις καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις ὡς ἂν ἐπιβάθραις τῆς ἀθεότητος αὐτῶν, οἱ δυσσεβεῖς, χρῶνται φάσκοντες· ἔτι νῦν σεμνηγορεῖτε περὶ τῶν διατεταγμένων ὡς τοὺς ἀληθείας κανόνας αὐτῆς περιεχόντων;
3ἰδοὺ γὰρ αἱ ἱεραὶ λεγόμεναι βίβλοι παρ’ ὑμῖν καὶ μύθους περιέχουσιν, ἐφ’ οἷς εἰώθατε γελᾶν, ὅταν ἄλλων διεξιόντων ἀκούητε. καίτοι τί δεῖ τοὺς πολλαχόθι τῆς νομοθεσίας ἐσπαρμένους ἀναλέγεσθαι ὥσπερ σχολὴν ἄγοντας καὶ ἐνευκαιροῦντας διαβολαῖς, ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐν χερσὶ καὶ παρὰ πόδας ὑπομιμνῄσκειν;
4εἷς μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ἐοικὼς τῷ συντεθέντι ἐπὶ τῶν Ἀλωειδῶν, οὓς ὁ μέγιστος καὶ δοκιμώτατος τῶν ποιητῶν Ὅμηρος διανοηθῆναί φησι τρία τὰ περιμήκιστα τῶν ὀρῶν ἐπιφορῆσαι καὶ ἐπιχῶσαι ἐλπίσαντας τὴν εἰς οὐρανὸν ὁδὸν τοῖς ἀνέρχεσθαι βουλομένοις εὐμαρῆ διὰ τούτων ἔσεσθαι πρὸς αἰθέριον ὕψος ἀρθέντων· ἔστι δὲ τὰ περὶ τούτων ἔπη τοιαῦτα· Ὄσσαν ἐπ’ Οὐλύμπῳ μέμασαν θέμεν, αὐτὰρ ἐπ’ Ὄσσῃ Πήλιον εἰνοσίφυλλον, ἵν’ οὐρανὸς ἀμβατὸς εἴη, Ὄλυμπος δὲ καὶ Ὄσσα καὶ Πήλιον ὀρῶν ὀνόματα.
5πύργον δὲ ὁ νομοθέτης ἀντὶ τούτων εἰσάγει πρὸς τῶν τότε ἀνθρώπων κατασκευαζόμενον θελησάντων ὑπ’ ἀνοίας ἅμα καὶ μεγαλαυχίας οὐρανοῦ ψαῦσαι. πῶς γὰρ οὐ φρενοβλάβεια δεινή; καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὰ τῆς συμπάσης μέρη γῆς ἐποικοδομηθείη προκαταβληθέντι βραχεῖ θεμελίῳ καὶ ἀνεγερθείη τρόπον κίονος ἑνός, μυρίοις τῆς αἰθερίου σφαίρας ἀπολειφθήσεται διαστήμασι, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τοὺς ζητητικοὺς τῶν φιλοσόφων, οἳ τοῦ παντὸς κέντρον εἶναι τὴν γῆν ἀνωμολόγησαν. ἕτερος δέ τις συγγενὴς τούτῳ περὶ τῆς τῶν ζῴων ὁμοφωνίας πρὸς μυθοπλαστῶν ἀναγράφεται·
6λέγεται γάρ, ὡς ἄρα πάνθ’ ὅσα ζῷα χερσαῖα καὶ ἔνυδρα καὶ πτηνὰ τὸ παλαιὸν ὁμόφωνα ἦν, καὶ ὅνπερ τρόπον ἀνθρώπων Ἕλληνες μὲν Ἕλλησι, βαρβάροις δὲ βάρβαροι νῦν οἱ ὁμόγλωττοι διαλέγονται, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ πάντα πᾶσι περὶ ὧν ἢ δρᾶν ἢ πάσχειν τι συνέβαινεν ὡμίλει, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς κακοπραγίαις συνάχθεσθαι κἄν, εἴ πού τι λυσιτελὲς ἀπαντῴη, συνευφραίνεσθαι.
7τάς τε γὰρ ἡδονὰς καὶ ἀηδίας ἀλλήλοις ἀναφέροντα διὰ τοῦ ὁμοφώνου συνήδετο καὶ συναηδίζετο, κἀκ τούτου τὸ ὁμοιότροπον καὶ ὁμοιοπαθὲς εὑρίσκετο, μέχριπερ κορεσθέντα τῆς τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίας, ὃ πολλάκις γίνεσθαι φιλεῖ, πρὸς τὸν τῶν ἀνεφίκτων ἔρωτα ἐξώκειλε καὶ περὶ ἀθανασίας ἐπρεσβεύετο γήρως ἔκλυσιν καὶ τὴν εἰς αἰεὶ νεότητος ἀκμὴν αἰτούμενα, φάσκοντα καὶ τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἓν ἤδη ζῴων τὸ ἑρπετόν, ὄφιν, τετυχηκέναι ταύτης τῆς δωρεᾶς· ἀποδυόμενον γὰρ τὸ γῆρας πάλιν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς ἀνηβᾶν· ἄτοπον δ’ εἶναι ἢ τὰ κρείττω τοῦ χείρονος ἢ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα λειφθῆναι.
8δίκην μέντοι τοῦ τολμήματος ἔδωκε τὴν προσήκουσαν· ἑτερόγλωττα γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐγένετο, ὡς ἐξ ἐκείνου μηκέτ’ ἀλλήλων ἐπακοῦσαι δυνηθῆναι χάριν τῆς ἐν ταῖς διαλέκτοις, εἰς ἃς ἡ μία καὶ κοινὴ πάντων ἐτμήθη, διαφορᾶς.
9ὁ δ’ ἐγγυτέρω τἀληθοῦς προσάγων τὸν λόγον τὰ ἄλογα τῶν λογικῶν διέζευξεν, ὡς ἀνθρώποις μόνοις μαρτυρῆσαι τὸ ὁμόφωνον. ἔστι δέ, ὥς γέ φασι, καὶ τοῦτο μυθῶδες. καὶ μὴν τήν γε φωνῆς εἰς μυρίας διαλέκτων ἰδέας τομήν, ἣν καλεῖ γλώττης σύγχυσιν, ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ λέγουσιν ἁμαρτημάτων συμβῆναι, ὡς μηκέτ’ ἀλλήλων ἀκροώμενοι κοινῇ συναδικῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ [ἄλλοι] ἀλλήλοις κεκωφωμένοι * * * κατὰ συμπράξεις ἐγχειρῶσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς.
10τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ φαίνεται συμβῆναι· καὶ γὰρ αὖθις οὐδὲν ἧττον κατὰ ἔθνη διῳκισμένων καὶ μὴ μιᾷ διαλέκτῳ χρωμένων γῆ καὶ θάλαττα πολλάκις ἀμυθήτων κακῶν ἐπληρώθη. οὐ γὰρ αἱ φωναί, ἀλλὰ αἱ ὁμότροποι τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ζηλώσεις τοῦ συναδικεῖν αἴτιαι·
11καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐκτετμημένοι γλῶτταν νεύμασι καὶ βλέμμασι καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τοῦ σώματος σχέσεσι καὶ κινήσεσιν οὐχ ἧττον τῆς διὰ λόγων προφορᾶς ἃ ἂν θελήσωσιν ὑποσημαίνουσι· χωρὶς τοῦ καὶ ἔθνος ἓν πολλάκις οὐχ ὁμόφωνον μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμόνομον καὶ ὁμοδίαιτον τοσοῦτον ἐπιβῆναι κακίας, ὥστε τοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ἁμαρτήμασιν ἰσοστάσια δύνασθαι πλημμελεῖν·
12ἀπειρίᾳ τε διαλέκτων μυρίοι πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων οὐ προϊδόμενοι τὸ μέλλον προκατελήφθησαν, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ἐπιστήμῃ τοὺς ἐπικρεμασθέντας ἴσχυσαν φόβους τε καὶ κινδύνους ἀπώσασθαι· ὥστε λυσιτελὲς μᾶλλον ἢ βλαβερὸν εἶναι τὴν ἐν διαλέκτοις κοινωνίαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ μέχρι νῦν οἱ καθ’ ἑκάστην χώραν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν αὐτοχθόνων, δι’ οὐδὲν οὕτως ὡς διὰ τὸ ὁμόγλωσσον ἀπαθεῖς κακῶν διατελοῦσι.
13κἂν εἰ μέντοι τις ἀνὴρ πλείους ἀναμάθοι διαλέκτους, εὐδόκιμος εὐθὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἐπισταμένοις ἐστὶν ὡς ἤδη φίλιος ὤν, οὐ βραχὺ γνώρισμα κοινωνίας ἐπιφερόμενος τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι συνήθειαν, ἀφ’ ἧς τὸ ἀδεὲς εἰς τὸ μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον παθεῖν ἔοικε πεπορίσθαι. τί οὖν ὡς κακῶν αἴτιον τὸ ὁμόγλωττον ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἠφάνιζε, δέον ὡς
14ὠφελιμώτατον ἱδρῦσθαι; τοὺς δὴ ταῦτα συντιθέντας καὶ κακοτεχνοῦντας ἰδίᾳ μὲν διελέγξουσιν οἱ τὰς προχείρους ἀποδόσεις τῶν ἀεὶ ζητουμένων ἐκ τῆς φανερᾶς τῶν νόμων γραφῆς ἀφιλονείκως ταμιευόμενοι, οὐκ ἀντισοφιζόμενοί ποθεν, ἀλλ’ ἑπόμενοι τῷ τῆς ἀκολουθίας εἱρμῷ προσπταίειν οὐκ ἐῶντι, ἀλλὰ κἄν, εἴ τινα ἐμποδὼν εἴη, ῥᾳδίως ἀναστέλλοντι, ὅπως αἱ τῶν λόγων διέξοδοι γίνωνται ἄπταιστοι.
15φαμὲν τοίνυν ἐκ τοῦ „τὴν γῆν εἶναι πᾶσαν χεῖλος ἓν καὶ φωνὴν μίαν„ κακῶν ἀμυθήτων καὶ μεγάλων συμφωνίαν δηλοῦσθαι, ὅσα τε πόλεις πόλεσι καὶ ἔθνεσιν ἔθνη καὶ χώραις χῶραι ἀντεπιφέρουσι, καὶ ὅσα μὴ μόνον εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ θεῖον ἀσεβοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι· καίτοι ταῦτα πληθῶν ἐστιν ἀδικήματα. σκεπτόμεθα δ’ ἡμεῖς καὶ ἐφ’ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς τὸ ἀδιεξήγητον τῶν κακῶν πλῆθος, καὶ μάλισθ’
16ὅταν τὴν ἀνάρμοστον καὶ ἐκμελῆ καὶ ἄμουσον ἴσχῃ συμφωνίαν. τὰ μὲν δὴ τυχηρὰ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅταν πενία καὶ ἀδοξία σώματος νόσοις ἢ πηρώσεσι συνενεχθῶσι. καὶ πάλιν ταῦτα ψυχῆς ἀρρωστήμασιν ἔκφρονος ὑπὸ μελαγχολίας ἢ μακροῦ γήρως ἤ τινος βαρείας ἄλλης κακοδαιμονίας γεγενημένης ἀνακραθῶσι;
17καὶ γὰρ ἓν μόνον τῶν εἰρημένων βιαίως ἀντιστατῆσαν ἱκανὸν ἀνατρέψαι καὶ καταβαλεῖν καὶ τὸν λίαν ὑπέρογκόν ἐστιν· ὅταν δὲ ἀθρόα ὥσπερ προστάξει μιᾷ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἑνὶ πάντα σωρηδὸν ἐπιθῆται τὰ σώματος, τὰ ψυχῆς, τὰ ἐκτός, τίνα οὐχ ὑπερβάλλει σχετλιότητα; πεσόντων γὰρ δορυφόρων ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ δορυφορούμενον πίπτειν.
18δορυφόροι μὲν οὖν σώματος πλοῦτος, εὐδοξία, τιμαί, ὀρθοῦντες αὐτὸ καὶ εἰς ὕψος αἴροντες καὶ γαῦρον ἀποδεικνύντες, ὡς τἀναντία, ἀτιμία, ἀδοξία, πενία, πολεμίων τρόπον καταράττουσι.
19πάλιν τε δορυφόροι ψυχῆς ἀκοαὶ καὶ ὄψεις ὄσφρησίς τε καὶ γεῦσις καὶ ξύμπαν τὸ αἰσθήσεως στῖφος, ἔτι μέντοι ὑγίεια καὶ ἰσχὺς δύναμίς τε καὶ ῥώμη· τούτοις γὰρ ὥσπερ ἑστῶσι καὶ κραταιῶς ἐρηρεισμένοις εὐερκέσιν οἴκοις ὁ νοῦς ἐμπεριπατῶν καὶ ἐνδιαιτώμενος ἀγάλλεται πρὸς μηδενὸς ταῖς ἰδίαις ὁρμαῖς χρῆσθαι κωλυόμενος, ἀλλ’ εὐμαρεῖς καὶ λεωφόρους ἀναπεπταμένας ἔχων τὰς διὰ πάντων ὁδούς.
20τὰ δὲ τοῖς δορυφόροις τούτοις ἐχθρὰ ἀντικάθηται, πήρωσις αἰσθητηρίων καὶ νόσος, ὡς ἔφην, οἷς ἡ διάνοια συγκατακρημνισθῆναι πολλάκις ἐμέλλησε. καὶ τὰ μὲν τυχηρὰ ταῦτα ἀργαλέα σφόδρα καὶ σχέτλια ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν ἐκ προνοίας σύγκρισιν κουφότερα πολλῷ.
21τίς οὖν ἡ τῶν ἑκουσίων κακῶν συμφωνία, πάλιν ἐν μέρει σκοπῶμεν· τριμεροῦς ἡμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπαρχούσης τὸ μὲν νοῦς καὶ λόγος, τὸ δὲ θυμός, τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμία κεκληρῶσθαι λέγεται. κηραίνει δὲ καθ’ αὑτό τε ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ καὶ πρὸς ἄλληλα πάντα κοινῇ, ἐπειδὰν ὁ μὲν νοῦς ὅσα ἀφροσύναι καὶ δειλίαι ἀκολασίαι τε καὶ ἀδικίαι σπείρουσι θερίσῃ, ὁ δὲ θυμὸς τὰς ἐκμανεῖς καὶ παραφόρους λύττας καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ὠδίνει κακὰ τέκῃ, ἡ δὲ ἐπιθυμία τοὺς ὑπὸ νηπιότητος ἀεὶ κούφους ἔρωτας καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσι σώμασί τε καὶ πράγμασι προσιπταμένους ἐπιπέμψῃ πανταχόσε·
22τότε γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐν σκάφει ναυτῶν, ἐπιβατῶν, κυβερνητῶν κατά τινα φρενοβλάβειαν ἐπ’ ἀπωλείᾳ τούτου συμφρονησάντων καὶ οἱ ἐπιβουλεύσαντες αὐτῇ νηὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα συναπώλοντο. βαρύτατον γὰρ κακῶν καὶ σχεδὸν ἀνίατον μόνον ἡ πάντων τῶν ψυχῆς μερῶν πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν συνεργία, μηδενὸς οἷα ἐν πανδήμῳ συμφορᾷ δυνηθέντος ὑγιαίνειν, ἵνα τοὺς πάσχοντας ἰᾶται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν ἅμα τοῖς ἰδιώταις καμνόντων, οὓς ἡ λοιμώδης νόσος ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένῃ συμφορᾷ πιέσασα κατέχει.
23τοῦ παθήματος τούτου σύμβολον ὁ μέγας ἀναγραφεὶς παρὰ τῷ νομοθέτῃ κατακλυσμός ἐστι, τῶν τε ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καταρρακτῶν τοὺς κακίας αὐτῆς λάβρῳ φορᾷ χειμάρρους ἐπομβρούντων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς, λέγω δὲ τοῦ σώματος, πηγῶν ἀναχεουσῶν τὰ πάθους ἑκάστου ῥεύματα πολλὰ ὄντα καὶ μεγάλα, ἅπερ εἰς ταὐτὸν τοῖς προτέροις συνιόντα καὶ ἀναμιγνύμενα κυκᾶταί τε καὶ τὸ δεδεγμένον ἅπαν τῆς ψυχῆς στροβεῖ χωρίον δίναις ἐπαλλήλοις.
24„ἰδὼν„ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεός, ὅτι ἐπληθύνθησαν αἱ κακίαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πᾶς τις διανοεῖται ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐπιμελῶς τὰ πονηρὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας„ ἔγνω τὸν ἄνθρωπον, λέγω δὲ τὸν νοῦν, μετὰ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ πτηνῶν καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀλόγου τῶν ἀτιθάσων θηρίων πληθύος ἐφ’ οἷς ἀνίατα ἠδικήκει τίσασθαι (Gen. 6, 5 — 7)· ἡ δὲ τιμωρία κατακλυσμός.
25ἦν γὰρ ἔφεσις ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ πολλὴ τοῦ ἀδικεῖν μηδενὸς κωλύοντος φορά, ἀλλὰ προσαναρρηγνυμένων ἀδεῶς ἁπάντων εἰς χορηγίας ἀφθόνους τοῖς πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις ἑτοιμοτάτοις, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· οὐ γὰρ ἕν τι μέρος διέφθαρτο τῆς ψυχῆς, ἵνα τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑγιαίνουσι σῴζεσθαι δύναιτο, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν ἄνοσον οὐδὲ ἀδιάφθαρτον αὐτῆς κατελείπετο· ἰδὼν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶς τις, φησί, διανοεῖται [πᾶς] λογισμός, οὐχὶ μόνος εἷς, τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν ὁ ἀδέκαστος δικαστὴς ἐπήγαγε τιμωρίαν.
Sections 1–25
1As to the preceding topics, what has been already said will be sufficient. We must next proceed to consider, and that in no slight or cursory manner, the philosophical account which Moses gives us of the confusion of languages; for he speaks in the following manner: "And all the earth had one pronunciation, and there was one language among all men. And it came to pass, as they were moving from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt there. And one man said to his neighbour, Come, let us make bricks, and let us burn them with fire; and they had bricks for stone, and asphalt for mortar. And they said, Come, let us build ourselves a city, and a tower whose head shall reach to heaven; and let us make for ourselves a name, before we are scattered over the face of all the earth. And the Lord came down to see the city, and the tower, which the sons of men had builded. And the Lord said, Behold, all mankind is one race, and there is but one language among them all; and they have begun to do this thing, and now there will not fail unto them anything of all the things which they desire to do. Come, let us go down and confuse their language there, so that each may not understand the voice of his neighbour. And the Lord scattered them from thence over the face of all the earth, and they desisted from building the city, and the tower. On this account, the name of it was called Confusion, because there the Lord confused the languages of all the earth, and from thence the Lord scattered them over the face of all the earth."
2Those who are discontented at the constitution under which their fathers have lived, being always eager to blame and to accuse the laws, being impious men, use these and similar instances as foundations for their impiety, saying, "Are ye even now speaking boastfully concerning your precepts, as if they contained the rules of truth itself? For, behold, the books which you call the sacred scriptures do also contain fables, at which you are accustomed to laugh, when you hear others relating them."
3And what is the use of devoting our leisure to collecting the fables interspersed in so many places throughout the history of the giving of the law, as if we had especial leisure for the consideration of calumnies, and as if it were not better to attend merely to what is under our hands and before us?
4Certainly, this one fable resembles that which is composed about the Aloadae, who the greatest and most glorious of all poets, Homer, says, had in contemplation to heap the three loftiest mountains on one another, and to build them into one mass, hoping that by this means there would be a road for them, as they were desirous to mount up to heaven, and that by these mountains it would be easy for them to be raised to the height of the sky. And the verses of Homer on this subject are these:— High on Olympus’ top they strove to raise Gigantic Ossa; and on Ossa’s heights To place the leafy Pelion, that heaven Might thus become accessible. But Olympus and Ossa and Pelion are the names of mountains.
5But instead of these mountains the lawgiver represents a tower as having been built by these men, who, out of ignorance and wicked ambition, were desirous to reach the heaven. Every alienation of mind, then, is grievous; for even if every portion of the whole earth could be built over, a slight foundation being first laid, and then if a superstructure could be raised in the fashion of a single pillar, it would still be an enormous distance removed from the heavenly sphere, and above all would it be so according to the tenets of those curious philosophers who have affirmed that the earth is the centre of the universe.
6And there is also another story akin to this, related by the devisers of fables, concerning the sameness of language existing among animals: for they say that formerly, all the animals in the world, whether land animals, or aquatic ones, or winged ones, had but one language, and that, just as among men Greeks speak the same language as Greeks, and the present race of barbarians speak the same language as barbarians, exactly in the same manner every animal was able to converse with every other animal with which it might meet, and with which it did anything, or from which it suffered anything, so that they sympathised with one another at their mutual misfortunes, and rejoiced whenever any of them met with any good fortune;
7for they could impart their pleasures and their annoyances to one another by their sameness of language, so that they felt pleasure together and pain together; and this similarity of manners and union of feelings lasted, until being sated with the great abundance of good things which they enjoyed, as often happens, they were at last drawn on to a desire of what was unattainable, and even sent an embassy to treat for immortality, requesting to be released from old age, and to be always endowed with the vigour of youth, saying, that already one animal of their body, and that a reptile, the serpent, had received this gift; for he, having put off old age, was allowed again to grow young; and that it was absurd for the more important animals to be left behind by an inferior one, or for their whole body to be distanced by one.
8However, they suffered the punishment suitable to their audacity, for they immediately were separated in their language, so that, from that time forth, they have not been able to understand one another, by reason of the difference in the dialects into which the one common language of them all had been divided.
9But he who brings his account nearer the truth, has distinguished between the rational and irrational animals, so that he testifies that identity of language belonged to men alone: and this also, as they say, is a fabulous story. And indeed they affirm, that the separation of language into an infinite variety of dialects, which Moses calls the confusion of tongues, was effected as a remedy for sins, in order that men might not be able to co-operate in common for deeds of wickedness through understanding one another; and that they might not, when they were in a manner deprived of all means of communication with one another, be able with united energies to apply themselves to the same actions.
10But this precaution does not appear to have turned out of any use; for since that time, though men have been separated into different nations, and have no longer used one language, nevertheless, land and sea have been repeatedly filled with unspeakable evils. For it was not the languages which were the causes of men’s uniting for evil objects, but the emulation and rivalry of their souls in wrong-doing.
11For even those who have had their tongues cut out can intimate what they wish by nods and looks, and other positions and motions of the body, not less than by a distinct utterance of words. And besides this consideration, there is the fact that, very often, one nation by itself, having not merely one language, but one code of laws, and one system of manners, has arrived at such a pitch of iniquity that, as to a superfluity of wickedness, it may counterbalance the sins of all the men in the world put together.
12And again, through ignorance of foreign languages, many persons, having no foreknowledge of the future, have been anticipated and overwhelmed by those who were plotting against them; as, on the other hand, by knowledge of foreign languages, men have been able to repel fears and dangers with which they have been threatened; so that a community of language is an advantageous thing rather than an injurious one: since, even at the present day, nothing contributes so greatly to the safety and protection of the people of each country, and particularly of the natives, as their being of one language.
13For if a man has learnt many dialects, he immediately is looked upon with consideration and respect by those who are also acquainted with them, as being already a friendly person, and contributing no small introduction and means of friendship by reason of his familiarity with words which they too understand; which familiarity very commonly imparts a feeling of security, that one is not likely to suffer any great evil at the hands of such a man. Why, then, did God remove sameness of language from among men as a cause of evils, when it seems it should rather have been established as a most useful thing?
14Those, then, who put these things together, and cavil at them, and raise malicious objections, will be easily refuted separately by those who can produce ready solutions of all such questions as arise from the plain words of the law, arguing in a spirit far from contentious, and not encountering them by sophisms drawn from any other source, but following the connection of natural consequences, which does not permit them to stumble, but which easily puts aside any impediments that arise, so that the course of their arguments proceeds without any interruption or mishap.
15We say then that by the expression, that "all the earth had but one pronunciation and one language," is intimated a symphony of great and unspeakable evils, which cities have inflicted upon cities, nations upon nations, and countries upon countries, and through which men not only wrong one another, but also behave with impiety towards God, and yet these things are the iniquities of many; but let us consider the ineffable multitude of evils which proceed from each individual man, and especially when he is under the influence of that ill-timed, and inharmonious, and unmusical agreement.
16Now who is there who does not know the great influence of fortune, when men, in addition to the diseases or mutilations of the body, are attacked also by poverty and want of reputation? And again, when these things are further united to diseases of the soul, in consequence of moody melancholy, driving men beside themselves, or of extreme old age, or of any other severe calamity which presses upon them?
17For even one of these evils here mentioned by itself, when it opposes a man with violence, is sufficient to overthrow and to crush even one who is very proud and haughty; but when all these evils, to wit, the evils of the body, and the evils of the soul, and external misfortunes, all come together as if in one regular battalion, moving by previous arrangement at the same time, so as to attack him in one body, what resolution is there which they will not overpower? For when the guards are slain, it follows of necessity that he who relies on his guards must fall.
18Now the guards of the body are wealth, glory, and honours, which set it up and raise it on high, and make it proud, just as the contrary things, dishonour, want of reputation, and poverty, throw it down like so many enemies.
19Again, the body-guards of the soul are hearing, and seeing, and smelling, and taste, and the whole band of the outward senses, and also health, and strength, and vigour, and energy. For the mind, when walking among and living in the company of these things, as between well-fortified boundaries firmly standing and solidly established, triumphs and rejoices, meeting with no hindrance on any side to prevent it from exerting its own impulses, but having its road in every direction easy, and level, and open, and easy to be travelled.
20But the things which are set in opposition and hostility to these guards are mutilation of the organs of the outward senses, and disease, as I have said before, by which the mind is often precipitated into disaster; and these things are all the results of fortune, very grievous and intrinsically miserable, but still, if compared with those which are brought on ourselves by our own deliberate will, they are far lighter.
21Let us now again in its turn consider what is the united body of evils voluntarily incurred. Our soul being capable of being divided into three divisions, one division is said to have fallen to the lot of the mind and of reason, the second to passion, and the third to appetite; and each separate one of these has its own peculiar evils, and also they have all common and mutual diseases. Since the mind reaps the harvest which folly, and cowardice, and intemperance, and injustice sow; and passion brings forth frantic and insane strife and conflict, and all the other numerous evils with which it is pregnant; and appetite disseminates in every direction the impetuous and fickle loves of youth which descend upon every object, animate or inanimate, which it chances to meet with.
22For then, as if in any vessel, the sailors, and the passengers, and the pilots, had all, under the influence of insanity, agreed to destroy it, those who have joined in the plot against it are none the less involved in the same destruction. For the heaviest of all evils, and almost the only one that is incurable, is the unanimous energy of all the parts of the soul agreeing to commit sin, not one of the parts being able to act with soundness (just as is the case in an evil affecting the whole people), so as to heal those that are sick; but even the physicians being diseased as well as their patients, whom the pestilential disease has overwhelmed and weighs down under a confessed calamity.
23Of this great evil, that great deluge described by the lawgiver is an image; for the torrents from heaven continually pouring down cataracts of wickedness itself with impetuous violence, and springs from the ground (by which I mean the body) continually bursting up and pouring forth streams of every passion in great numbers and vast size, which, uniting and being mingled in the same stream with the other waters, are thrown into confusion, and overthrow the whole region of the soul which has received them with incessant eddies and whirlpools.
24"For," says Moses, "the Lord God, seeing that the wickedness of men were multiplied upon the earth, and that every one did think continually in his heart nothing but evil all his days, determined to punish man" (and here by man I understand the mind, together with all the reptiles and winged creatures, and all the rest of the multitude of wild animals which surround him), by reason of his incurable wickedness; and the punishment which God decided upon was the deluge.
25For there was unbounded freedom in sinning, and unlimited licence in doing wrong, no one hindering it, but all restraints being shamelessly broken down in such a way that there was no fear left behind to restrain those who were thoroughly ready to snatch at abundant supplies for enjoyment of every kind. And may we not say that this was natural? For it was not only one portion of the soul which was corrupted in such a way that it could still be preserved by the sound condition of the other parts; but there was no part whatever of it which was left free from disease or from corruption. For the incorruptible Judge, says Moses, seeing that every thought of man’s heart (not one single idea by itself) was evil continually, inflicted upon him a deserved punishment.
Sections 26–50
26οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς ἁλμυρᾶς φάραγγος ὁμαιχμίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέμενοι. κοῖλον γὰρ καὶ τραχὺ καὶ φαραγγῶδες τὸ κακιῶν καὶ παθῶν χωρίον, ἁλμυρὸν τῷ ὄντι καὶ πικρὰς φέρον ὠδῖνας, ὧν ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ τὸ ἐνώμοτον καὶ ἔνσπονδον οὔθ’ ὅρκων οὔτε σπονδῶν ἐπάξιον εἰδὼς καθαιρεῖ· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „πάντες οὗτοι συνεφώνησαν ἐπὶ τὴν φάραγγα τὴν ἁλυκήν· αὕτη ἡ θάλασσα τῶν ἁλῶν„ (Gen. 14, 3).
27ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐστειρωμένους σοφίαν καὶ τυφλοὺς διάνοιαν, ἣν ὀξυδερκεῖν εἰκὸς ἦν, Σοδομίτας κατὰ γλῶτταν, ἀπὸ νεανίσκου ἕως πρεσβυτέρου πάνθ’ ὁμοῦ τὸν λεὼν ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν οἰκίαν τῆς ψυχῆς περιθέοντας, ἵνα τοὺς ξενωθέντας ἱεροὺς καὶ ὁσίους λόγους αὐτῇ, φρουροὺς καὶ φύλακας ὄντας, αἰσχύνωσι καὶ διαφθείρωσι, καὶ μηδένα τὸ παράπαν μήτε τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν ἐναντιοῦσθαι μήτε τοῦ τι ποιεῖν ἄδικον ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐγνωκότα;
28οὐ γὰρ οἱ μέν, οἱ δ’ οὔ, „πᾶς δ’", ὥς φησιν, „ὁ λαὸς περιεκύκλωσαν ἅμα τὴν οἰκίαν, νέοι τε καὶ πρεσβῦται„ (Gen. 19, 4) κατὰ τῶν θείων καὶ ἱερῶν λόγων συνομοσάμενοι, οὓς καλεῖν ἔθος ἀγγέλους.
29ἀλλ’ ὅ γε θεοπρόπος Μωυσῆς θράσει πολλῷ ῥέοντας αὐτοὺς ὑπαντιάσας ἐφέξει, κἂν τὸν θρασύτατον καὶ δεινότατον εἰπεῖν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς βασιλέα λόγον προστησάμενοι μιᾷ ῥύμῃ κατατρέχωσι, συναύξοντες τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ ποταμοῦ τρόπον πλημμύροντες· „ἰδοὺ„ γάρ φησιν „ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἀφικνεῖται. σὺ δὲ στήσῃ συναντῶν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ„ (Exod. 7, 15).
30οὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν φαῦλος ἔξεισιν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ παθῶν ἀθρόων φοράν, ἅπερ ὕδατι ἀπεικάζεται· ὁ δὲ σοφὸς πρῶτον μὲν κτᾶται γέρας παρὰ τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἀεὶ θεοῦ συγγενὲς αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀκλινεῖ καὶ ἀρρεπεῖ πρὸς πάντα δυνάμει λαβών· εἴρηται γὰρ „σὺ δὲ αὐτοῦ στῆθι μετ’ ἐμοῦ„
31(Deut. 5, 31), ἵνα ἐνδοιασμὸν καὶ ἐπαμφοτερισμόν, ἀβεβαίου ψυχῆς διαθέσεις, ἀποδυσάμενος τὴν ὀχυρωτάτην καὶ βεβαιοτάτην διάθεσιν, πίστιν, ἐνδύσηται. ἔπειτα δὲ ἑστώς, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ὑπαντᾷ· „στήσῃ„ γάρ φησιν „ὑπαντιάζων„· καίτοι τὸ μὲν ὑπαντᾶν ἐν κινήσει, κατὰ δ’ ἠρεμίαν τὸ ἵστασθαι θεωρεῖται.
32λέγει δὲ οὐ τὰ μαχόμενα, τὰ δὲ τῇ φύσει μάλιστα ἀκολουθοῦντα· ὅτῳ γὰρ ἠρεμεῖν πέφυκεν ἡ γνώμη καὶ ἀρρεπῶς ἱδρῦσθαι, συμβαίνει πᾶσιν ἀνθίστασθαι τοῖς σάλῳ καὶ κλύδωνι χαίρουσι καὶ τὸν γαληνιάσαι δυνάμενον
33χειροποιήτῳ χειμῶνι κυμαίνουσιν. εὖ μέντοι γε ἔχει παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν ἐναντίωσιν συνίστασθαι· χείλη δὲ στόματος μέν ἐστι πέρατα, φραγμὸς δέ τις γλώττης, δι’ ὧν φέρεται τὸ τοῦ λόγου ῥεῦμα, ὅταν ἄρξηται κατέρχεσθαι.
34λόγῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ μισάρετοι καὶ φιλοπαθεῖς συμμάχῳ χρῶνται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀδοκίμων δογμάτων εἰσήγησιν καὶ πάλιν οἱ σπουδαῖοι πρός τε τὴν τούτων ἀναίρεσιν καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀμεινόνων καὶ ἀψευδῶς ἀγαθῶν κράτος ἀνανταγώνιστον.
35ὅταν μέντοι πάντα κάλων ἀνασείσαντες ἐριστικῶν δογμάτων ὑπ’ ἐναντίας ῥύμης λόγων ἀνατραπέντες ἀπόλωνται, τὸ ἐπινίκιον δικαίως καὶ προσηκόντως ὁ σοφὸς ᾆσμα χορὸν ἱερώτατον στησάμενος ἐμμελῶς ᾄσεται·
36„εἶδε" γάρ φησιν „Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους„ οὐχ ἑτέρωθι „τεθνεῶτας„ ἀλλὰ παρὰ „τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ„ (Exod. 14, 30), θάνατον λέγων οὐ τὴν ἀπὸ σώματος ψυχῆς διάκρισιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀνοσίων δογμάτων καὶ λόγων φθοράν, οἷς ἐχρῶντο διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων φωνητηρίων ὀργάνων.
37λόγου δὲ θάνατός ἐστιν ἡσυχία, οὐχ ἣν οἱ ἐπιεικέστεροι ποιούμενοι σύμβολον αἰδοῦς μετέρχονται — δύναμις γὰρ καὶ ἥδε ἐστὶν ἀδελφὴ τῆς ἐν τῷ λέγειν ταμιευομένη μέχρι καιροῦ τὰ λεκτέα —, ἀλλ’ ἣν οἱ ἐξησθενηκότες καὶ ἀπειρηκότες διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐναντίων ἰσχὺν ὑπομένουσιν ἄκοντες λαβὴν οὐδεμίαν ἔθ’ εὑρίσκοντες.
38ὧν τε γὰρ ἂν ἐφάψωνται, διαρρεῖ, καὶ οἷς ἂν ἐπιβῶσιν, οὐχ ὑπομένει, ὡς πρὶν ἢ στῆναι πίπτειν ἀναγκάζεσθαι, ὥσπερ ἡ ἕλιξ, τὸ ὑδρηρὸν ὄργανον, ἔχει· κατὰ γὰρ μέσον αὐτὸ γεγόνασι βαθμοί τινες, ὧν ὁ γεωπόνος, ὅταν ἐθελήσῃ ποτίσαι τὰς ἀρούρας, ἐπιβαίνει μέν, περιολισθαίνει δ’ ἀναγκαίως· ὑπὲρ δὴ τοῦ μὴ πίπτειν συνεχῶς πλησίον ἐχυροῦ τινος ταῖς χερσὶ περιδράττεται, οὗ ἐνειλημμένος τὸ ὅλον σῶμα ἀπῃώρηκεν αὐτοῦ· ὥστε ἀντὶ μὲν ποδῶν χερσίν, ἀντὶ δὲ χειρῶν ποσὶ χρῆσθαι· ἵσταται μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ χειρῶν, δι’ ὧν εἰσιν αἱ πράξεις, πράττει δ’ ἐν ποσίν, ἐφ’ ὧν εἰκὸς ἵστασθαι.
39πολλοὶ δ’ οὐ δυνάμενοι τὰς πιθανὰς τῶν σοφιστῶν εὑρέσεις ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν τῷ μὴ σφόδρα περὶ λόγους διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις συνεχῆ μελέτην γεγυμνάσθαι κατέφυγον ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ μόνου σοφοῦ συμμαχίαν καὶ βοηθὸν αὐτὸν ἱκέτευσαν γενέσθαι· καθὰ καὶ τῶν Μωυσέως γνωρίμων τις ἐν ὕμνοις εὐχόμενος εἶπεν· „ἄλαλα γενέσθω τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια„ (Psalm. 30, 19).
40πῶς δ’ ἂν ἡσυχάσαι, εἰ μὴ πρὸς μόνου τοῦ καὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν ἔχοντος ὑπήκοον ἐπιστομισθείη; τὰς μὲν οὖν εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν συνόδους ἀμεταστρεπτὶ φευκτέον, τὸ δὲ ἔνσπονδον πρὸς τοὺς φρονήσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἑταίρους βεβαιωτέον.
41παρὸ καὶ τοὺς λέγοντας „πάντες ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, εἰρηνικοί ἐσμεν„ (Gen. 42, 11) τεθαύμακα τῆς εὐαρμόστου συμφωνίας· ἐπεὶ καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἐμέλλετε, φήσαιμ’ ἄν, ὦ γενναῖοι, πολέμῳ μὲν δυσχεραίνειν, εἰρήνην δὲ ἀγαπᾶν, ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιγεγραμμένοι πατέρα οὐ θνητὸν ἀλλ’ ἀθάνατον, ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ, ὃς τοῦ ἀιδίου λόγος ὢν ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ἄφθαρτος;
42οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλὰς ἀρχὰς τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν γένους συστησάμενοι, τῷ πολυθέῳ λεγομένῳ κακῷ προσνείμαντες ἑαυτούς, ἄλλοι πρὸς ἄλλων τιμὰς τραπόμενοι ταραχὰς καὶ στάσεις ἐμφυλίους τε καὶ ξενικὰς ἐδημιούργησαν τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως ἄχρι τελευτῆς βίον πολέμων ἀκηρύκτων καταπλήσαντες.
43οἱ δὲ ἑνὶ γένει χαίροντες καὶ ἕνα πατέρα τὸν ὀρθὸν τιμῶντες λόγον, τὴν εὐάρμοστον καὶ πάμμουσον συμφωνίαν ἀρετῶν τεθαυμακότες, εὔδιον καὶ γαληνὸν βίον ζῶσιν, οὐ μὴν ἀργὸν καὶ ἀγενῆ τινα, ὡς ἔνιοι νομίζουσιν, ἀλλὰ σφόδρα ἀνδρεῖον καὶ λίαν ἠκονημένον κατὰ τῶν σπονδὰς λύειν ἐπιχειρούντων καὶ σύγχυσιν ὁρκίων αἰεὶ μελετώντων· τοὺς γὰρ εἰρηναίους φύσει πολεμικοὺς εἶναι συμβέβηκεν ἀντικαθημένους καὶ ἀνθεστῶτας τοῖς τὸ εὐσταθὲς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνατρέπουσι.
44μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ πρῶτον μὲν ἡ ἑκάστου τῶν φιλαρέτων διάνοια διακειμένη τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῦ προφητικοῦ θιασώτης χοροῦ, ὃς καταπνευσθεὶς ἐνθουσιῶν ἀνεφθέγξατο· „ὦ μῆτερ, ἡλίκον με ἔτεκες, ἄνθρωπον μάχης καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἀηδίας πάσης τῆς γῆς; οὐκ ὠφείλησα, οὐδὲ ὠφείλησάν μοι, οὐδὲ ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἐξέλιπεν ἀπὸ καταρῶν αὐτῶν„ (Ier. 15, 10).
45ἀλλ’ οὐ πᾶς σοφὸς πᾶσι φαύλοις ἐχθρός ἐστιν ἄσπονδος, οὐ τριηρῶν ἢ μηχανημάτων ἢ ὅπλων ἢ στρατιωτῶν παρασκευῇ πρὸς ἄμυναν χρώμενος, ἀλλὰ λογισμοῖς;
46ὅταν γὰρ τὸν ἐν τῇ ἀπολέμῳ εἰρήνῃ συνεχῆ καὶ ἐπάλληλον ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ἴδιον καὶ κοινόν, μὴ κατὰ ἔθνη καὶ χώρας ἢ πόλεις καὶ κώμας αὐτὸ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατ’ οἰκίαν καὶ ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν μέρει συγκροτούμενον πόλεμον θεάσηται, τίς ἐστιν ὅ γε μὴ παραινῶν, κακίζων, νουθετῶν, σωφρονίζων, οὐ μεθ’ ἡμέραν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ νύκτωρ, τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῷ ἠρεμεῖν μὴ δυναμένης διὰ τὸ μισοπόνηρον φύσει;
47πάντα γὰρ ὅσα ἐν πολέμῳ δρᾶται κατ’ εἰρήνην· συλῶσιν, ἁρπάζουσιν, ἀνδραποδίζονται, λεηλατοῦσι, πορθοῦσιν, ὑβρίζουσιν, αἰκίζονται, φθείρουσιν, αἰσχύνουσι, δολοφονοῦσιν, ἄντικρυς, ἢν ὦσι δυνατώτεροι, κτείνουσι.
48πλοῦτον γὰρ ἢ δόξαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν σκοπὸν προτεθειμένος ἐπὶ τοῦτον ὥσπερ βέλη τὰς τοῦ βίου πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀφιεὶς ἰσότητος ἀλογεῖ, τὸ ἄνισον διώκει, κοινωνίαν ἀποστρέφεται, μόνος τὰ πάντων ἔχειν ἀθρόα ἐσπούδακε, μισάνθρωπος καὶ μισάλληλός ἐστιν, ὑποκρινόμενος εὔνοιαν, κολακείας νόθης ἑταῖρος ὤν, φιλίας γνησίου πολέμιος, ἀληθείας ἐχθρός, ὑπέρμαχος ψεύδους, βραδὺς ὠφελῆσαι, ταχὺς βλάψαι, διαβαλεῖν προχειρότατος, ὑπερασπίσαι μελλητής, δεινὸς φενακίσαι, ψευδορκότατος, ἀπιστότατος, δοῦλος
49ὀργῆς, εἴκων ἡδονῇ, φύλαξ κακῶν, φθορεὺς ἀγαθῶν. ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῆς ᾀδομένης καὶ θαυμαζομένης εἰρήνης περιμάχητα κειμήλια, ἅπερ ἡ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀγαλματοφοροῦσα διάνοια τέθηπε καὶ προσκυνεῖ. ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως καὶ πᾶς σοφὸς ἄχθεται, καὶ πρός γε τὴν μητέρα καὶ τιθήνην ἑαυτοῦ, σοφίαν, εἴωθε λέγειν· „ὦ μῆτερ, ἡλίκον με ἔτεκες„, οὐ δυνάμει σώματος, ἀλλὰ τῇ πρὸς τὸ μισοπόνηρον ἀλκῇ, ἄνθρωπον ἀηδίας καὶ μάχης, φύσει μὲν εἰρηνικόν, διὰ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ πολεμικὸν κατὰ τῶν αἰσχυνόντων τὸ περιμάχητον κάλλος εἰρήνης.
50„οὐκ ὠφείλησα, οὐδὲ ὠφείλησάν μοι"· οὔτε γὰρ αὐτοὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ποτε ἐχρήσαντο, οὔτε ἐγὼ τοῖς ἐκείνων κακοῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ Μωυσέως γράμμα „ἐπιθύμημα οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν ἔλαβον" (Num. 16, 15), σύμπαν τὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν γένος θησαυρισαμένων παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς ὡς μέγιστον ὄφελος ὑπερβάλλον βλάβος.
Sections 26–50
26These are they who "made a treaty with one another in the valley of Salt." For the region of the vices and of the passions is a hollow valley, rough, and full of ravines; truly salt, and producing bitter pains; and their treaty, as one that was not worthy of being confirmed by any oath or by any libation, the wise Abraham, who knew the character of it, annulled. For it is said in the scripture that, "All these men made a treaty at the valley of Salt, that is the sea of Salt."
27Do you not perceive that they who are barren of wisdom and blinded as to the intellect which it would be natural to expect should be sharp-sighted, having the name of Sodomites from their real character," did, with all their people united together, from young to old, surround the house in a circle" (that is to say, the house of the soul), in order to pollute and contaminate those strangers from a foreign land, who had been received in hospitality, namely, sacred and holy reasons, the guards and defenders of the soul; no one whatever attempting either to resist those wrong doers, or to avoid doing wrong himself?
28For Moses does not speak of some as having consented and of others having stood aloof; but, as he says, "The whole people surrounded the house all together, both old and young," having entered into a conspiracy against all those holy actions and words which it is customary to call angels.
29But Moses, the prophet of God, will meet them and check them, though they come on with exceeding boldness; even though, placing in the front him who is the boldest and the most forward and able speaker among them as their king, namely speech, they rush on with one impulse, hoping to increase their strength as they go on, and overflowing like a river; "For behold," says Moses, "the king of Egypt is coming to the water; but do thou go to meet him, and stand on the bank of the river."
30Therefore the wicked man goes forth to the stream of iniquities and passions, and all collected evils, which are here likened to water; but the wise man first obtains from God, who always stands firm, an honour akin to his undeviating, and in all respects and under all circumstances, unchangeable power; for we read in the scripture.
31"But do thou stand here with me, " that having laid aside doubt and vacillation, the dispositions of an infirm soul, he may put on that most steadfast and trustworthy disposition, faith. In the next place, even while standing still, he (which seems a most extraordinary thing) goes forward to meet him; for it is said to him, "Thou shalt stand meeting him," and yet to go to meet is a part of motion, while to stand still is regarded as characteristic of tranquillity.
32But the prophet does not here say things which are inconsistent, but rather such as are exceedingly in accordance with nature; for the man whose mind is naturally disposed to be tranquil, and is established undeviatingly, must necessarily be at variance with all those who delight in disorder and confusion, and who by artificial storms seek to disturb him who is capable of enjoying tranquillity.
33It is very appropriately said that the meeting took place on the bank of the river; but the banks are also called the lips, and the lips are the boundaries of the mouth, and are a sort of fence to the tongue, through which the stream of discourse is borne, when it begins to be uttered;
34but those who hate virtue and who love learning, use speech as their ally for the exposition of doctrines which are disapproved; and again, on the other hand, virtuous men employ it for the refutation of such doctrines, and for establishing the irresistible strength of the better and true wisdom.
35When then, after having had recourse to every expedient of contentious doctrines, men are destroyed, being overwhelmed by the opposing violence of contrary arguments, then the wise man will very justly and suitably establish a most sacred chorus, and melodiously sing a triumphal song;
36"For," says Moses, "Israel saw the Egyptians," not dead in any other place, but "on the bank (χε̃ιλος) of the river;" meaning here by death, not the separation of the soul from the body, but the impetuous onset of unholy doctrines and assertions, which men utter by the mouth, and tongue, and the other organs of speech.
37But the death of speech is silence, not that silence which well-bred people cultivate, making it a symbol of modesty—for this silence is itself a faculty and a sister of that one which is developed in speech, arranging what is to be said with reference to time—but that silence which the sick and the weary against their will endure, on account of the strength of their antagonists, because they cannot find any handle to answer them;
38for whatever they touch slips away from them, and whatever thing they seek to take their stand on does not remain, so that they of necessity fall before they stand, like that hydrostatic machine called the helix; for in the middle of that engine there are some steps, which the husbandman when he desires to water his fields mounts up upon, but is rolled round of necessity; and in order to avoid falling he is continually catching at the nearest firm thing that he can lay his hands on, which he takes hold of and so supports his whole body; for instead of his hands he uses his feet, and instead of his feet he uses his hands; for he stands on his hands, by means of which, actions are usually done, and he acts with his feet on which it is natural to stand.
39But many, who are not able vigorously to refute the plausible inventions of the sophists, because they have not very much practised discussion by reason of their continued application to action, have taken refuge in the alliance of the only wise Being, and have besought him to become their defender. As one of the friends of Moses, when praying, says in his hymns, "Let the treacherous lips become mute;" and how can they become mute if they are not curbed by the only being who has speech itself as his subject?
40We must therefore flee, without ever turning back, from all associations entered into for the purposes of sin; but the alliance made with the companions of wisdom and knowledge must be confirmed.
41In reference to which I admire those who say, "We are all one man’s sons, we are men of peace," because of their well-adapted agreement; since how, I should say, could you, O excellent men, avoid being grieved at war, and delighted in peace, being the sons of one and the same father, and he not mortal but immortal, the man of God, who being the reason of the everlasting God, is of necessity himself also immortal?
42For they who make out many beginnings of the origin of the soul, being devoted to the evil which is called polytheism, and turning each individual of them, to the honour of different beings, having caused great confusion and dissension both at home and abroad, from the beginning of their birth to the end of their life, filling life with irreconcilable quarrels;
43but they who rejoice in one kind alone, and who honour one as their father, namely right reason, admiring the well-arranged and all-musical harmony of the virtues, live a tranquil and peaceful life, not an inactive and ignoble one, as some persons think, but one of great manliness, and sharpened, and vigorous against those who endeavour to break the confederacy which they have formed, and who are always studying to bring about a violation of the oaths which have been taken; for it has come to pass that the men of peace have become men of war, sitting down to attack and to oppose those who seek to overturn the firmness of the soul.
44And there is testimony in support of this assertion of mine; first of all, in the disposition of every lover of virtue which acknowledges these inclinations; and secondly, in that comrade of the band of the prophets, who being inspired with a sacred frenzy, spoke thus, "O my mother, how hast thou brought me forth, a man of war, and a man of disquietude to all the earth! I have not benefited them, and they have not benefited me; nor is my strength free from their curses."
45But is not every wise man of necessity an irreconcilable enemy to all wicked men, not indeed using the apparatus of triremes or warlike engines, or arms, or soldiers, for his defence, but reasons?
46For when he sees war stirred up in the midst of tranquil peace, so as to be continued and incessant among all men, both public and private, not existing only among nations and countries, and cities and villages, but also in every house, and between each particular individual; who is there who does not reproach and admonish and seek to correct the foolish men whom he sees, and not by day only, but also by night, his soul being unable to remain tranquil by reason of the hatred of wickedness implanted in his nature?
47For they do in peace every thing that is done in war; they plunder, they ravage, they drag into slavery, they carry off booty, they lay waste, they behave insolently, they assault, they destroy, they pollute, they murder treacherously, they murder openly if they are the more powerful;
48for every one of them, proposing to himself riches or glory as his object, aims all the actions of his life as so many arrows at it, and neglects equality, and pursues inequality, and repudiates associations, and labours to acquire to himself all the possessions together properly belonging to every one; he is a misanthrope and a hater of all his fellows, making a hypocritical pretence of benevolence, being a companion of a bastard kind of flattery, an enemy of genuine friendship, a foe to truth, a champion of falsehood, slow to do good, swift to do injury, very ready to calumniate, very slow to defend, clever at deceiving, most perjured, most faithless, a slave of anger, yielding to pleasure, a guardian of all that is evil, a destroyer of all that is good.
49These and other similar gifts are the most desirable treasures of peace, that blessing so celebrated and so admired, which the mind of each individual among the foolish men sets up for itself as an image, and admires and worships; at whom, very naturally, every wise man is grieved, and is accustomed to say to his mother and nurse, wisdom, "O mother, what a person hast thou brought me forth!" not in strength of body, but in energy and courage, a determined hater of wickedness, a man of disquietude and battle, by nature peaceful, and, on this very account, an enemy to those who pollute the desirable beauty of peace.
50"I have done no good to them, nor have they done any good to me;" nor have they even derived any advantage from my good things, nor have I from their evil things; but according to the word of Moses, "I have received no desirable thing from any one of them," inasmuch as I look upon as exceedingly pernicious every object of their desire, which they treasure up in their hearts as the greatest possible advantage;
Sections 51–75
51,οὐδὲ ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἐξέλιπεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρῶν ἃς ἐτίθεντό μοι„, δυνάμει δὲ κραταιοτάτῃ τῶν θείων ἐνειλημμένος δογμάτων οὔτε κακούμενος ἐκάμφθην, ἀλλὰ ἐρρωμένως ὠνείδισα τοῖς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν μὴ καθαιρομένοις·
52„ἔθετο γὰρ ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀντιλογίαν τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν„, ὡς καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις που λέλεκται (Psalm. 79, 7), πάντας τοὺς ὀρθῆς γνώμης ἐφιεμένους. ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀντιλογικοὶ φύσει γεγόνασιν, ὅσοι τὸν ἐπιστήμης καὶ ἀρετῆς ζῆλον ἔσχον ἀεί, τοῖς γείτοσι ψυχῆς ἀντιφιλονεικοῦντες, ἐλέγχοντες μὲν τὰς συνοίκους ἡδονάς, ἐλέγχοντες δὲ τὰς ὁμοδιαίτους ἐπιθυμίας, δειλίας τε καὶ φόβους, τὸ παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν στῖφος δυσωποῦντες, ἐλέγχοντες μέντοι καὶ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν, περὶ μὲν ὧν εἶδον ὀφθαλμούς, περὶ ὧν δὲ ἤκουσαν ἀκοάς, ὀσμάς τε περὶ ἀτμῶν καὶ γεύσεις περὶ χυμῶν, ἔτι δὲ ἁφὰς περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς προσπιπτούσας τῶν ἐν τοῖς σώμασι δυνάμεων ἰδιότητας, καὶ μὲν δὴ τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον περὶ ὧν διεξελθεῖν ἔδοξε;
53τίνα γὰρ ἢ πῶς ἢ διὰ τί ἡ αἴσθησις ᾔσθετο ἢ ὁ λόγος διηρμήνευσεν ἢ τὸ πάθος διέθηκεν, ἄξιον ἐρευνᾶν μὴ παρέργως καὶ τῶν σφαλμάτων διελέγχειν ἕκαστον.
54ὁ δὲ μηδενὶ τούτων ἀντιλέγων, ἅπασι δὲ ἑξῆς συνεπινεύων ἑαυτὸν λέληθεν ἀπατῶν καὶ ἐπιτειχίζων ψυχῇ βαρεῖς γείτονας, οἷς ἄμεινον ὑπηκόοις ἢ ἄρχουσι χρῆσθαι· ἡγεμονεύοντες μὲν γὰρ πολλὰ πημανοῦσι καὶ μεγάλα βασιλευούσης παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἀνοίας, ὑπακούοντες δὲ τὰ δέονθ’ ὑπηρετήσουσι πειθηνίως οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἀπαυχενίζοντες.
55οὕτως μέντοι τῶν μὲν ὑπακούειν μαθόντων, τῶν δ’ οὐκ ἐπιστήμῃ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνάμει τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβόντων πάντες οἱ δορυφόροι καὶ ὑπέρμαχοι ψυχῆς συμφρονήσουσι λογισμοὶ καὶ τῷ πρεσβυτάτῳ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς προσελθόντες ἐροῦσιν· „οἱ παῖδές σου εἰλήφασι τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν πολεμιστῶν τῶν μεθ’ ἡμῶν, οὐ διαπεφώνηκεν αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς" (Num. 31, 49), ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ τὰ μουσικῆς ὄργανα ἄκρως ἡρμοσμένα πᾶσι τοῖς φθόγγοις, οὕτως ἡμεῖς πάσαις ταῖς ὑφηγήσεσι συνηχήσαμεν, ἐκμελὲς ἢ ἀπῳδὸν οὐδὲν οὔτε ῥῆμα εἰπόντες οὔτ’ ἔργον διαπραξάμενοι, ὡς τὸν ἕτερον τῶν ἀμούσων χορὸν πάντα ἄφωνον καὶ νεκρὸν ἀποδεῖξαι γελασθέντα τὴν τῶν σωματικῶν τροφὴν Μαδιὰμ καὶ τὸν ἔκγονον αὐτῆς δερμάτινον ὄγκον Βεελφεγὼρ ὄνομα ὑπνοῦντα (Num. 25,3).
56γένος γάρ ἐσμεν „τῶν ἐπιλέκτων τοῦ" τὸν θεὸν ὁρῶντος „Ἰσραήλ„, ὧν „διεφώνησεν οὐδὲ εἷς" (Exod. 24,11), ἵνα τὸ τοῦ παντὸς ὄργανον, ὁ κόσμος πᾶς, ταῖς ἁρμονίαις μουσικῶς μελῳδῆται.
57διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς τῷ πολεμικωτάτῳ λόγῳ, ὃς καλεῖται Φινεές, γέρας εἰρήνην φησὶ δεδόσθαι (Num. 25, 12), ὅτι ζῆλον τὸν ἀρετῆς λαβὼν καὶ πόλεμον πρὸς κακίαν ἀράμενος ὅλην ἀνέτεμε γένεσιν * * * ἑξῆς τοῖς βουλομένοις, διακύψασι καὶ διερευνησαμένοις ἀκριβῶς ὄψει πρὸ ἀκοῆς σαφεστέρῳ χρησαμένοις μάρτυρι, πιστεῦσαι, ὅτι γέμει τὸ θνητὸν ἀπιστίας, ἐκ μόνου τοῦ δοκεῖν ἠρτημένον.
58θαυμάσιος μὲν οὖν ἡ λεχθεῖσα συμφωνία, θαυμασιωτάτη δὲ καὶ πάσας τὰς ἁρμονίας ὑπερβάλλουσα ἡ κοινὴ πάντων, καθ’ ἣν ὁ λαὸς ἅπας ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰσάγεται λέγων· „πάντα ὅσα εἶπεν ὁ θεός, ποιήσομεν καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα„ (Deut. 5, 27)· οὗτοι γὰρ οὐκέτι ἐξάρχοντι πείθονται λόγῳ,
59ἀλλὰ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἡγεμόνι θεῷ, δι’ ὃν πρὸς τὰ ἔργα φθάνουσι μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς λόγους ἀπαντῶντες· τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἐπειδὰν ἀκούσωσι πραττόντων οὗτοι, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ὑπὸ κατοκωχῆς ἐνθέου πράξειν φασὶ πρότερον, εἶτα ἀκούσεσθαι, ἵνα μὴ διδασκαλίᾳ καὶ ὑφηγήσει δοκῶσιν, ἀλλὰ ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὰ καλὰ τῶν ἔργων ὑπαντᾶν· ἐργασάμενοι δὲ ἀκούσεσθαί φασιν, ὅπως ἐπικρίνωσι τὰ πραχθέντα, εἰ λόγοις θείοις καὶ ἱεραῖς παραινέσεσι συνᾴδει.
60Τοὺς δὲ συνομοσαμένους ἐπ’ ἀδικήμασιν „ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν„ φησι „κινήσαντας εὑρεῖν πεδίον ἐν τῇ γῇ Σεναὰρ κἀκεῖ κατοικῆσαι„ (Gen. 11,2), φυσικώτατα· διττὸν γὰρ εἶδος τῆς κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀνατολῆς, τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον, τὸ δὲ χεῖρον, ἄμεινον μέν, ὅταν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων τρόπον ἀνάσχῃ τὸ ἀρετῶν φέγγος, χεῖρον δ’, ὅταν αἱ μὲν ἐπισκιασθῶσι, κακίαι δὲ ἀνάσχωσι.
61παράδειγμα τοῦ μὲν προτέρου τόδε· „καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολάς„ (Gen. 2, 8), οὐ χερσαίων φυτῶν, ἀλλ’ οὐρανίων ἀρετῶν, ἃς ἐξ ἀσωμάτου τοῦ παρ’ ἑαυτῷ φωτὸς ἀσβέστους εἰσαεὶ γενησομένας ὁ φυτουργὸς ἀνέτειλεν.
62ἤκουσα μέντοι καὶ τῶν Μωυσέως ἑταίρων τινὸς ἀποφθεγξαμένου τοιόνδε λόγιον· „ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος ᾧ ὄνομα ἀνατολή„ (Zach. 6, 12)· καινοτάτη γε πρόσρησις, ἐάν γε τὸν ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς συνεστῶτα λέγεσθαι νομίσῃς· ἐὰν δὲ τὸν ἀσώματον ἐκεῖνον, θείας ἀδιαφοροῦντα εἰκόνος, ὁμολογήσεις ὅτι εὐθυβολώτατον ὄνομα ἐπεφημίσθη τὸ ἀνατολῆς αὐτῷ·
63τοῦτον μὲν γὰρ πρεσβύτατον υἱὸν ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἀνέτειλε πατήρ, ὃν ἑτέρωθι πρωτόγονον ὠνόμασε, καὶ ὁ γεννηθεὶς μέντοι, μιμούμενος τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς ὁδούς, πρὸς παραδείγματα ἀρχέτυπα ἐκείνου βλέπων ἐμόρφου τὰ εἴδη.
64τοῦ δὲ χείρονος ἀνατολῆς εἴδους ὑπόδειγμα τὸ λεχθὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ βουλομένου τὸν ἐπαινούμενον ὑπὸ θεοῦ καταράσασθαι· πρὸς γὰρ ἀνατολαῖς εἰσάγεται κἀκεῖνος οἰκῶν, αἵτινες ὁμωνυμοῦσαι ταῖς προτέραις ἐναντιότητα καὶ μάχην πρὸς αὐτὰς ἔχουσιν· „ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας„
65γάρ φησι „μετεπέμψατό με Βαλάκ, ἐξ ὀρέων ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, λέγων· δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι ὃν μὴ ἀρᾶται ὁ θεός„ (Num. 23, 7. 8). ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ Βαλὰκ ἄνους, εὐθυβολώτατα· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἄνοια δεινὴ τὸ ὂν ἐλπίσαι ἀπατᾶσθαι καὶ γνώμην αὐτοῦ τὴν βεβαιοτάτην ἀνθρώπων σοφίσμασι παρατρέπεσθαι;
66διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μεσοποταμίαν οἰκεῖ καταπεποντωμένης ὥσπερ ἐν μεσαιτάτῳ ποταμοῦ βυθῷ τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ δυναμένης ἀνανήξασθαι καὶ ἀνακῦψαι· τοῦτο δὲ τὸ πάθος ἀνατολὴ μὲν ἀφροσύνης, κατάδυσις δὲ εὐλογιστίας ἐστίν.
67οἱ τὴν ἀσύμφωνον οὖν ἁρμοζόμενοι συμφωνίαν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν κινεῖσθαι λέγονται. πότερον ἄρα γε τῶν κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἢ τῶν κατὰ κακίαν; ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν τῶν κατ’ ἀρετήν, παντελὴς ὑπογράφεται διάζευξις· εἰ δὲ τῶν κατὰ κακίαν, ἡνωμένη τις κίνησις, καθάπερ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἔχει, οὐκ ἰδίᾳ κατὰ ἀπάρτησιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ τινὶ τῷ ὅλῳ σώματι συγκινουμένων.
68ἀρχὴ γὰρ καὶ ἀφορμὴ φαύλῳ πρὸς τὰς παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεργείας τὸ κακίας χωρίον· ὅσοι δὲ μετανάσται μὲν ἀρετῆς ἐγένοντο, ταῖς δ’ ἀφροσύνης ἐχρήσαντο ἀφορμαῖς, οἰκειότατον εὑρόντες οἰκοῦσι τόπον, ὃς Ἑβραίων μὲν γλώττῃ Σεναάρ, Ἑλλήνων δὲ ἐκτιναγμὸς καλεῖται·
69σπαράττεται γὰρ καὶ κλονεῖται καὶ τινάττεται πᾶς ὁ τῶν φαύλων βίος, κυκώμενος ἀεὶ καὶ ταραττόμενος καὶ μηδὲν ἴχνος ἀγαθοῦ γνησίου θησαυριζόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ. καθάπερ γὰρ τῶν ἀποτιναττομένων ὅσα μὴ ἑνώσει διακρατεῖται πάντα ἐκπίπτει, τοῦτόν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἡ τοῦ συμπεπνευκότος ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδικεῖν ἐκτετινάχθαι τὸν τρόπον ψυχή· πᾶσαν γὰρ ἰδέαν ἀρετῆς ἀπορρίπτει, ὡς μήτε σκιὰν μήτε εἴδωλον αὐτῆς ἐμφαίνεσθαι τὸ παράπαν.
70τὸ γοῦν φιλοσώματον γένος τῶν Αἰγυπτίων οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, ἀλλ’ „ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ„ φεῦγον, τουτέστιν ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν παθῶν φοράν, εἰσάγεται, καὶ ἐπειδὰν ὑποδράμῃ τὰ πάθη, τινάττεται καὶ κυκᾶται, τὸ μὲν εὐσταθὲς καὶ εἰρηναῖον ἀποβάλλον ἀρετῆς, τὸ δὲ ταραχῶδες ἐπαναιρούμενον κακίας· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐξετίναξε τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους κατὰ μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης φεύγοντας ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ„ (Exod. 14, 27).
71οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ μηδὲ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ εἰδότες, τὸν ποικίλον τοῦ βίου τῦφον, ἀλλ’ ἀποκεκαλυμμένοις χρώμενοι τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν, οὐδὲ ἴχνος ἢ σκιὰν καὶ εἴδωλον καλοκἀγαθίας ταμιευσάμενοι· „ἀνέστη„
72γάρ φησι „βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον„, ὃς οὐδὲ τὸ πανύστατον καὶ νεώτατον αἰσθητὸν ἀγαθὸν „ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ„ (Exod. 1,8), ὅστις οὐ μόνον τελειότητας ἀλλὰ καὶ προκοπάς, οὐδὲ ἐνάργειαν τὴν οἵαν δι’ ὁράσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ διδασκαλίαν τὴν δι’ ἀκοῆς ἐγγινομένην. ἀνῄρει λέγων· „δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ δεῦρο ἐπικατάρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰσραήλ„ (Num. 23,7), ἴσον τῷ ἐλθέ, ἀμφότερα κατάλυσον, ὅρασίν τε καὶ ἀκοὴν ψυχῆς, ἵνα μηδὲν ἀληθὲς καὶ γνήσιον καλὸν μήτε ἴδῃ μήτε ἀκούσῃ· ὁράσεως μὲν γὰρ Ἰσραήλ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἀκοῆς σύμβολον.
73ὁ μὲν δὴ τῶν τοιούτων νοῦς ἀπορρίπτει πᾶσαν τὴν ἀγαθοῦ φύσιν τρόπον τινὰ τιναττόμενος, ἔμπαλιν δ’ ὁ τῶν ἀστείων, ἀμιγοῦς καὶ ἀκράτου μεταποιούμενος τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἰδέας, ἀποτινάττει καὶ ἀποβάλλει τὰ φαῦλα·
74θέασαι γοῦν τὸν ἀσκητὴν οἷά φησιν· „ἄρατε τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τοὺς μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν, καὶ καθαρίσασθε καὶ ἀλλάξατε τὰς στολὰς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀναστάντες ἀναβῶμεν εἰς Βαιθήλ„ (Gen. 35,2. 3), ἵνα, κἂν Λάβαν ἔρευναν αἰτῆται, ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ μὴ εὑρεθῇ τὰ εἴδωλα (Gen. 31,35), ἀλλὰ πράγματα ὑφεστηκότα καὶ ὄντως ὑπαρκτά, ἐστηλιτευμένα ἐν τῇ τοῦ σοφοῦ διανοίᾳ, ὧν καὶ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος Ἰσαὰκ κληρονομεῖ· τὰ γὰρ ὑπαρκτὰ μόνος οὗτος παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς λαμβάνει (Gen. 25,5).
75Παρατήρει δ’ ὅτι οὔ φησιν ἐλθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἐν ᾧ κατέμειναν, ἀλλὰ εὑρεῖν ἀναζητήσαντας πάντως καὶ σκεψαμένους τὸ ἐπιτηδειότατον ἀφροσύνης χωρίον· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι πᾶς ἄφρων οὐ παρ’ ἑτέρου λαμβάνει ἑαυτῷ τὰ δὲ κακὰ ζητῶν ἀνευρίσκει, μὴ μόνοις ἀρκούμενος τούτοις ἐφ’ ἅπερ ἡ μοχθηρὰ φύσις δι’ ἑαυτῆς βαδίζει, ἀλλὰ καὶ προστιθεὶς τὰ ἐκ τοῦ κακοτεχνεῖν τέλεια γυμνάσματα.
Sections 51–75
51"Nor has my strength failed by reason of the curses which they laid upon me;" but embracing the divine doctrines with my most earnest power, I was not wearied so as to give up, but rather I vigorously reproached those who cursed me from their hearts.
52For God made us to be a contradiction to our neighbours, as is said in my hymns, meaning all of us who aim at right reason: but are not all those people naturally fond of contradiction who have a zeal for knowledge and virtue, being always at variance with the neighbours of their soul, reproving the pleasures which live in union with them, and reproving the appetites which have the same abode, and looking morosely at acts of cowardice and fear, and the whole body of passions and vices? Reproving then every outward sense, the eyes for what they saw, and the ears for what they heard, and the sense of smell for the smells that presented themselves to it, the taste for the flavours which were subjected to it, and moreover the touch for its various powers developed in the body, with reference to the peculiarities which come under its notice; and even uttered speech for the matters which it may have chosen to discuss;
53for what the outward sense has perceived, or how it has done so, or why, or what speech has uttered, or how or why, or in what manner, and how and why passion has disposed men, it is worth while to investigate in no superficial manner, and to examine each of the errors into which they fall;
54but he who contradicts none of these things, but who assents to every one of them in succession, without being aware of it, is deceiving himself, and building up troublesome neighbours for his soul, which he had better have as subjects than as rulers; for as rulers they will do him manifold and great injury, since folly reigns among them; but as subjects they will serve him obediently in suitable matters, and will not at all raise their heads in arrogance, as they will if they are rulers.
55Thus, indeed, while some are learning to be subjects, and others are obtaining authority, not by knowledge only but also by power, all the body-guards and champions of the soul, that is to say, its reasonings will keep them in order, and coming to that which is most important among them will say, "Thy children have taken the sum of the men that are warriors among us, and there is not one of them who has disagreed;" but like musical instruments, skilfully tuned in all their tones, so we sound in harmony in all our explanations, neither uttering any word nor doing any action which shall be unmelodious or discordant, that we may by the contrast show, that the other company of unlettered men is, in all respects, voiceless and dead, and an object of deserved ridicule, namely, that nourishment of the corporeal parts, Midian, and that his offspring too, that mass of skins, whose name is Belphegor, is asleep;
56"for we are of the race of picked men of Israel, that sees God, of whom not one has disagreed;" that the instrument of the universe, the whole world, may be melodiously sounded in musical harmony.
57On this account Moses says that the "reward of peace" was given to the very war-like reason, which is called Phinehas; because, having received a zeal for virtue, and having taken up war against vice, he cut up the whole of generation; and in the second place, to all those who are willing, after a careful examination and investigation, using their eyes in preference to their ears as a trustworthy witness, to believe that the human race is full of infidelity, depending solely on opinion.
58Therefore, the afore-mentioned agreement is admirable; and most admirable of all is that common one which exceeds all the harmonies of all the others, according to which the whole people is represented as saying with one accord, "All the things which God has spoken, we will obey and do."
59For these men no longer obey reason as their ruler, but God, the governor of the universe, by whom they are assisted so as to display their energies in actions rather than in words. For when they hear of others doing such and such things, these men, which is a thing most contrary to what one would expect, say that, from some inspiration of God, they will act first and obey afterwards; in order that they may seem to have advanced to good actions, not in consequence of instruction and admonition, but by their own spontaneous and self-taught mind. And then, when they have accomplished these actions, they say that they will obey in order that they may form an opinion of what they have done, as to whether their actions are consistent with the divine injunctions and the sacred admonitions of scripture.
60But those who conspired to commit injustice, he says, "having come from the east, found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt there;" speaking most strictly in accordance with nature. For there is a twofold kind of dawning in the soul, the one of a better sort, the other of a worse. That is the better sort, when the light of the virtues shines forth like the beams of the sun; and that is the worse kind, when they are overshadowed, and the vices show forth.
61Now, the following is an example of the former kind: "And God planted a paradise in Eden, toward the east," not of terrestrial but of celestial plants, which the planter caused to spring up from the incorporeal light which exists around him, in such a way as to be for ever inextinguishable.
62I have also heard of one of the companions of Moses having uttered such a speech as this: "Behold, a man whose name is the East!" A very novel appellation indeed, if you consider it as spoken of a man who is compounded of body and soul; but if you look upon it as applied to that incorporeal being who in no respect differs from the divine image, you will then agree that the name of the east has been given to him with great felicity.
63For the Father of the universe has caused him to spring up as the eldest son, whom, in another passage, he calls the firstborn; and he who is thus born, imitating the ways of his father, has formed such and such species, looking to his archetypal patterns.
64But an example of the worse kind of dawning is afforded by the words used by the man who was willing "to curse the people who were blessed by God." For he also is represented as dwelling in the east. And this dawning, having the same name as the former one, has nevertheless an opposite nature to it, and is continually at war with it.
65For Balaam says, "Balak sent for me out of Mesopotamia, from the mountains of the east, saying, Come, curse me the people whom God doth not curse." But the name of Balak, being interpreted means, "void of sense;" a very felicitous name. For how can it be otherwise than shocking to hope to deceive the living God, and to turn aside his most enduring and firmly established counsels by the sophistical devices of men?
66On this account he is represented as living in Mesopotamia, for his mind is overwhelmed as in the middle of the depth of the river, and is not able to emerge and to swim away. And this condition is the dawning of folly and the setting of sound reason.
67They, then, who are tuned in an inharmonious symphony are said to be moved from the east. Is this, then, the east according to wickedness? But the dawning in accordance with virtue is described as a complete separation, and the motion from the dawning according to vice is a united one, as when the hands are moved, not separately and disjunctively, but in a certain harmony and connection with the whole body.
68For folly is to the wicked man the beginning of his energy in the works which are contrary to nature, that is, of his approach to the region of wickedness. But all those who have quitted the region of virtue, and have set forth to go over to folly, have found a most appropriate place in which they dwell, which is called in the Hebrew language Shinar. And Shinar in Greek, is called "shaking;"
69for the whole life of the wicked is shaken, and agitated, and torn to pieces, being always kept in a state of commotion and confusion, and having no trace of any genuine good laid up in itself. For as everything which is not held together by close union, falls out of what is violently shaken, in the very same manner, it seems to me, that the soul is shaken of every man who associates with others for the purpose of doing wrong; for he casts away every appearance of good, so that no shadow or image of it ever appears.
70Accordingly, the body-loving race of the Egyptians is represented as fleeing, not from the water, but "under the water," that is to say, beneath the impetuous speed of the passions. And when it has once placed itself under the power of the passions, it is shaken and agitated; it casts away the stable and peaceful qualities of virtue, and takes up in their stead the turbulent and confused character of wickedness; for it is said that "God shook the Egyptians in the middle of the sea, fleeing under the water."
71These are they who neither knew Joseph—the diversified pride of life—but who, having their sins revealed, have not received any trace, or shade, or image of goodness and excellence.
72For, says Moses, "Another king arose over the Egyptians who knew not Joseph," the latest and most modern good perceptible by the outward senses, who utterly destroyed not only the perfections but even all improvements, and all the energy which can be exerted by the sight, and all the teaching which can be implanted by means of the hearing, saying, "Come, curse me Jacob; and come, defy Israel for me;" an expression which is equivalent to, Destroy both these things, the sight and the hearing of the soul, that it may neither see nor hear any true and genuine good thing; for Israel is the emblem of seeing and Jacob of hearing.
73Accordingly the mind of such persons rejects the whole nature of good, being in some degree shaken; and, on the other hand, the mind of good persons, setting up a claim to the unmingled and unalloyed ideas of good things, shakes off and discards all that is evil.
74Consider, therefore, what the practiser of virtue says: "Take up the foreign gods that are among you from out of the midst of you, and purify yourselves, and change your garments, and rise up and let us go to Bethel;" in order that, even if Laban should demand a power of examining, the images might not be found in his whole house, but only such things as have a real subsistence and essence, being fixed like pillars in the mind of the wise man, which the self-taught offspring Isaac has received as his inheritance; for he alone receives his father’s substance as his inheritance."
75And take notice that Moses does not say that they came unto a plain in which they remain, but that they "found" one, having searched around in every direction, and having considered what might be the most suitable region for folly; for in reality every foolish man does not take from another for himself, but he seeks for and finds evils, not being content only with those which wicked nature proceeds towards of its own accord, but also adding thereto such perfect skill in evil as arises from constant practise in contriving wrong.
Sections 76–100
76καὶ εἴθε μέντοι πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐνδιατρίψας αὐτοῖς χρόνον μετανίστατο. νυνὶ δὲ καὶ καταμένειν ἀξιοῖ· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι εὑρόντες τὸ πεδίον κατῴκησαν ὡς ἐν πατρίδι, οὐχ ὡς ἐπὶ ξένης παρῴκησαν. ἧττον γὰρ ἦν δεινὸν συντυχόντας ἁμαρτήμασιν ὀθνεῖα αὐτὰ καὶ ὥσπερ ἀλλοδαπὰ νομίσαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ οἰκεῖα καὶ συγγενῆ ὑπολαβεῖν εἶναι· παρεπιδημήσαντες γὰρ κἂν ἀπέστησαν αὖθις, κατοικήσαντες δὲ βεβαίως καταμένειν εἰσάπαν ἔμελλον.
77διὰ τοῦτο οἱ κατὰ Μωυσῆν σοφοὶ πάντες εἰσάγονται παροικοῦντες· αἱ γὰρ τούτων ψυχαὶ στέλλονται μὲν ἀποικίαν οὐδέποτε τὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, εἰώθασι δὲ ἕνεκα τοῦ φιλοθεάμονος καὶ φιλομαθοῦς εἰς τὴν περίγειον φύσιν ἀποδημεῖν.
78ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἐνδιατρίψασαι σώμασι τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ δι’ αὐτῶν πάντα κατίδωσιν, ἐπανέρχονται ἐκεῖσε πάλιν, ὅθεν ὡρμήθησαν τὸ πρῶτον, πατρίδα μὲν τὸν οὐράνιον χῶρον ἐν ᾧ πολιτεύονται, ξένην δὲ τὸν περίγειον ἐν ᾧ παρῴκησαν νομίζουσαι· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀποικίαν στειλαμένοις ἀντὶ τῆς μητροπόλεως ἡ ὑποδεξαμένη δήπου πατρίς, ἡ δ’ ἐκπέμψασα μένει τοῖς ἀποδεδημηκόσιν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ποθοῦσιν ἐπανέρχεσθαι.
79τοιγαροῦν εἰκότως Ἀβραὰμ ἐρεῖ τοῖς νεκροφύλαξι καὶ ταμίαις τῶν θνητῶν, ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ νεκροῦ βίου καὶ τύφου· „πάροικος καὶ παρεπίδημός εἰμι ἐγὼ μεθ’ ὑμῶν„ (Gen. 23, 4), αὐτόχθονες δὲ ὑμεῖς, κόνιν καὶ χοῦν ψυχῆς προτιμήσαντες, προεδρίας ἀξιώσαντες ὄνομα Ἐφρών, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται χοῦς.
80εἰκότως δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ τὴν ἐν σώματι παροικίαν ὀλοφύρεται λέγων· „αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν ἐτῶν τῆς ζωῆς μου, ἃς παροικῶ, μικραὶ καὶ πονηραὶ γεγόνασιν· οὐκ ἐξίκοντο εἰς ἡμέρας τῶν πατέρων μου ἃς παρῴκησαν„ (Gen. 47,9).
81τῷ δ’ αὐτοδιδάκτῳ καὶ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τοιόνδε· „μὴ καταβῇς εἰς„ τὸ πάθος „Αἴγυπτον, κατοίκησον δ’ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἣν ἄν σοι εἴπω„ (Gen. 26,2), τῇ ἀδείκτῳ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ φρονήσει, καὶ παροίκει ἐν τῇ γῇ ταύτῃ, τῇ δεικνυμένῃ καὶ αἰσθητῇ οὐσίᾳ, πρὸς τὸ δεῖξαι ὅτι παροικεῖ μὲν ὁ σοφὸς ὡς ἐν ξένῃ σώματι αἰσθητῷ, κατοικεῖ δ’ ὡς ἐν πατρίδι νοηταῖς ἀρεταῖς, ἃς λαλεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἀδιαφορούσας λόγων θείων.
82Μωυσῆς δὲ „γειώρας„ φησίν „εἰμὶ ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ„ (Exod. 2,22), διαφερόντως οὐ μόνον ξένην τὴν ἐν σώματι μονὴν ὡς οἱ μέτοικοι νομίζων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀλλοτριώσεως ἀξίαν οὐκ ἔμπαλιν οἰκειώσεως ὑπολαμβάνων.
83Τὸ δ’ ὁμόφωνον καὶ ὁμόγλωττον οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ ῥήμασι μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀδίκων πράξεων κοινωνίᾳ βουλόμενος ὁ φαῦλος ἐπιδείξασθαι πόλιν ἄρχεται καὶ πύργον, ὡς ἀκρόπολιν τυράννῳ, κακίᾳ κατασκευάζειν, καὶ τοὺς θιασώτας πάντας παρακαλεῖ τοῦ ἔργου μετασχεῖν τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν προευτρεπισαμένους ὕλην· „ἴτε„
84γάρ φησι „πλινθεύσωμεν πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί„ (Gen. 11,3), ἴσον τῷ νῦν ἐστιν ἡμῖν συμπεφορημένα καὶ συγκεχυμένα τὰ πάντα τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἐναργῆ τύπον μηδένα μηδενὸς εἴδους προφαίνεσθαι.
85ἁρμόττει δ’ ὥσπερ ἀνείδεόν τινα καὶ ἄποιον οὐσίαν τό τε πάθος καὶ τὴν κακίαν παραλαβόντας εἰς τὰς ἁρμοττούσας ποιότητας καὶ τὰ προσεχέστατα μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων ἀεὶ τεμεῖν εἴδη πρός τε ἐναργεστέραν κατάληψιν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν σὺν ἐμπειρίᾳ χρῆσίν τε καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν, ἣ πλείους ἡδονὰς καὶ τέρψεις ἔοικεν ἐντίκτειν.
86πάριτε οὖν οἱ λογισμοὶ πάντες βουλευτῶν τινα τρόπον εἰς τὸ ψυχῆς συνέδριον, ὅσοι πρὸς τὸν δικαιοσύνης καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς συγκατατάττεσθε ὄλεθρον, καὶ πεφροντισμένως διασκεψώμεθα, ὡς ἐπιθέμενοι κατορθώσωμεν·
87τῆς μέντοι κατορθώσεως ἔσονται | θεμέλιοι κραταιότατοι οἵδε, ἄμορφα μορφῶσαι τύποις καὶ σχήμασι καὶ περιγραφαῖς ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ διακρῖναι, μὴ κραδαινόμενα καὶ χωλαίνοντα, ἀλλὰ πεπηγότα βεβαίως, τῇ τοῦ τετραγώνου σχήματος οἰκειούμενα φύσει — ἀκράδαντον γὰρ τοῦτό γε —, ἵνα πλίνθου τινὰ τρόπον ἀκλινῶς ἐρηρεισμένα βεβαίως καὶ τὰ ἐποικοδομούμενα δέχηται.
88τούτων πᾶς ὁ ἀντίθεος νοῦς, ὅν φαμεν Αἰγύπτου, τοῦ σώματος, εἶναι βασιλέα, δημιουργὸς ἀνευρίσκεται· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτον εἰσάγει Μωυσῆς τοῖς ἐκ πλίνθου κατασκευαζομένοις χαίροντα οἰκοδομήμασιν.
89ἐπειδὰν γάρ τις τὴν ὕδατος καὶ γῆς τὴν μὲν ὑγράν, τὴν δ’ αὖ στερεὰν οὐσίαν, διαλυομένας καὶ φθειρομένας, ἀνακερασάμενος τρίτον μεθόριον ἀμφοῖν ἀπεργάσηται, ὃ καλεῖται πηλός, τέμνων κατὰ μοίρας τοῦτον οὐ παύεται σχήματα περιτιθεὶς ἑκάστῳ τῶν τμημάτων τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὅπως εὐπαγέστερά τε καὶ εὐφορώτερα γένηται·
90ῥᾳδίως γὰρ οὕτως ἔμελλε τὰ κατασκευαζόμενα τελειοῦσθαι. τοῦτ’ ἀπομιμούμενοι τὸ ἔργον οἱ μοχθηροὶ τὰς φύσεις, ὅταν τὰς ἀλόγους καὶ πλεοναζούσας τῶν παθῶν ὁρμὰς ταῖς ἀργαλεωτάταις κακίαις ἀνακεράσωνται, τέμνουσι τὸ κραθὲν εἰς εἴδη καὶ διαπλάττουσι καὶ σχηματίζουσιν οἱ βαρυδαίμονες, δι’ ὧν ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιτειχισμὸς μετέωρος ἀρθήσεται, τὴν αἴσθησιν εἰς ὅρασιν καὶ ἀκοήν, ἔτι δὲ γεῦσιν ὄσφρησίν τε καὶ ἁφήν, τὸ δὲ πάθος εἰς ἡδονὴν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν φόβον τε καὶ λύπην, τό τε κακιῶν γένος εἰς ἀφροσύνην, ἀκολασίαν, δειλίαν, ἀδικίαν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα
91ἀδελφὰ καὶ συγγενῆ τούτοις. ἤδη δὲ καὶ προσυπερβάλλοντές τινες οὐ μόνον τὰς αὑτῶν ψυχὰς ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἤλειψαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀμείνους καὶ γένους ὄντας ὁρατικοῦ βιασάμενοι κατηνάγκασαν πλινθουργεῖν καὶ πόλεις οἰκοδομεῖν ὀχυρὰς (Exod. 1,11) τῷ βασιλεύειν δοκοῦντι νῷ, βουλόμενοι τοῦτο ἐνδείξασθαι, ὅτι δοῦλον μὲν τὸ ἀγαθὸν κακοῦ πάθος τ’ εὐπαθείας δυνατώτερον, φρόνησις δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ ἀφροσύνης καὶ κακίας ἁπάσης ὑπήκοον, ὡς ὑπηρετεῖν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἅττ’ ἂν προστάττῃ τὸ δεσπόζον.
92ἰδού, γάρ φησι, καὶ ὁ ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸς ὁ διαυγέστατος καὶ καθαρώτατος καὶ πάντων ὀξυωπέστατος, ᾧ μόνῳ τὸν θεὸν ἔξεστι καθορᾶν, ὄνομα Ἰσραήλ, ἐνδεθείς ποτε τοῖς σωματικοῖς Αἰγύπτου δικτύοις ἐπιταγμάτων βαρυτάτων ἀνέχεται, ὡς πλίνθον καὶ πᾶν τὸ γεῶδες ἐργάζεσθαι μετὰ ἀργαλεωτάτων καὶ ἀτρυτοτάτων πόνων· ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως ὀδυνᾶται καὶ στένει, τοῦτο μόνον ὡς ἐν κακοῖς τεθησαυρισμένος κειμήλιον, ἐκδακρῦσαι τὰ παρόντα·
93λέγεται γὰρ ὑγιῶς ὅτι „κατεστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων„ (Exod. 2,23). τίς δ’ οὐκ ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων τὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων ἰδὼν ἔργα καὶ τὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας σπουδάς, αἷς ἢ πρὸς ἀργυρισμὸν ἢ δόξαν ἢ τὴν ἐν ἡδοναῖς ἀπόλαυσιν εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι, σφόδρα κατηφήσαι καὶ πρὸς τὸν μόνον σωτῆρα θεὸν ἐκβοήσαι, ἵνα τὰ μὲν ἐπικουφίσῃ, λύτρα δὲ καὶ σῶστρα καταθεὶς τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν αὐτὴν ἐξέληται;
94τίς οὖν ἐλευθερία βεβαιοτάτη; τίς; ἡ τοῦ μόνου θεραπεία σοφοῦ, καθάπερ μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς εἴρηται „ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν, ἵνα με θεραπεύῃ„ (Exod. 8,1).
95ἴδιον δὲ τῶν τὸ ὂν θεραπευόντων οἰνοχόων μὲν ἢ σιτοποιῶν ἢ μαγείρων ἔργα ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα γεώδη μήτε διαπλάττειν μήτε συντιθέναι σώματα πλίνθου τρόπον, ἀναβαίνειν δὲ τοῖς λογισμοῖς πρὸς αἰθέριον ὕψος, Μωυσῆν, τὸ θεοφιλὲς γένος, προστησαμένους ἡγεμόνα τῆς ὁδοῦ.
96τότε γὰρ τὸν μὲν τόπον, ὃς δῆλός ἐστι, θεάσονται, ᾧ ὁ ἀκλινὴς καὶ ἄτρεπτος θεὸς ἐφέστηκε, „τά θ’ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, τὸ ὡσεὶ ἔργον πλίνθου σαπφείρου καὶ ὡς ἂν εἶδος στερεώματος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ", τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον, ὃν αἰνίττεται διὰ τούτων (Exod. 24,10).
97εὐπρεπὲς γὰρ τοῖς ἑταιρείαν πρὸς ἐπιστήμην θεμένοις ἐφίεσθαι μὲν τοῦ τὸ ὂν ἰδεῖν, εἰ δὲ μὴ δύναιντο, τὴν γοῦν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἱερώτατον λόγον, μεθ’ ὃν καὶ τὸ ἐν αἰσθητοῖς τελειότατον ἔργον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον· τὸ γὰρ φιλοσοφεῖν οὐδὲν ἦν ἄλλο ἢ ταῦτα σπουδάζειν ἀκριβῶς ἰδεῖν.
98τὸν δὲ αἰσθητὸν κόσμον ὡς ἂν ὑποπόδιον θεοῦ φησιν εἶναι διὰ τάδε· πρῶτον μὲν ἵν’ ἐπιδείξῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ γεγονότι τὸ πεποιηκὸς αἴτιον, ἔπειτα δ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραστῆσαι, ὅτι οὐδ’ ὁ κόσμος ἅπας ἀφέτῳ καὶ ἀπελευθεριαζούσῃ κινήσει κέχρηται, ἀλλ’ ἐπιβέβηκεν ὁ κυβερνήτης θεὸς τῶν ὅλων οἰακονομῶν καὶ πηδαλιουχῶν σωτηρίως τὰ σύμπαντα, οὔτε ποσὶν οὔτε χερσὶν οὔτε ἄλλῳ τῶν ἐν γενέσει κεχρημένος μέρει τὸ παράπαν οὐδενὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον — „οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός„ (Num. 23,19) —, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἕνεκα αὐτὸ μόνον διδασκαλίας εἰσαγόμενον ἡμῶν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς ἐκβῆναι μὴ δυναμένων, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς συμβεβηκότων τὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου καταλήψεις λαμβανόντων.
99παγκάλως δ’ ἔχει τὸ ἐν παραβολῆς εἴδει φάναι τὸν κόσμον ὡς εἶδος πλίνθου· δοκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἑστάναι καὶ βεβηκέναι ὡς ἐκείνη κατὰ τὰς τῆς αἰσθητῆς ὄψεως προσβολάς, κέχρηται δὲ ὠκυτάτῃ κινήσει καὶ τὰς ἐν μέρει πάσας παραθεούσῃ.
100καὶ γὰρ μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἡλίου καὶ νύκτωρ σελήνης φαντασίαν ὡς ἑστώτων οἱ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ λαμβάνουσι· καίτοι τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι τὸ τῆς περὶ αὐτοὺς φορᾶς τάχος ἀνανταγώνιστόν ἐστιν, εἴ γε τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανὸν μιᾷ περιπολοῦσιν ἡμέρᾳ; οὕτως μέντοι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σύμπας οὐρανὸς ἑστάναι δοκῶν περιδινεῖται κύκλῳ, τῆς κινήσεως τῷ ἀειδεῖ καὶ θειοτέρῳ καταλαμβανομένης τῷ κατὰ
Sections 76–100
76And I wish indeed that after he had remained there a brief time he had changed his abode; but even now he thinks fit to remain, for it is said that having found the plain they dwelt there; having settled there as if in their own country and not as if in a foreign land; for it would have been less terrible for men who had fallen in with wicked actions to look upon them as strange and foreign to them, and not to consider that they had any kindred or connection with them. For if they had looked upon themselves as sojourners among them, they would have changed their abode at a subsequent time, but now having settled fixedly among them they were likely to dwell there for ever.
77For this reason all the wise men mentioned in the books of Moses are represented as sojourners, for their souls are sent down from heaven upon earth as to a colony; and on account of their fondness for contemplation, and their love of learning, they are accustomed to migrate to the terrestrial nature.
78Since therefore having taken up their abode among bodies, they behold all the mortal objects of the outward senses by their means, they then subsequently return back from thence to the place from which they set out at first, looking upon the heavenly country in which they have the rights of citizens as their native land, and as the earthly abode in which they dwell for a while as in a foreign land. For to those who are sent to be the inhabitants of a colony, the country which has received them is in place of their original mother country; but still the land which has sent them forth remains to them as the house to which they desire to return.
79Therefore, very naturally, Abraham says to the guardians of the dead and to the arrangers of mortal affairs, after he has forsaken that life which is only dead and the tomb, "I am a stranger and a sojourner among you," but ye are natives of the country, honouring the dust and earth more than the soul, thinking the name Ephron worthy of precedence, for Ephron,
80being interpreted, means "a mound" and naturally, Jacob, the practiser of virtue, bewails his being a sojourner in the body, saying, "The days of the years of my life which I spend here as a sojourner have been few and evil; they have not come up to the days of my fathers which they spent as sojourners."
81But to him who was self-taught the following injunction of scripture was given, "Do not go down," says the scripture, "to Egypt," that is to say to passion; "but dwell in this land land which I will tell thee of," namely, in the incorporeal wisdom which cannot be pointed out to the eye; and be a sojourner in this land, the substance which can be pointed out and appreciated by the external sense. And this is said with a view to show, that the wise man is a sojourner in a foreign land, that is to say in the body perceptible by the outward senses, who dwells among the virtues appreciable by the intellect as in his native land, which virtues God utters as in no way differing from the divine word.
82But Moses says, "I am a sojourner in a foreign land;" speaking with peculiar fitness, looking upon his abode in the body not only as a foreign land, as sojourners do, but also as a land from which one ought to feel alienated, and never look upon it as one’s home.
83But the wicked man, desiring to exhibit the fact that identity of language, and the sameness of dialect does not consist more in names and common words than in his participation in iniquitous actions, begins to build a city and a tower as a citadel for sovereign wickedness; and he invites all his fellow revellers to partake in his enterprise, preparing beforehand abundance of suitable materials.
84For, "Come," says he, "let us make bricks, and let us bake them in the fire," an expression equivalent to, Now we have all the parts of the soul mingled together and in a state of confusion, so that there is no species whatever the form of which is evident to be seen.
85Therefore it will be consistent with these beginnings that, as we have assumed a certain essence destitute of all particular species; and of all distinctive qualities, and have also taken up with passion and vice, we should also divide it into suitable qualities, and keep on reducing the proximate to the ultimate species; and with a view to the more distinct comprehension of them, and also to this employment and enjoyment of them combined with experience, which appears to produce many pleasures and delights.
86Come, therefore, all ye reasonings of counsellors, in some way or the other to the assembly of the soul; come, all ye who meditate the destruction of justice and of all virtue, and let us consider carefully how we may attain to the end which we desire.
87Now of success in this matter these will be the most established foundations: to give to things without form shape and character, and to distinguish each thing separately with distinct outlines, lest, if they become shaken and lame (though fixed on firm foundations,) and if they have assumed a connection with the nature of a quadrangular shape, (for this is a nature always unshaken), they may then, being established steadily like a building of brick, support even those things which are built upon them.
88Of such a structure as this every mind adverse to God, which we call the king of Egypt (that is to say of the body), is found to be the maker. For Moses represents the mind as rejoicing in the buildings made of brick;
89for after some being or other made the two substances of water and earth to be the one dry and the other solid, and mingling the two together, for they were easily dissoluble and corruptible, made a third substance to be on the confines of the two, which is called clay, he has never ceased from dissecting this into small portions, giving its own appropriate figure to each of the fragments, in order that they might be very well compacted together, and very suitable to the objects for which they were intended. For in this way what was being made was sure to be very easily perfected.
90Imitating this work, those men who are wicked in their natures, when they mingle the irrational and extravagant impulses of the passions with the most grievous vices, are, in reality, dissecting that which has been combined into various species, and unhappy that they are fashioning them again and reducing them into shape, by means of which the blockade of the soul will be raised on high; these being, in fact, the divisions of the outward sense into seeing, and hearing, and taste, and smell, and touch. Passion, again, is divided into pleasure, and appetite, and fear, and grief; and the universal genus of vices is divided into folly, and intemperance, and cowardice, and injustice, and all the other vices which are akin to or closely connected with them.
91And before now some persons, even more excessively extravagant in wickedness than these, have not only prepared their own souls for such actions, but have also put a force upon those of a superior class and of the genus which is endowed with acuteness of vision, and have "compelled them to make bricks and to build strong cities" for the mind, which has appeared to occupy the place of king, wishing to point out this fact, that what is good is the slave of what is evil, and that subjection to the passions is more powerful than tranquillity of soul, and prudence, and all virtue is, but, as it were, a subject of folly and all wickedness, so as of necessity to minister in all the matters which the master power enjoins;
92for behold, says Moses, the most pure, and brilliant, and far-sighted eye of the soul, to which alone it is permitted to behold God, by name Israel, being formerly bound in the corporeal nets of Egypt, endures severe commands, so as to be compelled to make bricks and all sorts of things of clay with the most grievous and intolerable labours, at which it is very naturally pained, and at which it groans, having laid up this, as it were, to be its only treasure amid its evils, the power of bewailing its present distresses.
93For it is said, very correctly, that "the children of Israel groaned by reason of their tasks." And what man in his senses is there who, if he saw the tasks of the generality of men, and the exceeding earnestness with which they labour at the pursuits to which they are accustomed to devote themselves, whether it be the acquisition of money, or glory, or the enjoyment of pleasure, would not be greatly concerned and cry out to God, the only Saviour, that he would lighten their labours, and pay a ransom and price for the salvation of the soul, so as to emancipate and deliver it?
94What, then, is the surest freedom? The service of the only wise God, as the scriptures testify, in which it is said, "Send forth the people, that they may serve me."
95But it is a peculiar property of those who serve the living God neither to regard the works of cup-bearers, or bakers, or cooks, or any other earthly employments, nor to trouble themselves about arranging or adorning their bodies like bricks, but to mount up with their reason to the height of heaven, having elected Moses, the type of the race which loves God, to be the guide of their path;
96for then "they will see the place which is visible," on which the unchangeable and unalterable God stands; and the footstool beneath his feet, which is, as it were, a work of sapphire stone, and, as it were, a resemblance to the firmament of heaven, namely, the world perceptible by the outward senses, which he describes allegorically by these figures.
97For it is very suitable for those who have made an association for the purpose of learning to desire to see him; and, if they are unable to do that, at least to see his image, the most sacred word, and, next to that, the most perfect work of all the things perceptible by the outward senses, namely, the world? For to philosophise is nothing else but to desire to see these things accurately.
98But he says that the world perceptible to the outward senses is, as it were, the footstool of God on this account: first of all, that he may show that there is no efficient cause in the creatures; secondly, for the purpose of displaying that even the whole world has not a free and unrestrained spontaneous motion of its own, but God, the ruler of the universe, takes his stand upon it, regulating it and directing everything in a saving manner by the helm of his wisdom, using, in truth, neither hands nor feet, nor any other part whatever such as belongs to created objects; for God is not as man, but the reason why we at times represent him as such, for the sake of instruction, is because we are unable to advance out of ourselves, but derive our apprehension of the uncreate God from the circumstances with which we ourselves are surrounded.
99And it is very beautifully said by Moses, in the form of a parable, when he speaks of the world as if it resembled a brick; for the world appears to stand and to be firmly fixed like a brick in a house, as far as the vision of the sight of the outward senses can inform us, but it has a very swift motion, and one which is able to outstrip all particular motions.
100For the eyes of our body look upon the appearance of the sun by day and of the moon by night as standing still, and yet who is there who does not know that the rapidity of movements of these two bodies is incomparable, since they go round the whole heaven in one day? Thus, indeed, the universal heaven itself also, while appearing to stand still, revolves in a circle; its movement being detected and comprehended by the invisible and more divine eye which is placed in our mind.
Sections 101–125
101διάνοιαν ὀφθαλμῷ. πυροῦντες δὲ τὰς πλίνθους εἰσάγονται συμβολικῶς, τὰ πάθη καὶ τὰς κακίας θερμῷ καὶ κινητικωτάτῳ λόγῳ κραταιούμενοι, ὡς μὴ πρὸς τῶν σοφίας δορυφόρων ποτὲ καθαιρεθεῖεν, οἷς τὰ πρὸς ἀνατροπὴν αὐτῶν αἰεὶ μηχανήματα συγκροτεῖται.
102διὸ καὶ ἐπιλέγεται „ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς ἡ πλίνθος εἰς λίθον„ (Gen. 11,3) — τὸ γὰρ μανὸν καὶ κεχυμένον τῆς μὴ σὺν λόγῳ φορᾶς εἰς ἀντίτυπον καὶ στερεὰν φύσιν πιληθὲν καὶ πυκνωθὲν λόγοις δυνατοῖς καὶ ἀποδείξεσιν ἐχυρωτάταις μετέβαλεν, ἀνδρωθείσης τρόπον τινὰ τῆς τῶν θεωρημάτων καταλήψεως, ἥτις ἐν ἡλικίᾳ διαρρεῖ παιδικῇ διὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγρότητα μήπω δυναμένης τοὺς ἐνσφραγιζομένους πήττειν καὶ διαφυλάττειν χαρακτῆρας —, "καὶ ἡ ἄσφαλτος ἦν αὐτοῖς πηλός„ (ibid.), οὐκ ἔμπαλιν ὁ πηλὸς ἄσφαλτος·
103δοκοῦσι μὲν γὰρ οἱ φαῦλοι τὰ ἀσθενῆ κραταιοῦσθαι κατὰ τῶν ἀμεινόνων καὶ τὰ διαλυόμενα καὶ ῥέοντα ἐξ αὐτῶν πήττειν, ἵν’ ἐπ’ ἐχυροῦ βάλωσι καὶ τοξεύσωσιν ἀρετήν· ὁ δ’ ἵλεως καὶ πατὴρ τῶν καλῶν οὐκ ἐφήσει τὸ δεδεμένον ἐκνικᾶν εἰς ἀδιάλυτον ἀσφάλειαν, ῥεούσης σπουδῆς μὴ ὑφεστὼς ἔργον ὡς πλαδῶντα πηλὸν ἀναδείξας.
104εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὁ πηλὸς ἐγένετο ἄσφαλτος, μέχρι παντὸς ἂν ἴσως τὸ ἐν συνεχεῖ ῥύσει γεῶδες αἰσθητὸν εἰς ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀμετάβλητον δύναμιν ἐξενίκησεν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἡ ἄσφαλτος εἰς πηλὸν μετέβαλεν, οὐκ ἀθυμητέον· ἐλπὶς γάρ, ἐλπὶς τὰ βέβαια τῆς κακίας ἐρείσματα κράτει θεοῦ διακοπῆναι.
105τοιγαροῦν ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ καὶ ἐπαλλήλῳ τοῦ βίου κατακλυσμῷ, μήπω δυνάμενος δίχα αἰσθήσεως ψυχῇ μόνῃ τὰ ὄντα ὄντως ὁρᾶν, „τὴν κιβωτόν„, λέγω δὲ τὸ σῶμα, „ἔνδοθέν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν ἀσφάλτῳ„ καταχρίσει (Gen. 6,14) βεβαιούμενος τὰς δι’ αὐτοῦ φαντασίας καὶ ἐνεργείας· λωφήσαντος δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ τῆς φορᾶς ἐπισχούσης ἐξελεύσεται χρησάμενος ἀσωμάτῳ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ἀληθείας ἀντίληψιν.
106ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀστεῖος ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἀρχῆς φυτευθεὶς καὶ προσαγορευθεὶς τρόπος, ὄνομα Μωυσῆς, ὁ τὸν κόσμον ὡς ἄστυ καὶ πατρίδα οἰκήσας ἅτε κοσμοπολίτης γενόμενος, ἐνδεθείς ποτε τῷ ἐπαληλιμμένῳ ὡς ἂν „ἀσφαλτοπίσσῃ" (Exod. 2,3) σώματι καὶ δοκοῦντι τὰς πάντων τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐν αἰσθήσει φαντασίας ἀσφαλῶς δέχεσθαί τε καὶ κεχωρηκέναι, κατακλαίει (Exod. 2,6) μὲν τὴν ἔνδεσιν ἀσωμάτου φύσεως πιεσθεὶς ἔρωτι, κατακλαίει δὲ καὶ τὸν πλάνητα καὶ τετυφωμένον τῶν πολλῶν ἄθλιον νοῦν, ὃς ψευδοῦς δόξης ἐκκρεμασθεὶς ᾠήθη τι παρ’ ἑαυτῷ βέβαιον καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἢ συνόλως παρά τινι τῶν γενομένων ἄτρεπτον ἱδρῦσθαι, τοῦ παγίως καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος ἐστηλιτευμένου παρὰ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ.
107Τὸ δὲ „δεῦτε καὶ οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ„ (Gen. 11,4) τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν· πόλεις ὁ νομοθέτης οὐχὶ ταύτας μόνον οἴεται εἶναι τὰς ἐπὶ γῆς δημιουργηθείσας, ὧν εἰσιν ὗλαι λίθοι καὶ ξύλα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἃς ἄνθρωποι περιφέρουσι ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἑαυτῶν ἐνιδρυμένας. εἰσὶ δ’ αὗται μέν,
108ὡς εἰκός, ἀρχέτυποι ἅτε θειοτέρας κατασκευῆς λαχοῦσαι, ἐκεῖναι δὲ μιμήματα ὡς ἂν ἐκ φθαρτῆς οὐσίας συνεστῶσαι. διττὸν δὲ πόλεως εἶδος, τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον, τὸ δὲ χεῖρον, ἄμεινον μὲν τὸ δημοκρατίᾳ χρώμενον ἰσότητα τιμώσῃ πολιτείᾳ, ἧς ἄρχοντές εἰσι νόμος καὶ δίκη — θεοῦ δὲ ὕμνος ἡ τοιάδε —, χεῖρον δὲ τὸ κιβδηλεῦον αὐτήν, ὡς τὸ παράσημον καὶ παρακεκομμένον ἐν νομίσμασιν, ὀχλοκρατία, ἣ θαυμάζει τὸ ἄνισον, ἐν ᾗ ἀδικία καὶ ἀνομία καταδυναστεύουσιν.
109ἐγγράφονται δ’ οἱ μὲν ἀστεῖοι τῷ τῆς προτέρας πολιτεύματι, τῶν δὲ φαύλων ἡ πληθὺς τὴν ἑτέραν καὶ χείρω διέζωσται, πρὸ εὐκοσμίας ἀκοσμίαν καὶ σύγχυσιν πρὸ εὐσταθοῦς καταστάσεως ἀγαπῶσα.
110συνεργοῖς δὲ ὁ ἄφρων ἀξιοῖ πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν οὐκ ἀρκούμενος αὑτῷ μόνῳ χρῆσθαι, καὶ προτρέπει μὲν ὅρασιν, προτρέπει δὲ ἀκοήν, παρακαλεῖ δὲ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν ἀνυπερθέτως αὐτῷ συντετάχθαι, φερούσης ἑκάστης τὰ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν ἐπιτήδεια πάντα· ἐπαίρει μέντοι καὶ παραθήγει καὶ τὸ ἄλλο ἀτίθασον ἐκ φύσεως τῶν παθῶν στῖφος, ἵνα ἄσκησιν καὶ μελέτην προσλαβὸν ἀνύποιστον γένηται.
111τούτους οὖν καλέσας τοὺς συμμάχους ὁ νοῦς φησιν· „οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν„ (Gen. 11,4), ἴσον τῷ ὀχυρωσώμεθα τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ φραξώμεθα δυνατῶς, ὡς μὴ πρὸς τῶν κατατρεχόντων εὐμαρῶς ἁλισκοίμεθα· διέλωμεν καὶ διανείμωμεν ὥσπερ κατὰ φυλὰς καὶ δήμους ἑκάστας τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ δυνάμεων προσκληρώσαντες τὰς μὲν λογικῇ, τὰς δὲ ἀλόγῳ μερίδι·
112ἄρχοντας ἑλώμεθα τοὺς ἱκανοὺς πλοῦτον, δόξαν, τιμάς, ἡδονὰς ἀφ’ ὧν ἂν δύνωνται περιποιεῖν ἁπάντων· τὴν πενίας καὶ ἀδοξίας αἰτίαν δικαιοσύνην τιθεμένους ἐκποδὼν γράφωμεν νόμους, οἳ τὸ τοῦ κρείττονος συμφέρον βεβαιώσουσι τοῖς πλέον ἑτέρων αἰεὶ φέρεσθαι δυναμένοις.
113„πύργος„ δ’ ὡς ἂν ἀκρόπολις κατεσκευάσθω τῇ | τυράννῳ κακίᾳ βασίλειον ὀχυρώτατον, ἧς οἱ μὲν πόδες ἐπὶ γῆς βαινέτωσαν, ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ πρὸς οὐρανὸν φθανέτω τοσοῦτον ὑπὸ μεγαλαυχίας ὕψος ἐπιβᾶσα.
114τῷ γὰρ ὄντι οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀδικημάτων ἵσταται, μετατρέχει δὲ καὶ τὰ ὀλύμπια τοὺς ἀσεβείας καὶ ἀθεότητος λόγους προτείνουσα, ἐπειδὰν ἢ ὡς οὐκ ἔστι τὸ θεῖον διεξίῃ, ἢ ὡς ὂν οὐ προνοεῖ, ἢ ὡς ὁ κόσμος οὔποτε γενέσεως ἔλαβεν ἀρχήν, ἢ ὡς γενόμενος ἀστάτοις αἰτίαις ὡς ἂν τύχῃ φέρεται, ποτὲ μὲν πλημμελῶς, ποτὲ δὲ οὐχ ὑπαιτίως, καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλοίων καὶ τεθρίππων εἴωθε γίνεσθαι·
115φιλεῖ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε χωρὶς ἡνιόχων τε καὶ κυβερνητῶν ὅ τε πλοῦς καὶ ὁ δρόμος εὐθύνεσθαι· προνοίας δ’ οὐ τὸ ὀλιγάκις, ἀλλὰ τῆς μὲν ἀνθρωπίνης πολλάκις, τῆς δὲ θείας ἀδιαστάτως αἰεὶ κατορθοῦν, ἐπεὶ τὸ διαμαρτάνειν ἀλλότριον ἀνωμολόγηται θείας δυνάμεως. κατασκευάζουσι μέντοι συμβολικῶς ὡσανεὶ πύργον τὸν περὶ κακίας λόγον οἱ φρενοβλαβεῖς, τί βουλόμενοι ἢ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ὑπολείπεσθαι τὸ δυσώνυμον;
116λέγουσι γάρ· „ποιήσωμεν ἑαυτῶν ὄνομα„ (Gen. 11,4). ὢ περιττῆς καὶ κεχυμένης ἀναισχυντίας. τί φατε; νυκτὶ καὶ βαθεῖ σκότῳ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀδικήματα συγκρύπτειν ὀφείλοντες καὶ προκάλυμμα αὐτῶν, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὴν ἀληθῆ, τὴν γοῦν προσποίητον αἰδῶ πεποιῆσθαι ἢ χάριτος ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιεικεστέρους ἢ διαδύσεως τῶν ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένοις ἁμαρτήμασι τιμωριῶν, τοσοῦτον τῆς τόλμης ἐπιβαίνετε, ὥστε οὐ μόνον πρὸς φῶς καὶ λαμπρότατον ἥλιον ἐναυγάζεσθε μήτε τὰς ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἀμεινόνων ἀπειλὰς μήτε τὰς ἀπαραιτήτους ἐκ θεοῦ δίκας τοῖς οὕτως ἀνοσιουργοῖς ἀπαντωμένας καταδείσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ πανταχόσε φήμας ἀγγέλους τῶν οἰκείων ἀδικημάτων περιπέμπειν ἀξιοῦτε, ὡς μηδεὶς ἀμύητος μηδ’ ἀνήκοος γένοιτο τῶν ὑμετέρων, ὦ σχέτλιοι καὶ παμμίαροι, τολμημάτων.
117ὀνόματος οὖν ποίου γλίχεσθε; ἢ τοῦ τοῖς πραττομένοις οἰκειοτάτου; ἆρ’ οὖν ἕν ἐστι μόνον; γένει μὲν ἴσως ἕν, μυρία δὲ τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ἅ, κἂν ἡσυχάζητε, ἑτέρων λεγόντων ἀκούσεσθε· προπέτεια τοίνυν ἐστὶ μετὰ ἀναισχυντίας, ὕβρις μετὰ βίας, βία μετὰ ἀνδροφονίας, σὺν μοιχείαις φθοραί, σὺν ἀμέτροις ἡδοναῖς ἀόριστος ἐπιθυμία, μετὰ θράσους ἀπόνοια, μετὰ πανουργίας ἀδικία, κλοπαὶ μετὰ ἁρπαγῆς, σὺν ψευδολογίαις ψευδορκίαι, μετὰ παρανομιῶν ἀσέβειαι.
118ταῦτα καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τῶν τοιούτων ἔστ’ ὀνόματα. καλόν γ’ ἐναυχῆσαι κἀπισεμνύνεσθαι δόξαν θηρωμένους τὴν ἀπὸ τούτων, ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκὸς ἦν ἐγκαλύπτεσθαι. καὶ μὴν ἔνιοι μέγα φρονοῦσιν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὡς ἄμαχόν τινα ἰσχὺν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτους νομισθῆναι παρὰ πᾶσι καρπωσάμενοι, οὓς τοῦ πολλοῦ θράσους ἡ ὀπαδὸς τοῦ θεοῦ δίκη τίσεται καίτοι τάχα τὸν οἰκεῖον οὐ μαντευομένους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προορωμένους ὄλεθρον· φασὶ γάρ· „πρὶν διασπαρῆναι„ (Gen. 11,4), φροντίσωμεν ὀνόματός τε καὶ δόξης.
119οὐκοῦν, εἴποιμ’ ἂν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι σκεδασθήσεσθε γινώσκετε; τί οὖν ἁμαρτάνετε; ἀλλὰ μήποτε τὸν τρόπον τῶν ἀφρόνων διασυνίστησιν, οἳ καίτοι μεγίστων ἐπικρεμαμένων οὐκ ἀδήλως ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ πολλάκις τιμωριῶν ἀδικεῖν ὅμως οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι· γνωριμώταται δ’ εἰσὶν αἱ τιμωρίαι ἀδηλοῦσθαι νομισθεῖσαι, ἃς ἐκ θεοῦ κατασκήπτειν συμβέβηκε.
120πάντες γὰρ οἱ φαυλότατοι λαμβάνουσιν ἐννοίας περὶ τοῦ μὴ λήσειν τὸ θεῖον ἀδικοῦντες μηδὲ τὸ δίκην ὑφέξειν εἰσάπαν ἰσχῦσαι διακρούσασθαι· ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἴσασιν, ὅτι σκεδασθήσονται;
121καὶ μὴν λέγουσι „πρὶν ἡμᾶς διασπαρῆναι„· ἀλλὰ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔνδοθεν ἐλέγχει καὶ σφόδρα ἐπιτηδεύοντας ἀθεότητα κεντεῖ, ὡς ἄκοντας εἰς συναίνεσιν ἐπισπάσασθαι περὶ τοῦ τὰ κατ’ ἀνθρώπους πάντα πρὸς ἀμείνονος φύσεως ἐφορᾶσθαι καὶ δίκην ἐφεστάναι τιμωρὸν ἀδέκαστον, ἀσεβῶν πράξεις ἐχθραίνουσαν ἀδίκους καὶ λόγους τοὺς συνηγόρους αὐταῖς.
122ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ἀπόγονοι πάντες οὗτοι τῆς αἰεὶ μὲν ἀποθνῃσκούσῃς, μηδέποτε δὲ τεθνηκυίας μοχθηρίας, ἧς Κάιν ἐστὶν ὄνομα. ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ Κάιν υἱὸν γεννήσας, ὃν Ἐνὼχ ἐκάλεσεν, ὁμώνυμον αὐτῷ [καὶ] κτίζων εἰσάγεται πόλιν (Gen. 4, 17) καὶ τρόπον τινὰ τὰ γενητὰ καὶ θνητὰ οἰκοδομῶν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν θειοτέρας κατασκευῆς λαχόντων ἀνατροπῇ;
123ὁ γὰρ Ἐνὼχ ἑρμηνεύεται χάρις σου· τῶν δ’ ἀνοσίων ἕκαστος διάνοιαν μὲν ἡγεῖται χαρίζεσθαι ἑαυτῷ τάς τε καταλήψεις καὶ διανοήσεις, ὀφθαλμοὺς δὲ τὸ βλέπειν καὶ ἀκούειν ὦτα καὶ μυκτῆρας ὀσφραίνεσθαι, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσθήσεις τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑαυταῖς, ἔτι μέντοι καὶ τὰ φωνῆς ὄργανα τὸ λέγειν, θεὸν δὲ ἢ μὴ συνόλως ἢ μὴ ὡς πρῶτον αἴτιον ὄν.
124διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὧν ἐγεωπόνησε τὰς ἀπαρχὰς ἑαυτῷ ταμιεύεται, καρποὺς δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον αὖθις προσενεγκεῖν θεῷ λέγεται καίτοι παραδείγματος ὑγιοῦς ἐγγὺς ἑστῶτος· ὁ γὰρ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὰ πρωτότοκα, οὐ τὰ δεύτερα τῆς ποίμνης ἔκγονα ἱερουργεῖ, τὰς τῶν γινομένων πρεσβυτέρας αἰτίας κατὰ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν αἰτίων ὁμολογῶν συνίστασθαι.
125τῷ δ’ ἀσεβεῖ τοὐναντίον δοκεῖ, αὐτοκράτορα μὲν εἶναι τὸν νοῦν ὧν βουλεύεται, αὐτοκράτορα δὲ καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ὧν αἰσθάνεται· δικάζειν γὰρ ἀνυπαιτίως καὶ ἀψευδῶς τὴν μὲν τὰ σώματα, τὸν δὲ πάντα.
Sections 101–125
101And they are represented as baking the bricks in the fire, for the purpose of intimating by this symbolical expression that they are strengthened and hardened as to their vices and their passions by warm and most energetic reason, so that they can never be overthrown by the body-guards of wisdom, by whom engines for their defeat are being continually put in operation.
102On which account we have this further statement also made, "Their brick was to them for stone;" for the weak and lax character of that impetuosity which is not in company with reason, when it is closely pressed and condensed so as to assume a nature capable of solidity and resistance, owes this change to powerful reasons and most convincing demonstrations; the comprehension of such speculations being, in a manner, endowed with manliness and vigour, which comprehensions, while in a tender age, melt away by reason of the mixture of the soul, which is not as yet able to consolidate and preserve the character impressed upon it.
103"And they had slime for mortar;" not, on the contrary, mortar for slime. For the wicked appear to strengthen and fortify what is weak against what is more powerful, and from their own resources to consolidate and preserve what melts and flows away from such things, in order that they may aim and shoot at virtue from a safe place. But the merciful God and father of the good will not permit their buildings to be established in indissoluble safety, their work of melting zeal not being able to withstand, but becoming like soft mud.
104For, if their clay had become mortar, then perchance that earthy thing perceptible by the outward senses, which is for ever and ever in a continued state of flux, would have been able to arrive at a safe and unalterable power; but since, on the contrary, their mortar became mere slime, we must not despair, for there is in this, certain hope that the strong fortifications of vice may be overthrown by the might of God.
105Therefore the just man, even in the great and incessant deluge of life, while he is not as yet able to see things really as they are by the energy of his soul alone without the assistance of the outward sense, will anoint "the ark," by which I understand the body, "both within and without with pitch," strengthening his imaginations and energies by his own resources; but when the danger has ceased and the violence of the flood abated, then he will come forth, availing himself of his incorporeal mind for the comprehension of truth.
106For the good disposition being from the very birth of the man planted in virtue, and being spoken of as such, its name being Moses, dwelling in the whole world as his native city and country, becoming, as it were, a cosmopolite, being bound up in the body, smeared over as with "bitumen and pitch," and appearing to be able to receive and to contain in security all the imaginations of all things which might be subjected to the outward senses, weeps at being so bound up, being overwhelmed with a desire for an incorporeal nature. And he weeps over the miserable mind of men in general as being wandering and puffed up with pride, inasmuch as, being elated with false opinion, it thinks that it has in itself something firm and safe, and, as a general fact, that there something immutable in some creature or other, though the example of perpetual stability, which is at all times the same, is set up in God alone.
107And the expression, "Come, and let us build ourselves a city and a tower, the top of which shall reach to heaven," has such a meaning as this concealed beneath it; the lawgiver does not conceive that those only are cities which are built upon the earth, the materials of which are wood and stone, but he thinks that there are other cities also which men bear about with them, being built in their souls;
108and these are, as is natural, the archetypes and models of the others, inasmuch as they have received a more divine building, and the others are but imitations of them, as consisting of perishable substances. But there are two species of cities, the one better, the other worse. That is the better which enjoys a democratic government, a constitution which honours equality, the rulers of which are law and justice; and such a constitution as this is a hymn to God. But that is the worse kind which adulterates this constitution, just as base and clipped money is adulterated in the coinage, being, in fact, ochlocracy, which admires inequality, in which injustice and lawlessness bear sway.
109Now good men are enrolled as citizens in the constitution of the first-mentioned kind of city; but the multitude of the wicked clings to the other and worse sort, loving disorder more than orderliness, and confusion rather than well-established steadiness.
110And the wicked man seeks for coadjutors in his practise of wickedness, not looking upon himself as sufficient by himself. And he exhorts the sight, and he exhorts the hearing, and he exhorts every outward sense in succession, to range itself on his side without delay, and every one of them to bring to him all things necessary for his service. And he raises up and sharpens all the rest of the company of the passions, which are by their own nature unmanageable, in order that by the addition of practise and care they may become irresistible.
111The mind, therefore, having called in these allies, says, "Let us build ourselves a city;" an expression equivalent to, Let us fortify our own things; let us fence them around to the best of our power, so that we may not be easily taken by those who attack us; let us divide and distribute, as into tribes and boroughs, each of the powers existing in the soul, allotting some to the rational part, and some to the irrational part;
112let us choose competent rulers, wealth, glory, honour, pleasure, by means of which we may be able to become masters of everything; banishing to a distance justice, the invariable cause of poverty and ingloriousness; and let us enact laws, which shall confirm the chief power and advantage to those who are always able to get the better of others.
113And let a tower be built in this city as a citadel, to be a strong palace for the tyrant vice, whose feet shall walk upon the earth, and its head shall, through pride, be raised to such a height as to reach even to heaven;
114for, in good truth, it rests not only upon human sins, but it also hastens forward as far as heaven, pushing up its words of impiety and ungodliness, since it either speaks of God so as to assert that he has no existence, or that, though he exists, he has no providence, or to affirm that the world had no beginning of creation, or that, admitting that it has been created, it is borne on by unsteady causes, just as chance may direct, at one time wrongly, at another time in an irreproachable manner, just as often happens in the case of chariots or ships.
115For sometimes the voyage of a ship, or the course of a chariot, goes on properly even without charioteers or pilots; but success is not only now and then owing to providences, but very often to human prudence and invariably to divine, since error is admitted to be altogether incompatible with divine power. Now what object can the foolish men have who, speaking figuratively, build up the reasonings of wickedness like a tower, except the desire of leaving behind them a name which shall be far from a good name?
116For they say, "Let us make for ourselves a name." O, the excessive and profligate impudence of such a saying! What say ye? When ye ought to seek to bury your iniquities under night and profound darkness, and to assume as a veil for them, shame, if not genuine, at all events pretended shame, whether for the sake of gaining favour in the eyes of the moderate and virtuous, or for that of avoiding punishment for admitted wickedness; do ye, nevertheless, proceed to such a pitch of audacity, as all but to come forth and display yourselves in the light and in the most brilliant beams of the sun, and to fear neither the threats of better men, nor the implacable justice of God, which impends over such ungodly and desperate men? But ye think fit even to send around in every direction reports, to carry intelligence of your domestic iniquities, in order that no one may be uninformed of or unacquainted with your deeds of daring wickedness, wretched and infamous men that ye are.
117What name, therefore, do ye wish to assume? Is it the one which is most suitable to your actions? But is there not one name only which is suited to them? It may, perhaps, be one in genus; but there are ten thousand such names in species, which you will hear from others, even if ye keep silence yourselves. The names adapted to your conduct are, rashness united with shamelessness, insolence combined with violence, violence in union with homicide, corruption in combination with adultery, undefined appetite accompanied by unmeasured indulgence in pleasures, folly joined with impudence, injustice united to crafty wickedness, theft combined with rapine, perjury united with lying, impiety combined with utter lawlessness. Such, and similar to these, are the names of such actions.
118And it is well for them to boast over and pride themselves, upon seeking for reputation from actions which it would be more seemly to hide and to be ashamed of. And, indeed, some persons do pride themselves on these things, thinking that in consequence of them they do derive a certain irresistible degree of power among men from this idea being entertained respecting them; but they will not escape the divine vengeance for their enormous audacity, and very soon they will have occasion not only to anticipate at a distance, but even to see immediately impending their own death. For they say, "Before we are dispersed, let us have a care for our name and our glory."
119Should I not then say to them, Ye know that ye will be dispersed? Why, then, do ye commit iniquity? But perhaps he is here placing before us the manner of foolish men who, even when the very greatest punishments are not obscurely impending over them, but are often visibly threatening them, nevertheless do not hesitate to commit iniquity. And the punishments, however they may seem to be concealed, are in reality most notorious, which are inflicted by God.
120For all the most wicked of men adopt ideas that they can never escape the knowledge of the deity when doing wrong, and that they shall never be able to ward off altogether the day of retribution.
121Since otherwise, how do they know that they will be dispersed? And yet they say, "Before we are dispersed." But their conscience, which is within, convicts them, and pricks them vehemently, when devoting themselves to ungodliness, so as to draw them against their will to a confession that all the circumstances affecting men are overlooked by a superior nature, and that justice is watching above, as an incorruptible chastiser, hating the unjust actions of the impious, and the reasonings and speeches which undertake their defence.
122But all these men are the offspring of that wickedness which is always dying but which never dies, the name of which is Cain. Is not Cain represented as having begotten a son whom he called Enoch, and as building a city to which he gave the same name, and as after a fashion building up created and mortal things to the destruction of those things which have received a more divine formation?
123For the name Enoch, being interpreted, means "thy grace." But every impious man supposes that what he thinks and understands is owing to the bounty of his intellect towards him; that what he sees is the gift of his eyes to him, what he hears of his ears, what he smells of his nostrils, and so that each of his outward senses bestows on him those perceptions which are in accordance with them. Again, that it is the organs of the voice which endow him with the capacity of speaking, and that there is actually no such thing as a God at all, or at all events that he is not the primary cause of things.
124Because of these views he assigns to himself the first fruits of the fruits which he extracts from the earth by his husbandry, being contented afterwards to offer to God some of the fruit, and that too though he has a sound example at hand; for his brother offers a sacrifice of the offspring of the flock, offering the firstborn, and not those which are of secondary value; confessing that the eldest causes of all existing things are suited to the eldest and first cause.
125But the impious man thinks exactly the contrary, namely, that the mind is endowed with absolute power to do whatever it desires, and that the outward senses have absolute power as to all that they feel, for that both the mind and the outward senses decide in an irreproachable and unerring manner, the one on bodies, and the other on everything.
Sections 126–150
126τούτων δὲ τί ἂν γένοιτο ἐπιληπτότερον ἢ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλεγχόμενον; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ νοῦς πολλάκις ἐπὶ μυρίων ὅσων ἠλέγχθη παρανοῶν, καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις ἅπασαι ψευδομαρτυριῶν ἑάλωσαν οὐ παρ’ ἀλόγοις δικασταῖς, οὓς εἰκὸς ἀπατᾶσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς δικαστηρίῳ, ἣν οὐ θέμις δεκάζεσθαι;
127καὶ μὴν σφαλλομένων γε τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περί τε νοῦν καὶ αἴσθησιν κριτηρίων ἀνάγκη τἀκόλουθον ὁμολογεῖν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς τῷ μὲν τὰς ἐννοίας, τῇ δὲ τὰς ἀντιλήψεις ἐπομβρεῖ, καὶ ἔστιν οὐ τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς μερῶν χάρις τὰ γινόμενα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ δι’ ὃν καὶ ἡμεῖς γεγόναμεν δωρεαὶ πᾶσαι.
128τὸν φιλαυτίας κλῆρον παραλαβόντες παῖδες παρὰ πατρὸς συναυξῆσαι γλίχονται μέχρις οὐρανοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἡ φιλάρετός τε καὶ μισοπόνηρος δίκη παρελθοῦσα καθέλῃ τὰς πόλεις, ἃς ἐπετείχισαν ψυχῇ τῇ ταλαίνῃ, καὶ τὸν πύργον, οὗ τοὔνομα ἐν τῇ
129τῶν κριμάτων ἀναγραφομένῃ βίβλῳ δεδήλωται. ἔστι δὲ ὡς μὲν Ἑβραῖοι λέγουσι Φανουήλ, ὡς δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀποστροφὴ θεοῦ· τὸ γὰρ κατεσκευασμένον ὀχύρωμα διὰ τῆς τῶν λόγων πιθανότητος οὐδενὸς ἕνεκα ἑτέρου κατεσκευάζετο ἢ τοῦ μετατραπῆναι καὶ μετακλιθῆναι διάνοιαν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ τιμῆς· οὗ τί ἂν γένοιτο ἀδικώτερον;
130ἀλλὰ πρός γε τὴν τοῦ ὀχυρώματος τούτου καθαίρεσιν ὁ πειρατὴς τῆς ἀδικίας καὶ φονῶν αἰεὶ κατ’ αὐτῆς εὐτρέπισται, ὃν Ἑβραῖοι καλοῦσι Γεδεών, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται πειρατήριον· „ὤμοσε“ γάρ φησι „Γεδεὼν τοῖς ἀνδράσι Φανουὴλ λέγων· ἐν τῷ με ἐπιστρέφειν μετ’ εἰρήνης τὸν πύργον τοῦτον κατασκάψω“ (Iud. 8,9).
131πάγκαλον καὶ πρεπωδέστατον αὔχημα μισοπονήρῳ ψυχῇ κατὰ ἀσεβῶν ἠκονημένῃ τὸ βεβαιοῦσθαι καθαιρήσειν πάντα λόγον ἀποστρέφειν διάνοιαν ὁσιότητος ἀναπείθοντα. καὶ πέφυκεν οὕτως ἔχειν· ὅταν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἐπιστρέψῃ, τὸ ἀποκλῖνον καὶ ἀποστρεφόμενον αὐτοῦ πᾶν λύεται.
132τούτου δὲ καιρός ἐστι τῆς καθαιρέσεως, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ᾗ φησιν, οὐ πόλεμος, ἀλλ’ εἰρήνη· διανοίας γὰρ εὐσταθείᾳ καὶ ἠρεμίᾳ, ἣν εὐσέβεια γεννᾶν πέφυκεν, ἀνατρέπεται πᾶς λόγος, ὃν ἐδημιούργησεν ἀσέβεια.
133πολλοὶ καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις πύργου τινὰ τρόπον ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἤγειραν, ὡς ἅψασθαι τῶν οὐρανοῦ περάτων· οὐρανὸς δὲ συμβολικῶς ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν ἐστι, καθ’ ὃν αἱ ἄρισται καὶ θεῖαι φύσεις περιπολοῦσιν. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα τολμῶντες αἴσθησιν μὲν διανοίας προκρίνουσιν, ἀξιοῦσι δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν τὰ νοητὰ πάντα ἑλεῖν ἀνὰ κράτος, εἰς μὲν δούλων τάξιν τὰ δεσπόζοντα, εἰς δὲ ἡγεμόνων τὰ φύσει δοῦλα μεθαρμόσασθαι βιαζόμενοι.
134Τὸ δέ, „κατέβη κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον“ (Gen. 11,5) τροπικώτερον πάντως ἀκουστέον· προσιέναι γὰρ ἢ ἀπιέναι ἢ κατιέναι ἢ τοὐναντίον ἀνέρχεσθαι ἢ συνόλως τὰς αὐτὰς τοῖς κατὰ μέρος ζῴοις σχέσεις καὶ κινήσεις ἴσχεσθαι καὶ κινεῖσθαι τὸ θεῖον ὑπολαμβάνειν ὑπερωκεάνιος καὶ μετακόσμιος, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἐστὶν ἀσέβεια.
135ταῦτα δὲ ἀνθρωπολογεῖται παρὰ τῷ νομοθέτῃ περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀνθρωπομόρφου θεοῦ διὰ τὰς τῶν παιδευομένων ἡμῶν, ὡς πολλάκις ἐν ἑτέροις εἶπον, ὠφελείας. ἐπεὶ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι τῷ κατιόντι τὸν μὲν ἀπολείπειν, τὸν δὲ ἐπιλαμβάνειν τόπον ἀναγκαῖον;
136ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ πεπλήρωται τὰ πάντα, περιέχοντος, οὐ περιεχομένου, ᾧ πανταχοῦ τε καὶ οὐδαμοῦ συμβέβηκεν εἶναι μόνῳ· οὐδαμοῦ μέν, ὅτι καὶ χώραν καὶ τόπον αὐτὸς τοῖς σώμασι συγγεγέννηκε, τὸ δὲ πεποιηκὸς ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγονότων θέμις εἰπεῖν περιέχεσθαι, πανταχοῦ δέ, ὅτι τὰς δυνάμεις αὑτοῦ διὰ γῆς καὶ ὕδατος ἀέρος τε καὶ οὐρανοῦ τείνας μέρος οὐδὲν ἔρημον ἀπολέλοιπε τοῦ κόσμου, πάντα δὲ συναγαγὼν διὰ πάντων ἀοράτοις ἔσφιγξε δεσμοῖς, ἵνα μή ποτε λυθείη, οὗ χάριν μελετήσας ὧ * * *.
137τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὑπεράνω τῶν δυνάμεων ὂν ἐπινοεῖται περιττεύειν, οὐ * * * κατὰ τὸ εἶναι μόνον· τούτου δύναμις δέ, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ διετάξατο τὰ πάντα, κέκληται μὲν ἐτύμως θεός, ἐγκεκόλπισται δὲ τὰ ὅλα καὶ διὰ τῶν τοῦ παντὸς μερῶν διελήλυθε.
138τὸ δὲ θεῖον καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον καὶ πανταχοῦ ὂν ὁρατόν τε καὶ καταληπτὸν οὐδαμοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειάν ἐστιν * * * „ὧδε στὰς ἐγὼ πρὸ τοῦ σέ“ (Exod. 17, 6), δείκνυσθαι καὶ καταλαμβάνεσθαι δοκῶν, πρὸ πάσης δείξεως καὶ φαντασίας ὑπερβαλὼν τὰ γεγονότα.
139τῶν οὖν μεταβατικῆς κινήσεως ὀνομάτων οὐδὲν ἐφαρμόττει τῷ κατὰ τὸ εἶναι θεῷ, τὸ ἄνω, τὸ κάτω, τὸ ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὸ ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα, τὸ πρόσω, τὸ κατόπιν· ἐν οὐδενὶ γὰρ τῶν λεχθέντων ἐπινοεῖται, ὡς οὐδ’ ἂν μετατρεπόμενος ἐναλλάττοι χωρία.
140λέγεται δ’ οὐδὲν ἧττον κατελθὼν ἰδεῖν, ὁ προλήψει πάντα οὐ γενόμενα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι σαφῶς κατειληφώς, προτροπῆς ἕνεκα καὶ διδασκαλίας, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οἷς οὐ πάρεστιν, ἀβεβαίῳ χρώμενος εἰκασίᾳ, μακρὰν ἀφεστὼς προπιστεύῃ, ἀλλ’ ἄχρι τῶν πραγμάτων ἐλθὼν καὶ διακύψας εἰς ἕκαστα καὶ ἐπιμελῶς αὐτὰ αὐγασάμενος· ὄψιν γὰρ ἀπλανῆ πρὸ ἀκοῆς ἀπατεῶνος ἄξιον μάρτυρα τίθεσθαι.
141οὗ χάριν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄριστα πολιτευομένοις ἀναγέγραπται νόμος ἀκοῇ μὴ μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι φύσει τὸ δικαστήριον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸ δεκάζεσθαι ταλαντεύει· καὶ Μωυσῆς μέντοι φησὶν ἐν τοῖς ἀπαγορευτικοῖς· „οὐ παραδέξῃ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν“ (Exod. 23, 1), οὐχὶ μόνον τοῦτο λέγων, * * * παραδέχεσθαι ψευδῆ λόγον ἢ εὐήθη δι’ ἀκοῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι πρὸς τὴν σαφῆ τῆς ἀληθείας κατάληψιν μακρὸν ὅσον ὄψεως ὑστερίζουσα διελέγχεται γέμουσα
142ματαιότητος ἀκοή. ταύτην φαμὲν αἰτίαν εἶναι τοῦ λέγεσθαι „τὸν θεὸν καταβεβηκέναι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον θεάσασθαι„. οὐ παρέργως δὲ πρόσκειται „ὃν ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων„ (Gen. 11,5). ἴσως γὰρ ἄν τις εἴποι τῶν οὐκ εὐαγῶν ἐπιχλευάζων ἅμα· καινὸν ἡμᾶς ἀναδιδάσκει μάθημα ὁ νομοθέτης, ὅτι πύργους καὶ πόλεις οὐχ ἕτεροί τινες, ἀλλὰ παῖδες ἀνθρώπων ἀνοικοδομοῦνται. τίς γὰρ τά γ’ οὕτως ἐμφανῆ καὶ περίοπτα καὶ τῶν λίαν ἐξεστηκότων ἀγνοεῖ;
143ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ πρόχειρον τοῦτο καὶ κατημαξευμένον ἐν τοῖς ἱερωτάτοις χρησμοῖς ἀναγεγράφθαι νομίσῃς, ἀλλ’ ὅπερ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἰχνηλατεῖται διὰ τῶν ἐμφανῶν ὀνομάτων. τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο;
144οἱ πολλοὺς ἐπιγραφόμενοι τῶν ὄντων ὡσανεὶ πατέρας καὶ τὸ πολύθεον εἰσηγούμενοι στῖφος ἀπειρίαν ὁμοῦ καὶ πολυμιγίαν τῶν πραγμάτων καταχέαντες καὶ τὸ ψυχῆς τέλος ἡδονῇ παραδόντες δημιουργοὶ τῆς εἰρημένης πόλεως καὶ τῆς κατ’ αὐτὴν ἀκροπόλεως, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, γεγόνασι, τὰ ποιητικὰ τοῦ τέλους τρόπον οἰκοδομημάτων συναύξοντες, τῶν ἐκ πόρνης ἀποκυηθέντων οὐδέν, ὥς γ’ οἶμαι, διαφέροντες, οὓς ὁ νόμος ἐκκλησίας ἀπελήλακε θείας εἰπών· „οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται ἐκ πόρνης εἰς ἐκκλησίαν κυρίου“ (Deut. 23, 2), ὅτι, καθάπερ περὶ πολλὰ τέλη πλανώμενοι τοξόται καὶ μηδενὸς εὐστόχως ἐφιέμενοι σκοποῦ, μυρίας ἀρχὰς καὶ αἰτίας τῆς τῶν ὄντων ὑποθέμενοι γενέσεως ψευδωνύμους πάσας τὸν ἕνα ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἠγνόησαν.
145οἱ δὲ ἐπιστήμῃ κεχρημένοι τοῦ ἑνὸς υἱοὶ θεοῦ προσαγορεύονται δεόντως, καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁμολογεῖ φάσκων· „υἱοί ἐστε κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ" (Deut. 14, 1) καὶ „θεὸν τὸν γεννήσαντά σε" (Deut. 32,18) καὶ „οὐκ αὐτὸς οὗτός σου πατήρ“ (ibid. 6) ; ἕπεται μέντοι τοῖς οὕτω τὴν ψυχὴν διατεθεῖσι μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι νομίζειν, ὅπερ τῷ τέλει τῆς ἡδονῆς πρὸς ἐμπειροπολέμων ἀνδρῶν ἀντιτειχίζεται πρὸς ἀνατροπὴν καὶ καθαίρεσιν ἐκείνου. κἂν μηδέπω μέντοι τυγχάνῃ τις ἀξιόχρεως
146ὢν υἱὸς θεοῦ προσαγορεύεσθαι, σπουδαζέτω κοσμεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν πρωτόγονον αὐτοῦ λόγον, τὸν ἀγγέλων πρεσβύτατον, ὡς ἂν ἀρχάγγελον, πολυώνυμον ὑπάρχοντα· καὶ γὰρ ἀρχὴ καὶ ὄνομα θεοῦ καὶ λόγος καὶ ὁ κατ’ εἰκόνα ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὁ ὁρῶν, Ἰσραήλ, προσαγορεύεται.
147διὸ προήχθην ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐπαινέσαι τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν φασκόντων ὅτι „πάντες ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου“ (Gen. 42, 11)· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μήπω ἱκανοὶ θεοῦ παῖδες νομίζεσθαι γεγόναμεν, ἀλλά τοι τῆς ἀειδοῦς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ, λόγου τοῦ ἱερωτάτου· θεοῦ γὰρ εἰκὼν λόγος ὁ πρεσβύτατος.
148καὶ πολλαχοῦ μέντοι τῆς νομοθεσίας υἱοὶ πάλιν Ἰσραὴλ καλοῦνται, τοῦ ὁρῶντος οἱ ἀκούοντες, ἐπειδὴ μεθ’ ὅρασιν ἀκοὴ δευτερείοις τετίμηται καὶ τὸ διδασκόμενον τοῦ χωρὶς ὑφηγήσεως ἐναργεῖς τύπους τῶν ὑποκειμένων λαμβάνοντος αἰεὶ δεύτερον.
149ἄγαμαι καὶ τῶν ἐν βασιλικαῖς βίβλοις ἱεροφαντηθέντων, καθ’ ἃς οἱ πολλαῖς γενεαῖς ὕστερον ἀκμάσαντες καὶ βιώσαντες ἀνυπαιτίως υἱοὶ τοῦ τὸν θεὸν ὑμνήσαντος Δαβὶδ ἀναγράφονται (III Reg. 15,11 IV Reg. 18, 3 al.), οὗ περιόντος οὐδ’ οἱ πρόπαπποι τούτων ἦσαν ἴσως γεγενημένοι· ψυχῶν γὰρ ἀπαθανατιζομένων ἀρεταῖς, οὐ φθαρτῶν σωμάτων ἐστὶ γένεσις, ἣν ἐπὶ τοὺς καλοκἀγαθίας ἡγεμόνας ὡσανεὶ γεννητὰς καὶ πατέρας ἀναφέρεσθαι συμβαίνει.
150κατὰ δὲ τῶν ἐπ’ ἀδικίαις σεμνυνομένων εἶπε κύριος· „ἰδοὺ γένος ἓν καὶ χεῖλος ἓν πάντων“ (Gen. 11,5), ἴσον τῷ ἰδοὺ μία οἰκειότης καὶ συγγένεια, καὶ πάλιν ἁρμονία καὶ συμφωνία ἡ αὐτὴ πάντων ὁμοῦ, μηδενὸς ἠλλοτριωμένου τὴν γνώμην μηδ’ ἀπᾴδοντος, καθάπερ ἔχει καὶ ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπων ἀμούσων· τὸ γὰρ φωνητήριον αὐτοῖς ὄργανον πᾶσι τοῖς φθόγγοις ἔστιν ὅτε δι’ ὅλων ἐκμελὲς καὶ ἀπῳδὸν οὐ μετρίως καθέστηκε, πρὸς ἀναρμοστίαν ἄκρως ἡρμοσμένον καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀσύμφωνον συμφωνίαν μόνον ἄγον.
Sections 126–150
126Now what can be more open to blame, or more capable of conviction by truth, than such ideas as these? Has not the mind been repeatedly convicted of innumerable acts of folly? And have not all the outward senses been convicted of bearing false witness, and that too not by irrational judges who, it is natural to suppose, may be deceived, but before the tribunal of nature herself, which it is impossible to corrupt or to pervert?
127And indeed as the criteria both of our mind and of our outward senses are liable to error respecting even ourselves, it follows of necessity that we must make the corresponding confession that God sheds upon the mind the power of intellect, and on the outward senses the faculty of apprehension, and that these benefits are conferred upon us not by our own members but by him to whom also we owe our existence.
128The children who have received from their father the inheritance of self-love are eager to go on increasing up to heaven, until justice, which loves virtue and hates iniquity, coming destroys their cities which they have built up by the side of their miserable souls, and the tower the name of which is displayed in the book which is entitled the Book of Judgment.
129And the name is, as the Hebrews say, Phanuel, which translated into our language means, "turning away from God." For any strong building which is erected by means of plausible arguments is not built for the sake of any other object except that of averting and alienating the mind from the honour due to God, than which object what can be more iniquitous?
130But for the destruction of this strong fortification a ravager and an enemy of iniquity is prepared who is always full of hostility towards it; whom the Hebrews call Gideon: which name being interpreted means, "a retreat for robbers." "For," says Moses, "Gideon swore to the men of Phanuel, saying, On the day when I return victorious in peace, I will overthrow this tower."
131A very beautiful and most becoming boast for the soul which hates wickedness and is sharpened against the impious, namely, that it is resolved to overthrow every reasoning which by its persuasions seeks to turn the mind away from holiness, and this indeed is the natural result. For when the mind turns round, then that which turns away from it, and rejects it is again dissolved,
132and this is the opportunity for destroying it which (a most wonderful thing) he calls not war but peace. For, owing to the stability and firmness of the mind which piety is accustomed to produce, every reasoning which impiety has formed is overturned.
133Many also have even erected the outward senses after the fashion of a tower, raising them to such a height as to be able to reach the very borders of heaven. But the term heaven is here used symbolically to signify our mind, according to which the best and most divine natures revolve. But they who dare such deeds prefer the outward senses to the intellect, and desire by means of the outward senses forcibly to destroy all the objects of intellect, compelling those things which are, at present masters to descend into the rank of servants, and raising those things which are by nature slaves to the rank of masters.
134And the statement, "The Lord went down to see that city and that tower" must be listened to altogether as if spoken in a figurative sense. For to think that the divinity can go towards, or go from, or go down, or go to meet, or, in short, that it has the same positions and motions as particular animals, and that it is susceptible of real motion at all, is, to use a common proverb, an impiety deserving of being banished beyond the sea and beyond the world.
135But these things are spoken, as if of man, by the lawgiver, of God who is not invested with human form, for the sake of advantage to us who are to be instructed, as I have often said before with reference to other passages. Since who is there who does not know that it is indispensable for a person who goes down, to leave one place and to occupy another?
136But all places are filled at once by God, who surrounds them all and is not surrounded by any of them, to whom alone it is possible to be everywhere and also nowhere. Nowhere, because he himself created place and space at the same time that he created bodies, and it is impious to say that the Creator is contained in anything that he has created. Again, he is everywhere, because, having extended his powers so as to make them pervade earth, and water, and air, and heaven, he has left no portion of the world desolate, but, having collected everything together, he has bound them with chains which cannot be burst, so that they are never emancipated, on which account he is especially to be praised with hymns.
137For that which is higher than all powers is understood to exceed them, not merely in the fact of its existence. But the power of this being which made and arranged everything is with perfect truth called God, and it contains everything in its bosom, and pervades every portion of the universe.
138But the divine being, both invisible and incomprehensible, is indeed everywhere, but still, in truth, he is nowhere visible or comprehensible. But when he says, "I am he who stands before thee," he appears indeed to be displayed and to be comprehended, though before any exhibition or conception he was superior to all created things.
139Therefore, no one of the words which implies a motion from place to place is appropriate to that God who exists only in essence; such expressions, I mean, as going upwards or downwards, to the right or to the left, forwards or backwards. For he is not conceived of in any one of the above mentioned ideas, inasmuch as he never turns around or changes his place.
140But, nevertheless, he is said to have come down and to have seen, he who by his foreknowledge comprehends everything, not only that has happened, but even before it happens; and this expression is used for the sake of exhortation and instruction, in order that no man, indulging in uncertain conjectures about matters which he is not present to behold may, while standing afar off, be too prompt to believe idle fancies, but that every one may come close to the facts, and examining each one separately, may carefully and thoroughly consider them. For certain sight is more deserving to be looked upon as a trustworthy witness than fallacious hearing.
141On which account a law has been enacted among those nations which have the most excellent constitution, that one must not give evidence on hearsay, because by its own nature the tribunal of the sense of hearing is liable to be corrupted. And Moses indeed says in the prohibitory part of his law, "Thou shalt not receive vain hearing." Meaning not only this, that one ought not to receive false or silly reports by hearsay, but that, as far as the clear comprehension of the truth is concerned, the hearing is a long way behind the sight, being full of vanity.
142We say that this is the reason why it is said that God went down to see the city and the tower; and the addition, "Which the sons of men had built," is not a mere superfluity. For perhaps some profanely disposed person may mock and say, "The lawgiver is here teaching us a very novel kind of lesson, when he says that no one else but the sons of men build cities and towers; for who, even of the most crazy people is ignorant of what is so evident and notorious as that?"
143But we must not suppose that such a plain and unquestionable fact as that, is what is intended to be conveyed by the mention of it in the holy scriptures, but rather there is some hidden meaning concealed under these apparently plain words which we must trace out.
144What then is this hidden meaning? Those who, as it were, attribute many fathers to existing things, and who represent the company of the gods as numerous, displaying great ignorance of the nature of things and causing great confusion, and making pleasure the proper object of the soul, are those who are, if we must tell the plain truth, spoken of as the builders of the aforesaid city, and of the citadel in it; having increased the efficient causes of the desired end, building them up like houses, being, as I imagine, in no respect different from the children of the harlot whom the law expels from the assembly of God, where it says, "The offspring of a harlot shall not come into the assembly of the Lord." Because, like archers shooting at random at many objects, and not aiming skilfully or successfully at any one mark, so these men, putting forward ten thousand principles and causes for the creation of the universe, every one of which is false, display a perfect ignorance of the one Creator and Father of all things;
145but they who have real knowledge, are properly addressed as the sons of the one God, as Moses also entitles them, where he says, "Ye are the sons of the Lord God." And again, "God who begot thee;" and in another place, "Is not he thy father?" Accordingly, it is natural for those who have this disposition of soul to look upon nothing as beautiful except what is good, which is the citadel erected by those who are experienced in this kind of warfare as a defence against the end of pleasure, and as a means of defeating and destroying it.
146And even if there be not as yet any one who is worthy to be called a son of God, nevertheless let him labour earnestly to be adorned according to his first-born word, the eldest of his angels, as the great archangel of many names; for he is called, the authority, and the name of God, and the Word, and man according to God’s image, and he who sees Israel.
147For which reason I was induced a little while ago to praise the principles of those who said, "We are all one man’s sons." For even if we are not yet suitable to be called the sons of God, still we may deserve to be called the children of his eternal image, of his most sacred word; for the image of God is his most ancient word.
148And, indeed, in many passages of the law, the children of Israel are called hearers of him that seeth, since hearing is honoured with the second rank next after the sense of sight, and since that which is in need of instruction is at all times second to that which can receive clear impressions of the subjects submitted to it without any such information.
149And I also admire the things which are spoken under divine inspiration in the books of Kings, according to which those who flourished many generations afterwards and lived in a blameless manner, are spoken of as the sons of David who wrote hymns to God; though, during his lifetime, even their great grandfathers had not yet been born. The truth is, that the birth here spoken of is that of souls made immortal by their virtues, not of perishable bodies, and this birth is naturally referred to the leaders of virtue, as its parents and progenitors.
150But against those who pride themselves on injustice, the Lord said, "Behold, there is one race and one language among them all," an expression equivalent to, Behold, there is one family and one bond of relationship, and also, one harmony and agreement among them all together, no one being in his mind at all alienated from or disconnected with his neighbour, as is the case with illiterate men. For at times, the organ of speech among them is, in all its tones, out of tune and inharmonious in no slight degree, being in fact carefully arranged so as to produce inharmoniousness, and having only such a concert as will cause a want of melody.
Sections 151–175
151καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πολίτιδος τὸ κατασκευαστὸν τὸ παραπλήσιον ἰδεῖν ἔστιν· αἵ τε γὰρ ἀμφημεριναὶ καὶ διάτριτοι καὶ τεταρταΐζουσαι παρὰ παισὶν ἰατρῶν λεγόμεναι περίοδοι μεθ’ ἡμέραν τε καὶ νύκτωρ περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ὥρας κατασκήπτουσι τὴν εἰς αὐτὰ καὶ τάξιν φυλάττουσαι.
152τὸ δὲ „καὶ τοῦτο ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι“ (Gen. 11,6) μετ’ οὐ μετρίου σχετλιασμοῦ λέλεκται, διότι τοῖς ῥᾳδιουργοῖς οὐ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους μόνον συγχεῖν δίκαια ἐξήρκεσεν, ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ τῶν ὀλυμπίων ἐπιβαίνειν ἐτόλμησαν, ἀδικίαν μὲν σπείραντες,
153ἀσέβειαν δὲ θερίσαντες. ὄφελος δὲ τοῖς ἀθλίοις οὐδέν· οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἀδικοῦντες ἀλλήλους πολλὰ ὧν ἂν ἐθελήσωσιν ἀνύτουσιν ἔργοις βεβαιούμενοι τὰ βουλαῖς ἀγνώμοσιν ἐπιλογισθέντα, οὕτως καὶ ἀσεβοῦντες· ἀζήμια γὰρ καὶ ἀπήμονα τὰ θεῖα, τοῦ δὲ πλημμελεῖν εἰς αὐτὰ οἱ δυσκάθαρτοι τὰς ἀρχὰς εὑρίσκονται μόνον, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τέλος φθάνουσιν οὐδέποτε.
154διὸ καὶ λέγεται τοῦτο· „ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι“· κορεσθέντες γὰρ οἱ τοῦ παρανομεῖν ἄπληστοι τῶν πρὸς τὰ ἐν γῇ καὶ θαλάττῃ καὶ ἀέρι, ἃ φθαρτῆς φύσεως ἔλαχε, κακῶν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ θείας φύσεις μετατάξασθαι διενοήθησαν· ἅ ἐστι τῶν ὄντων ἔξω τοῦ κακηγορεῖν ἔθος ἐστὶ διαθεῖναι τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν· καὶ αὐτὸ μέντοι τὸ βλασφημεῖν οὐ τοῖς κακηγορουμένοις ἐπιφέρει τινὰ ζημίαν, ἃ τῆς ἰδίου φύσεως οὔποτ’ ἐξίσταται, ἀλλὰ τοῖς καταιτιωμένοις συμφορὰς ἀνηκέστους.
155οὐκ ἐπειδὴ μέντοι μόνον ἤρξαντο πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐλθεῖν ἀδυνατήσαντες ἀσεβείας, διὰ τοῦτ’ αὐτοὺς οὐχ ὡς διαπραξαμένους ἕκαστα ὧν διενοήθησαν αἰτιατέον· οὗ χάριν καὶ τετελειωκέναι φησὶ τὸν πύργον αὐτοὺς οὐ τελειώσαντας, ἐπειδὰν λέγῃ· „κύριος κατέβη ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον", οὐχ ὃν οἰκοδομῆσαι μέλλουσιν, ἀλλ’ ὃν „ᾠκοδόμησαν“ ἤδη (Gen. 11,5).
156τίς οὖν πίστις τοῦ μὴ τετελεσιουργῆσθαι τὴν κατασκευήν; ἡ ἐνάργεια πρώτη· γῆς γὰρ ὁτιοῦν μέρος ἀμήχανον οὐρανοῦ ψαῦσαι διὰ τὴν ἔμπροσθεν αἰτίαν, ὅτιπερ οὐδὲ κέντρον περιφερείας ἅπτεται· δευτέρα δ’, ὅτι ὁ αἰθήρ, ἱερὸν πῦρ, φλόξ ἐστιν ἄσβεστος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸ δηλοῖ τοὔνομα παρὰ τὸ αἴθειν, ὃ δὴ καίειν ἐστὶ κατὰ γλῶτταν, εἰρημένον.
157μάρτυς δὲ μία μοῖρα τῆς οὐρανίου πυρᾶς ἥλιος, ὃς τοσοῦτον γῆς ἀφεστὼς ἄχρι μυχῶν τὰς ἀκτῖνας ἐπιπέμπων αὐτήν τε καὶ τὸν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς ἀνατείνοντα μέχρι τῆς οὐρανίου σφαίρας ἀέρα φύσει ψυχρὸν ὄντα τῇ μὲν ἀλεαίνει, τῇ δὲ καταφλέγει· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὅσα ἢ μακρὰν ἀφέστηκεν αὐτοῦ τῆς φορᾶς ἢ ἐγκάρσια παραβέβληται ἀλεαίνει μόνον, τὰ δ’ ἐγγὺς ἢ ἐπ’ εὐθείας ὄντα καὶ προσανακαίει βίᾳ.
158εἰ δὲ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει, τοὺς ἀναβαίνειν τολμῶντας ἀνθρώπους οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ἐμπεπρῆσθαι κεραυνωθέντας, ἀτελοῦς αὐτοῖς τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ἐπινοίας γενομένης; τοῦτ’ ἔοικεν αἰνίττεσθαι διὰ τῶν αὖθις λεγομένων· „ἐπαύσαντο“ γάρ φησιν „οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον“ (Gen. 11,8), οὐ δήπου τελειώσαντες, ἀλλὰ τελεσιουργῆσαι κωλυθέντες διὰ τὴν ἐπιγενομένην σύγχυσιν. οὐ μὴν ἐκπεφεύγασι τὴν τῶν διαπράξεων αἰτίαν οἱ πρὸς τῷ βουλεύσασθαι καὶ ἐγκεχειρηκότες.
159τὸν γοῦν οἰωνόμαντιν καὶ τερατοσκόπον περὶ τὰς ἀβεβαίους εἰκασίας ματαιάζοντα — καὶ γὰρ μάταιος ἑρμηνεύεται Βαλαάμ — φησὶν ὁ νόμος τῷ ὁρῶντι καταράσασθαι καίτοι διὰ τῶν λόγων εὐφήμους ποιησάμενον εὐχάς, σκοπῶν οὐ τὰ λεχθέντα ἃ προμηθείᾳ θεοῦ μετεχαράττετο οἷα δόκιμον ἀντὶ κιβδήλου νόμισμα, τὴν δὲ διάνοιαν, ἐν ᾗ τὰ βλάψοντα πρὸ τῶν ὠφελησόντων ἀνεπολεῖτο. ἔστι δὲ φύσει πολέμια ταῦτα, στοχασμὸς ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ματαιότης ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ ἡ διὰ ἐνθουσιασμοῦ μαντεία νηφούσῃ σοφίᾳ.
160καὶ ἂν ἐξ ἐνέδρας μέντοι τις ἐπιχειρήσας ἀνελεῖν τινα μὴ δυνηθῇ κτεῖναι, τῇ τῶν ἀνδροφόνων οὐδὲν ἧττον ὕποχος δίκῃ καθέστηκεν, ὡς ὁ γραφεὶς περὶ τούτων δηλοῖ νόμος· „ἐὰν“ γάρ φησι „τὶς ἐπιθῆται τῷ πλησίον ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λήψῃ αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι„ (Exod. 21,14)· καίτοι ἐπιτίθεται μόνον, οὐκ ἀνῄρηκεν, ἀλλ’ ἴσον ἡγήσατο ἀδίκημα τῷ κτεῖναι τὸ βουλεῦσαι τὸν φόνον· οὗ χάριν οὐδ’ ἱκέτῃ γενομένῳ δέδωκεν ἀμνηστίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἱεροῦ ἐκέλευσεν ἀπάγειν τὸν ἀνιέρῳ γνώμῃ χρησάμενον.
161ἀνίερος δὲ οὐ ταύτῃ μόνον, ὅτι κατὰ ψυχῆς τῆς αἰεὶ ζῆν δυναμένης ἀρετῶν κτήσει τε καὶ χρήσει τὸν διὰ προσβολῆς κακίας φόνον ἐβούλευσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι θεὸν τῆς ἀνοσιουργοῦ τόλμης αἰτιᾶται· τὸ γὰρ „καταφύγῃ“ τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν, διότι πολλοὶ τὰ καθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐθέλοντες ἐγκλήματα καὶ ῥύεσθαι τῶν ἐφ’ οἷς ἠδίκησαν ἀξιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τιμωριῶν τὸ οἰκεῖον ἄγος τῷ κακοῦ μὲν μηδενὸς ἀγαθῶν δ’ ἁπάντων αἰτίῳ προσβάλλουσι θεῷ. διὸ καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν βωμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀπάγειν ὅσιον εἶναι ἐνομίσθη.
162δίκην δ’ ὑπερβάλλουσαν κατὰ τῶν ἐπ’ ἀθεότητι λόγους οἰκοδομουμένων καὶ συγκροτούντων ὁρίζει, ἣν ἴσως τινὲς τῶν ἀφρόνων οὐ βλάβην, ἀλλ’ ὠφέλειαν ὑποτοπήσουσιν· „οὐ γὰρ ἐκλείψει“ φησίν „ἀπ’ αὐτῶν πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐπιθῶνται ποιεῖν“ (Gen. 11,6). ὢ τῆς ἀπεριγράφου καὶ ἀμέτρου κακοδαιμονίας, πάνθ’ οἷς ἂν ὁ φρενοβλαβέστατος ἐπιθῆται νοῦς, ὑποχείρια εἶναι καὶ ὑπήκοα, καὶ μηδέν, μὴ μέγα μὴ μικρόν, ὑστερίζειν τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’
163ὡσπερεὶ φθάνοντα προαπαντᾶν πρὸς τὰς χρείας ἑκάστας. ψυχῆς ταῦτα φρονήσεως χηρευούσης ἐστὶν ἐπίδειξις μηδὲν τῶν εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐχούσης ἐμποδών. εὔξαιτο γὰρ ἂν ὁ μὴ σφόδρα ἀνιάτως ἔχων τὰ ἐξ ὑποθέσεως τοῦ νοῦ πάντ’ ἐπιλιπεῖν αὐτῷ, ἵνα μὴ τῷ κλέπτειν ἢ μοιχεύειν ἢ ἀνδροφονεῖν ἢ ἱεροσυλεῖν ἤ τινι τῶν ὁμοιοτρόπων ἐπιτιτιθέμενος εὐοδῇ, μυρία δ’ εὑρίσκῃ τὰ κωλυσιεργήσοντα. κωλυθεὶς μὲν γὰρ τὴν μεγίστην νόσον, ἀδικίαν, ἀποβάλλει, σὺν ἀδείᾳ δ’ ἐπεξελθὼν ταύτην ἀναδέξεται.
164τί οὖν ἔτι τὰς τῶν τυράννων τύχας ὡς μακαρίων ζηλοῦτε καὶ θαυμάζετε, δι’ ἃς εὐπετῶς ἕκαστα ἐπεξίασιν, ὧν ἂν ὁ ἐκλελυττηκὼς κἀκτεθηριωμένος τέκῃ νοῦς, καὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς δέον ἐπιστένειν, εἴ γε ἀπορία καὶ [ἡ] ἀσθένεια κακοῖς λυσιτελές, ὡς περιουσία καὶ ἰσχὺς ἀγαθοῖς ὠφελιμώτατον;
165εἷς δέ τις τῶν ἀφρόνων ᾐσθημένος, εἰς ὅσην κακοδαιμονίας ὑπερβολὴν ἄγει ἡ τοῦ διαμαρτάνειν ἐκεχειρία, μετὰ παρρησίας εἶπε· „μείζων ἡ αἰτία μου τοῦ ἀφεθῆναι“ (Gen. 4, 13). παγχάλεπον γὰρ ἀχαλίνωτον ἐαθῆναι ψυχὴν ἀτίθασον οὖσαν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς, ἣν μόλις ἡνίαις μετ’ ἐπανατάσεως μαστίγων ἔστι κατασχόντα πραῧναι.
166διόπερ λόγιον τοῦ ἵλεω θεοῦ μεστὸν ἡμερότητος ἐλπίδας χρηστὰς ὑπογράφον τοῖς παιδείας ἐρασταῖς ἀνῄρηται τοιόνδε· „οὐ μή σε ἀνῶ, οὐδ’ οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλίπω“ (Jos. 1, 5)· τῶν γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς δεσμῶν χαλασθέντων, οἷς διεκρατεῖτο, ἡ μεγίστη παρέπεται συμφορά, καταλειφθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ὃς τοῖς ὅλοις δεσμοὺς τὰς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεις περιῆψεν ἀρρήκτους, αἷς τὰ πάντα σφίγξας ἄλυτα εἶναι βεβούληται.
167λέγει μέντοι καὶ ἑτέρωθι, ὅτι „πάνθ’ ὅσα δεσμῷ καταδέδεται, καθαρά ἐστιν“ (Num. 19, 15), ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀκαθάρτου φθορᾶς αἴτιον ἡ διάλυσις. μηδέποτ’ οὖν ἰδών τινα τῶν φαύλων οἷς ἂν ἐπιθῆται πᾶσιν εὐμαρῶς ἐπεξιόντα θαυμάσῃς ὡς κατορθοῦντα, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ὡς ἀποτυγχάνοντα οἰκτίζου, ὅτι ἀφορίᾳ μὲν ἀρετῆς, κακίας δὲ εὐφορίᾳ χρώμενος διατελεῖ.
168σκέψασθαι δ’ οὐ παρέργως ἄξιον, τίν’ ἔχει λόγον τὸ εἰρημένον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· „δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶτταν“ (Gen. 11,7). φαίνεται γὰρ διαλεγόμενός τισιν ὡς ἂν συνεργοῖς αὐτοῦ, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ πρότερον ἐπὶ τῆς τἀνθρώπου κατασκευῆς ἀναγέγραπται· „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεός·
169ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν“ (Gen. 1,26) τοῦ „ποιήσωμεν“ πλῆθος ἐμφαίνοντος· καὶ πάλιν „εἶπεν ὁ θεός· ἰδού, γέγονεν Ἀδὰμ ὡς εἷς ἡμῶν, τῷ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν“ (Gen. 3, 22)· τὸ γὰρ „ὡς εἷς ἡμῶν“ οὐκ ἐφ’ ἑνός, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ πλειόνων τίθεται.
170λεκτέον οὖν ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἰσότιμον ὑφέστηκε θεῷ, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν εἷς ἄρχων καὶ ἡγεμὼν καὶ βασιλεύς, ᾧ πρυτανεύειν καὶ διοικεῖν μόνῳ θέμις τὰ σύμπαντα. τὸ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη, εἷς κοίρανος ἔστω, εἷς βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐπὶ πόλεων καὶ ἀνθρώπων λέγοιτ’ ἂν ἐν δίκῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ κόσμου καὶ θεοῦ· ἑνὸς γὰρ ἕνα ποιητήν τε καὶ πατέρα πάλιν καὶ δεσπότην
171ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι. τούτου δὴ προδιομολογηθέντος ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη συνυφαίνειν τὰ ἁρμόζοντα. τίν’ οὖν ἐστι, σκοπῶμεν· εἷς ὢν ὁ θεὸς ἀμυθήτους περὶ αὑτὸν ἔχει δυνάμεις ἀρωγοὺς καὶ σωτηρίους τοῦ γενομένου πάσας, αἷς ἐμφέρονται καὶ αἱ κολαστήριοι· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ κόλασις οὐκ ἐπιζήμιον, ἁμαρτημάτων οὖσα κώλυσις καὶ ἐπανόρθωσις.
172διὰ τούτων τῶν δυνάμεων ὁ ἀσώματος καὶ νοητὸς ἐπάγη κόσμος, τὸ τοῦ φαινομένου τοῦδε ἀρχέτυπον, ἰδέαις ἀοράτοις συσταθείς, ὥσπερ οὗτος σώμασιν ὁρατοῖς.
173καταπλαγέντες οὖν τινες τὴν ἑκατέρου τῶν κόσμων φύσιν οὐ μόνον ὅλους ἐξεθείωσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς μερῶν, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανόν, ἅπερ οὐδὲν αἰδεσθέντες θεοὺς ἐκάλεσαν. ὧν τὴν ἀπόνοιαν κατιδὼν Μωυσῆς φησι· „κύριε, κύριε, βασιλεῦ τῶν θεῶν“ (Deut. 10, 17) εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς παρ’ ὑπηκόους ἄρχοντος διαφορᾶς.
174ἔστι δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα ψυχῶν ἀσωμάτων ἱερώτατος χορὸς ὀπαδὸς τῶν οὐρανίων· ἀγγέλους τὰς ψυχὰς ταύτας εἴωθε καλεῖν ὁ θεσπιῳδὸς λόγος· πάντ’ οὖν τὸν στρατὸν ἑκάστων ἐν ταῖς ἁρμοττούσαις διακεκοσμημένον τάξεσιν ὑπηρέτην καὶ θεραπευτὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκε τοῦ διακοσμήσαντος ἡγεμόνος, ᾧ ταξιαρχοῦντι κατὰ δίκην καὶ θεσμὸν ἕπεται· λιποταξίου γὰρ οὐ θέμις ἁλῶναί ποτε τὸ θεῖον στράτευμα.
175βασιλεῖ δὲ ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεσιν ἐμπρεπὲς ὁμιλεῖν τε καὶ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς τῶν τοιούτων πραγμάτων ὑπηρεσίας, οἷσπερ ἁρμόττει μὴ ὑπὸ μόνου πήγνυσθαι θεοῦ. χρεῖος μὲν γὰρ οὐδενός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ παντὸς πατήρ, ὡς δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀφ’ ἑτέρων, εἰ ἐθέλοι δημιουργῆσαι, συμπράξεως, τὸ δὲ πρέπον ὁρῶν ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς γινομένοις ταῖς ὑπηκόοις δυνάμεσιν ἔστιν ἃ διαπλάττειν ἐφῆκεν, οὐδὲ ταύταις εἰσάπαν αὐτοκράτορα δοὺς τοῦ τελεσιουργεῖν ἐπιστήμην, ἵνα μή τι πλημμεληθείη τῶν ἀφικνουμένων εἰς γένεσιν.
Sections 151–175
151And in the case of fevers, one may see very similar effects; for they are periodical changes, in some recurring every day, in others every third or every fourth day, as the sons of the physicians say; and they have also stated hours, both by day and night, at which important crises may be expected, and they at all times keep nearly the same order.
152And the expression, "And they began to do this," is said with no moderate indignation, because it has not been sufficient for wicked men to confuse all the principles of justice which affect those of the same country as themselves, but they have ventured to transgress even the laws of Heaven, sowing injustice and reaping impiety. But these wretched men derive no advantage,
153for though those who seek to inflict mutual injuries on one another, succeed in many of the objects which they have at heart, bringing to their accomplishment in action what they have decided on in their unwise minds, yet . the case is not the same with the impious. For all things belonging to the Deity are incapable of receiving either damage or injury, and the unclean can only find out the beginnings of sinning in respect of them, but can never arrive at the end which they propose to themselves;
154on which account this expression also occurs, "They began to do." Men full of an insatiable desire of doing wrong, not being content with the crimes which they can perpetrate on earth, by sea, and in the air, inasmuch as they are of a perishable nature, have determined to array themselves against the divine natures existing in heaven; which, as they are not reckoned among existing creatures are also out of all reach of injury. Even calumny itself can inflict no injury on those things if it ventures to speak ill of them, inasmuch as they are never moved from their everlasting and eternal natures, but it inflicts incurable calamity on those who accuse it.
155Are they not to be blamed, since indeed they have only begun, being unable to arrive at the end of the impiety they propose to themselves, are they not, I say, to be blamed just as much as if they had accomplished all the objects that they had in view? On this account also, Moses speaks of them as having finished the tower, though in fact they had not yet completed it, where he says, "The Lord went down to see the city and the tower," not which the sons of men were going to build, but which they had built.
156What, then, is the proof that they had not entirely completed this building? First of all, the manifest notoriety of the fact. For it is impossible for even so slight a portion of the earth to touch the heaven, by reason of the cause beforementioned, that no centre can ever touch the circumference; in the second place, because the aether (αἰθής) is sacred fire and an unquenchable flame, as its very name shows, being derived from αἴθω, to burn, which is a synonymous word with καίω.
157And we have a witness in our favour in one portion of the heavenly system of fire, that is in the sun, who, though he is at such a distance from the earth, sends his beams down into his inmost recesses, and sometimes warms and at times even scorches the earth itself, and the air which reaches from the earth up to the heavenly sphere, though it is by nature cold; for, all those things which are removed to a distance from his rapid course, or which are in an oblique direction, one side of it only warms; but those which are near to him, or in a direct line from him, is violently burnt up. If, then, these things are so, was it not necessary that those men who were endeavouring to mount up to heaven must have been stricken with thunderbolts and burnt up, their high-minded and proud designs being unaccomplished by them?
158This is the meaning which Moses appears to intend to convey, figuratively, by the expressions which follow: "For they ceased," says he, "to build the city and the tower." Not, indeed, because they had finished their work, but because they were prevented from accomplishing it by the confusion which supervened. Nevertheless, they have not escaped blame for their actions, inasmuch as they had decided on them and attempted to carry them out.
159At all events, the law says that that soothsayer and diviner who was led into folly in respect of his unstable conjectures (for the name, Balaam, being interpreted, means unstable), "cursed the people that saw;" and that, too, though as far as his words go he uttered only words of good omen and prayers. The law here looking not at the words he uttered, which, through the providence of God, did change their character, becoming good money instead of base coinage, but having regard to the intention in which injurious things were resolved in preference to beneficial ones. But these things are, by nature inimical to one another, conjectures being at variance with truth, and vain opinion with knowledge, and prophecy, which is not dictated by divine inspiration, being directly opposed to sober wisdom.
160And even if any one, rising up as it were from his ambush, were to try, but to be unable, to slay a man, still he is none the less liable to the punishment due to homicides, as the law which is enacted about such persons shows. "For if," says the law, "any one attacks his neighbour, wishing to slay him by treachery, and escapes, thou shalt apprehend him, even at the altar, to put him to death." And yet the thing condemned is the attacking with intent to kill, not the actual killing, but the law looks upon the intention to slay as equal in guilt to the actual slaying; on which account it does not grant pardon to such a man even if he supplicates for it, but bids one drag the man who has cherished so unholy a design even from the temple itself.
161And such a man is unholy, not merely because he has plotted slaughter against a soul which might have lived for ever through its acquisition and use of virtue, making an attack on it through the agency of wickedness, but also because he blames God as the cause of his ungodly audacity; for the word, "escapes," has such a meaning as this concealed under it. Because many men wish to escape from accusations which are brought against themselves, and think it fitting that they should be delivered from the punishments due to the offences which they have committed, and so they attribute their own iniquity to him who is the cause of no evil, but of all kinds of good, namely, to God; for which reason it was accounted as no violation of divine law to drag such men even from the altars themselves.
162And it was an excessive punishment which was then denounced against the reasons which were thus built up and put together for purposes of impiety; which, however, perhaps some foolish persons will look upon not as injury, but as a benefit. "For," says Moses, "there shalt not fail to them any one of the things which they have endeavoured to do." Alas for their unlimited and interminable misery! All the objects which the most insane intention fixes its desires upon shall be successfully carried out, and shall obey its will, so that nothing whatever shall fail, either small or great, but everything shall, as it were, make haste to meet and to anticipate their requirements.
163These things are an exhibition of a soul destitute of prudence, and which meets with no impediment to its indulging in sin; for whoever is not utterly incurable would rather pray that all the purposes of his mind might fail, so that if he had formed a resolution to steal, or to commit adultery, or to murder a man, or to commit sacrilege, or to perpetrate any similar crime, he might not succeed, but might find innumerable obstacles. For such hindrance would get rid of the greatest of all diseases, injustice; but any one who is free from all fear is sure to admit this malady.
164Why, then, my friends, do you any longer praise or admire the fortunes of tyrants, owing to which they succeed with ease in everything which they undertake, and which a frenzied and unrestrained mind prompts them to do? And yet one ought rather to lament over them, since inability and powerlessness to succeed in their objects is advantageous to the wicked, just as abundant opportunity and power is the most beneficial thing for the good.
165But one of the crowd of foolish men, perceiving to what an abundant superfluity of misery indulgence in sinning leads, said, speaking with perfect freedom, "My wickedness is too great for me to be forgiven." It is, therefore, very melancholy indeed for the soul, which is by its own nature unmanageable, to be left without any restraint; while it is scarcely possible for any one to hold it in with reins, and by that means, in conjunction with the infliction of stripes, to reduce it to reason.
166On which account an oracle of the all-merciful God has been given, full of gentleness, which shadows forth good hopes to those who love instruction, in these terms: "I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee." For when the chains of the soul, by which it has been used to be held in bondage, are loosened, then the greatest of all calamities follows, namely, the being deserted by God, who has fastened chains which can never be broken round the universe, namely, his own powers, with which he binds everything, willing that it shall never more be released.
167Accordingly, he says, in another passage, that "all things which are bound with a chain are pure;" since unbinding is the cause of the destruction of that which is impure. Beware, then, lest when you see a man accomplishing without difficulty all the objects which he endeavours to effect, you admire him as a prosperous man; take care rather to pity him as a very unfortunate one, because he passes his whole life in a perfect destitution of virtue and a great abundance of vice.
168And it is worth while to consider in no superficial manner what the meaning is of that expression which is put by Moses into the mouth of God: "Come, let us go down and confuse their language there." For here God is represented as if he were speaking to some beings who were his coadjutors. And the very same idea may be excited by what is said in the account of the creation of the world,
169for there, too, Moses records that "the Lord God said, Come, let us now make man in our image; man in our similitude." The expression, "Let us make," implying a number of creators. And, in another place, we are told that God said, "Behold, the man, Adam, has become as one of us, in respect of his knowing good and evil;" for the expression, "as one of us," is not applicable to one person, but to many.
170In the first place, then, we must say this, that there is no existing being equal in honour to God, but there is one only ruler and governor and king, to whom alone it is granted to govern and to arrange the universe. For the verse— A multitude of kings is never good, Let there one sovereign, one sole monarch be, is not more justly said with respect to cities and men than with respect to the world and to God; for it is clear from the necessity of things that there must be one creator, and one father, and one master of the one universe.
171This point then being thus granted, it is necessary to convert with it also what follows, so as to adapt it properly. Let us then consider what this is: God, being one, has about him an unspeakable number of powers, all of which are defenders and preservers of every thing that is created; and among these powers those also which are conversant with punishment are involved. But even punishment is not a disadvantageous thing, inasmuch as it is both a hindrance to and a correction of doing wrong.
172Again, it is by means of these powers that the incorporeal world, perceptible by the intellect, has been put together, which is the archetypal model of this invisible world, being compounded of invisible species, just as this world is of invisible bodies.
173Some persons therefore, admiring exceedingly the nature of both these worlds, have not only deified them in their wholes, but have also deified the most beautiful parts of them, such as the sun and the moon, and the entire heaven, which, having no reverence for anything, they have called gods. But Moses, perceiving their design, says, "O Lord, Lord, King of the gods," in order to show the difference between the ruler and those subject to him,
174"And there is also in the air a most sacred company of incorporeal souls as an attendant upon the heavenly souls; for the word of prophecy is accustomed to call these souls angels. It happens therefore that the whole army of each of these worlds, being marshalled in their suitable ranks, are servants and ministers of the ruler who has marshalled them, whom they follow as their leader, in obedience to the principles of law and justice; for it is impossible to suppose that the divine army can even be detected in desertion.
175But it is suitable to the character of the king to associate with his own powers, and to avail himself of them, with a view to their ministrations in such matters as it is not fitting should be settled by God alone, for the Father of the universe has no need of anything, so as to require assistance from any other quarter if he wishes to make any thing. But seeing at once what is becoming, both for himself and for his works of creation, there are some things which he has entrusted to his subordinate powers to fashion; and yet he has not at once given even to them completely independent knowledge to enable it to accomplish their objects, in order that no one of those things which come to be created may be found to be erroneously made.
Sections 176–198
176ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν προτυπῶσαι· ὧν δὲ χάριν, ἤδη λεκτέον· ἡ μὲν φύσις τῶν ζῴων εἴς τε ἄλογον καὶ λογικὴν μοῖραν, ἐναντίας ἀλλήλαις, ἐτμήθη τὸ πρῶτον, ἡ δ’ αὖ λογικὴ πάλιν εἴς τε τὸ φθαρτὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον εἶδος, φθαρτὸν μὲν τὸ ἀνθρώπων, ἀθάνατον δὲ τὸ ψυχῶν ἀσωμάτων, αἳ κατά τε ἀέρα καὶ οὐρανὸν περιπολοῦσι.
177κακίας δὲ ἀμέτοχοι μέν εἰσιν αὗται, τὸν ἀκήρατον καὶ εὐδαίμονα κλῆρον ἐξ ἀρχῆς λαχοῦσαι καὶ τῷ συμφορῶν ἀνηνύτων οὐκ ἐνδεθεῖσαι χωρίῳ, σώματι, ἀμέτοχοι δὲ καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀλόγων, παρόσον ἀμοιροῦσαι διανοίας οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ λογισμοῦ συμβαινόντων ἑκουσίων ἀδικημάτων ἁλίσκονται.
178μόνος δὲ σχεδὸν ἐκ πάντων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν ἔχων ἐπιστήμην αἱρεῖται μὲν πολλάκις τὰ φαυλότατα, φεύγει δὲ τὰ σπουδῆς ἄξια, ὥστ’ αὐτὸν μάλιστα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκ προνοίας ἁμαρτήμασι καταγινώσκεσθαι.
179προσηκόντως οὖν τὴν τούτου κατασκευὴν ὁ θεὸς περιῆψε καὶ τοῖς ὑπάρχοις αὐτοῦ λέγων· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον“, ἵνα αἱ μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατορθώσεις ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀναφέρωνται μόνον, ἐπ’ ἄλλους δὲ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. θεῷ γὰρ τῷ πανηγεμόνι ἐμπρεπὲς οὐκ ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὴν ἐπὶ κακίαν ὁδὸν ἐν ψυχῇ λογικῇ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ δημιουργῆσαι· οὗ χάριν τοῖς μετ’ αὐτὸν ἐπέτρεψε τὴν τούτου τοῦ μέρους κατασκευήν. ἔδει γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἀντίπαλον τῷ ἀκουσίῳ, τὸ ἑκούσιον, εἰς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς συμπλήρωσιν κατασκευασθὲν ἀναδειχθῆναι.
180τοῦτο μὲν δὴ ταύτῃ λελέχθω. προσήκει δὲ κἀκεῖνο λελογίσθαι, ὅτι μόνων ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς αἴτιος, κακοῦ δὲ οὐδενὸς τὸ παράπαν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν ὄντων καὶ τελειότατον ἀγαθὸν αὐτὸς ἦν. ἐμπρεπέστατον δὲ τὰ οἰκεῖα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει δημιουργεῖν ἄριστα τῷ ἀρίστῳ, τὰς μέντοι κατὰ πονηρῶν κολάσεις διὰ τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτὸν βεβαιοῦσθαι.
181μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ τελειωθέντος ἐξ ἀσκήσεως τόδε· „ὁ θεὸς ὁ τρέφων με ἐκ νεότητος, ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ ῥυόμενός με ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν“ (Gen. 48, 15. 16)· ὁμολογεῖ γὰρ καὶ οὗτος ἤδη, ὅτι τὰ μὲν γνήσια τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἃ φιλαρέτους τρέφει ψυχάς, ἐπὶ θεὸν ἀναφέρεται μόνον ὡς αἴτιον, ἡ δὲ τῶν κακῶν μοῖρα ἀγγέλοις ἐπιτέτραπται πάλιν, οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἔχουσι τὴν τοῦ κολάζειν αὐτοκράτορα ἐξουσίαν, ἵνα μηδενὸς τῶν εἰς φθορὰν τεινόντων ἡ σωτήριος αὐτοῦ κατάρχῃ φύσις.
182διὸ λέγει· „δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν“. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀσεβεῖς τοιαύτης ἐπάξιοι δίκης τυγχάνειν, ἵλεως καὶ εὐεργέτιδας καὶ φιλοδώρους αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις οἰκειοῦσθαι τιμωρίαις. εἰδὼς μέντοι τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὠφελίμους ὑπαρχούσας δι’ ἑτέρων αὐτὰς ὥρισεν· ἔδει γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἐπανορθώσεως ἀξιωθῆναι, τὰς δὲ πηγὰς τῶν ἀεννάων αὐτοῦ χαρίτων ἀμιγεῖς κακῶν οὐκ ὄντων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ νομιζομένων φυλαχθῆναι.
183Τίς δέ ἐστιν ἡ σύγχυσις, ἐρευνητέον. πῶς οὖν ἐρευνήσομεν; οὕτως, ὥς γ’ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται· πολλάκις οὓς πρότερον οὐκ ᾔδειμεν, ἀπὸ τῶν συγγενῶν καί τινα πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐχόντων ἐμφέρειαν ἐγνωρίσαμεν· οὐκοῦν καὶ πράγματα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἃ μὴ ῥᾴδιον ἐξ ἑαυτῶν καταλαμβάνεσθαι, δῆλα γένοιτ’ ἂν κατὰ τὴν τῶν οἰκείων αὐτοῖς ὁμοιότητα.
184τίνα οὖν ἐστι συγχύσει πράγματα ὅμοια; ἡ μῖξις, ὥσπερ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, καὶ κρᾶσις· ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν μῖξις ἐν ξηραῖς, ἡ δὲ κρᾶσις ἐν ὑγραῖς οὐσίαις δοκιμάζεται.
185μῖξις μὲν οὖν σωμάτων διαφερόντων ἐστὶν οὐκ ἐν κόσμῳ παράθεσις, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις σωρὸν ποιήσειε κριθὰς καὶ πυροὺς καὶ ὀρόβους καὶ ἄλλ’ ἄττα εἴδη τῶν σπαρτῶν εἰς ταὐτὸ εἰσενεγκών, κρᾶσις δ’ οὐ παράθεσις, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀνομοίων μερῶν εἰς ἄλληλα εἰσδυομένων δι’ ὅλων ἀντιπαρέκτασις, ἔτι δυναμένων ἐπιτεχνήσει τινὶ διακρίνεσθαι τῶν ποιοτήτων, ὡς ἐπὶ οἴνου καὶ ὕδατός φασι γίνεσθαι·
186συνελθούσας μὲν γὰρ τὰς οὐσίας ἀποτελεῖν κρᾶσιν, τὸ δὲ κραθὲν οὐδὲν ἧττον ἀναπλοῦσθαι πάλιν εἰς τὰς ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθη ποιότητας· σπόγγῳ γὰρ ἠλαιωμένῳ τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι, τὸν δ’ οἶνον ὑπολείπεσθαι· μήποτε ἐπειδήπερ ἐξ ὕδατος ἡ σπογγιᾶς γένεσίς ἐστι, τὸ μὲν οἰκεῖον, ὕδωρ, πέφυκεν ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι πρὸς αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ κράματος, τὸ δ’ ἀλλότριον ὑπολείπεσθαι, ὁ οἶνος.
187σύγχυσις δέ ἐστι φθορὰ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ποιοτήτων πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ἀντιπαρεκτεινομένων εἰς διαφερούσης μιᾶς γένεσιν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐν ἰατρικῇ τετραφαρμάκου συντέτευχε· κηρὸς γὰρ καὶ στέαρ καὶ πίττα ῥητίνη τε, οἶμαι, συνελθόντα ταύτην ἀποτελεῖ, συντεθείσης δὲ ἀμήχανον ἔτι τὰς ἐξ ὧν συνετέθη διακριθῆναι δυνάμεις, ἀλλ’ ἑκάστη μὲν αὐτῶν ἠφάνισται, πασῶν δ’ ἡ φθορὰ μίαν ἐξαίρετον ἄλλην ἐγέννησε δύναμιν.
188ὅταν δ’ ἀπειλῇ σύγχυσιν τοῖς ἀσεβέσι λογισμοῖς ὁ θεός, οὐ μόνον ἑκάστης κακίας τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἀφανισθῆναι κελεύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ συνερανισθὲν ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μήτε τὰ μέρη καθ’ ἑαυτὰ μήθ’ ἡ πάντων σύνοδός τε καὶ συμφωνία περιβάληταί τινα ἰσχὺν ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς ἀμείνονος μοίρας.
189οὗ χάριν φησί· „συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶτταν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πλησίον“ (Gen. 11, 7), ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστὶ τούτῳ· κωφὸν ἕκαστον ἐργασώμεθα τῶν κακίας μερῶν, ὡς μήτε ἰδίαν ἀφιὲν φωνὴν μήτε συνηχοῦν ἑτέρῳ βλάβης αἴτιον γίνηται.
190ταῦτα μὲν ἡμεῖς, οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἐμφανέσι καὶ προχείροις μόνον ἐπακολουθοῦντες οἴονται νυνὶ γένεσιν διαλέκτων Ἑλληνικῶν τε καὶ βαρβάρων ὑπογράφεσθαι· οὓς οὐκ ἂν αἰτιασάμενος — ἴσως γὰρ ἀληθεῖ καὶ αὐτοὶ χρῶνται λόγῳ — παρακαλέσαιμ’ ἂν μὴ ἐπὶ τούτων στῆναι, μετελθεῖν δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς τροπικὰς ἀποδόσεις, νομίσαντας τὰ μὲν ῥητὰ τῶν χρησμῶν σκιάς τινας ὡσανεὶ σωμάτων εἶναι, τὰς δ’ ἐμφαινομένας δυνάμεις τὰ ὑφεστῶτα ἀληθείᾳ πράγματα.
191δίδωσι μέντοι πρὸς τοῦτ’ ἀφορμὰς τὸ εἶδος τοῖς μὴ τυφλοῖς διάνοιαν ὁ νομοθέτης αὐτός, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ ἐφ’ ὧν νῦν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος· τὸ γὰρ γινόμενον σύγχυσιν προσεῖπε. καίτοι γε εἰ διαλέκτων γένεσιν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐδήλου, κἂν ὄνομα εὐθυβολώτερον ἐπεφήμισεν ἀντὶ συγχύσεως διάκρισιν· οὐ γὰρ συγχεῖται τὰ τεμνόμενα, διακρίνεται δ’ ἔμπαλιν, καὶ ἔστιν οὐ μόνον ἐναντίον ὄνομα ὀνόματι, ἀλλ’ ἔργον ἔργῳ.
192σύγχυσις μὲν γάρ, ὡς ἔφην, ἐστὶ φθορὰ τῶν ἁπλῶν δυνάμεων εἰς συμπεφορημένης μιᾶς γένεσιν, διάκρισις δὲ ἑνὸς εἰς πλείω τομή, καθάπερ ἐπὶ γένους καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸ εἰδῶν ἔχειν συντέτευχεν. ὥστε εἰ μίαν οὖσαν φωνὴν ἐκέλευσε τέμνειν ὁ σοφὸς εἰς πλειόνων διαλέκτων τμήματα, προσεχεστέροις ἂν καὶ κυριωτέροις ἐχρήσατο τοῖς ὀνόμασι, τομὴν ἢ διανέμησιν ἢ διάκρισιν ἤ τι ὁμοιότροπον εἰπών, οὐ τὸ μαχόμενον αὐτοῖς, σύγχυσιν.
193ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡ σπουδὴ διαλῦσαι τὸ κακίας στῖφος, τὰς ὁμολογίας αὐτῆς ἀκυρῶσαι, τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀνελεῖν, τὰς δυνάμεις ἀφανίσαι καὶ διαφθεῖραι, τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς κράτος, ὃ δειναῖς ὠχυρώσατο παρανομίαις, καθελεῖν.
194οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ τῶν ψυχῆς ὁ πλάστης μερῶν οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἑτέρου κοινωνίαν ἤγαγεν; ἀλλ’ ὀφθαλμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἀκούσειαν, ὦτα δὲ οὐκ ἂν θεάσαιτο, χυλὸς δὲ ἐνστόμιος οὐκ ἂν ὄσφροιτο, οὐδ’ ἂν γεύσαιντο ῥῖνες, ὅ τ’ αὖ λόγος οὐδὲν ἂν τῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις πάθοι, οὐδ’ ἔμπαλιν ῥῆξαι φωνὴν δύναιτ’ ἂν αἴσθησις.
195ἔγνω γὰρ ὁ τεχνίτης, ὅτι τὸ μὴ ἀκούειν ἕκαστον τούτων τῆς τοῦ πλησίον φωνῆς λυσιτελές ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τῆς ψυχῆς μέρη ταῖς οἰκείαις δυνάμεσιν ἀσυγχύτοις χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ζῴων ὠφέλειαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα κοινωνίαν ἀφῃρῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ τῆς κακίας εἰς σύγχυσιν καὶ φθορὰν ἀχθῆναι παντελῆ, ἵνα μήτε συμφωνήσαντα μήτε καθ’ ἑαυτὰ ὄντα ζημία τοῖς ἀμείνοσι γένηται.
196παρὸ καὶ λέγει· „διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκεῖθεν“ (Gen. 11,8), ἐν ἴσῳ τῷ ἐσκέδασεν, ἐφυγάδευσεν, ἀφανεῖς ἐποίησε· τὸ γὰρ σπείρειν ἀγαθῶν, κακῶν δὲ αἴτιον τὸ διασπείρειν, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἐπιδόσεως καὶ αὐξήσεως καὶ γενέσεως ἑτέρων ἕνεκα συμβαίνει, τὸ δ’ ἀπωλείας καὶ φθορᾶς. βούλεται δὲ ὁ φυτουργὸς θεὸς σπείρειν μὲν ἐν τῷ παντὶ καλοκἀγαθίαν, διασπείρειν δὲ καὶ ἐλαύνειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πολιτείας τὴν ἐπάρατον ἀσέβειαν, ἵν’ ἤδη ποτὲ παύσωνται τὴν κακίας πόλιν καὶ τὸν ἀθεότητος πύργον οἰκοδομοῦντες μισάρετοι τρόποι.
197τούτων γὰρ σκεδασθέντων οἱ πάλαι πεφευγότες τὴν τυραννίδα τῆς ἀφροσύνης ἑνὶ κηρύγματι κάθοδον εὑρήσουσι, γράψαντός τε καὶ βεβαιώσαντος θεοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα, ὡς δηλοῦσιν οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς διείρηται ὅτι „ἐὰν ᾖ ἡ διασπορά σου ἀπ’ ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἐκεῖθεν συνάξει σε“ (Deut. 30, 4)·
198ὥστε τὴν μὲν ἀρετῶν συμφωνίαν ἐμπρεπὲς ἁρμόζεσθαι θεῷ, τὴν δὲ κακιῶν διαλύειν τε καὶ φθείρειν. οἰκειότατον δὲ κακίας ὄνομα σύγχυσις· οὗ πίστις ἐναργὴς πᾶς ἄφρων, λόγοις καὶ βουλαῖς καὶ πράξεσιν ἀδοκίμοις καὶ πεφορημέναις χρώμενος.
Sections 176–198
176These things, then, it was necessary to give an idea of beforehand; but for what reason this was necessary we must now say. The nature of animals was originally divided into the portion endowed with and into that devoid of reason, the two being at variance with one another. Again the rational division was subdivided into the perishable and imperishable species, the perishable species being the race of mankind, and the imperishable species being the company of incorporeal souls which revolve about the air and heaven.
177But these have no participation in wickedness, having received from the very beginning an inheritance without stain and full of happiness; and not being bound up in the region of interminable calamities, that is to say, in the body. The divisions also of the irrational part are free from any participation in wickedness, inasmuch as, having no endowment of intellect, they are never convicted of those deliberate acts of wickedness which proceed upon consideration.
178But man is almost the only one of all living things which, having a thorough knowledge of good and evil, often chooses that which is worst, and rejects those things which are worthy of earnest pursuit, so that he is often most justly condemned as being guilty of deliberate and studied crime.
179Very appropriately therefore has God attributed the creation of this being, man, to his lieutenants, saying, "Let us make man," in order that the successes of the intellect may be attributed to him alone, but the errors of the being thus created, to his subordinate power: for it did not appear to be suitable to the dignity of God, the ruler of the universe, to make the road to wickedness in a rational soul by his own agency; for which reason he has committed to those about him the creation of this portion of the universe; for it was necessary that the voluntary principle, as the counterpoise to the involuntary principle, should be established and made known, with a view to the completion and perfection of the universe.
180And this may be enough to say in this manner; and it is right that this point also should be considered, namely that God is the cause only of what is good but is absolutely the cause of no evil whatever, since he himself is the most ancient of all existing things, and the most perfect of all goods; and it is most natural and becoming that he should do what is most akin to his own nature, that is to say, that the best of all beings should be the cause of all the best things, but that the punishments appointed for the wicked are inflicted by the means of his subordinate ministers.
181And there is an evidence in favour of this assertion of mine in this expression, which was uttered by the man who was made perfect by practise; "The God who nourished me from my youth up, the angel who defended me from all evils;" for by these words he already confesses that those genuine good things which nourish the souls which love virtue, are referred to God as their sole cause; but the fate of the wicked is, on the other hand, referred to the angels, and even they have not independent and absolute power of inflicting punishment, that this salutary nature may not afford an opportunity to any one of the things which tend to destruction.
182For this reason God says, "Come, let us go down and confuse;" for the wicked, deserving to meet with such punishment as this, that the merciful, and beneficent, and bounteous, powers of God should become known to them chiefly by its inflictions. Knowing therefore that these powers are beneficial to the race of man, he has appointed the punishments to be inflicted by other beings; for it was expedient that he himself should be looked upon as the cause of well-doing, but in such a way that the fountains of his everlasting graces should be kept unmingled with any evils, not merely with those that are really evils, but even with those which are accounted such.
183We must now examine what this confusion is. How then shall we enter on this examination? In this manner, in my opinion. We have very often known those whom we had knowledge of before, from certain similarities and a comparison of circumstances which have some connection with them. Therefore we also become acquainted with things in the same manner, which it is not easy to form a conception of from their own nature, from some similarity of other things connected with them.
184What things then resemble confusion? Mixture, as the ancient report has it, and combination; but mixture takes place in dry things, and combination is looked upon as belonging to wet substances.
185Mixture then is a placing side by side of different bodies in no regular order, as if any one were to make a heap, bringing barley, and wheat, and pease, and all sorts of other seeds, all into one mass; but combination is not a placing side by side, but rather a mutual penetration of dissimilar parts entering into one another at all points, so that the distinctive qualities are still able to be distinguished by some artificial skill, as they say is the case with respect to wine and water;
186for these substances coming together form a combination, but that which is combined is not the less capable of being resolved again into the distinctive qualities from which it was originally formed. For with a sponge saturated with oil it is possible for the water to be taken up and for the wine to be left behind, which may perhaps be because the origin of sponge is derived from water, and therefore it is natural that water being a kindred substance is calculated by nature to be taken up by the sponge out of the combination, but that that substance which is of a different nature, namely the wine, is naturally left behind.
187But confusion is the destruction of all the original distinctive qualities, owing to their component parts penetrating one another at every point, so as to generate one thing wholly different, as is the case in that composition of the physicians which they call the tetrapharmacon. For that, I imagine, is made up of wax, and fat, and pitch, and resin, all compounded together, but when the medicine has once been compounded, then it is impossible for it again to be resolved into the powers of which it was originally composed, but every one of them is destroyed separately, and the destruction of them all has produced one other power of exceeding excellence.
188But when God threatens impious reasonings with confusion, he is in fact not only commanding the whole species and power of each separate wickedness to be destroyed, but also that thing which has been made up of all their joint contributions; so that neither the parts by themselves, nor the union and harmony of the whole, can contribute any strength hereafter towards the destruction of the better part;
189on which account, he says, "Let us then confuse their language, so that each of them may not understand the voice of his neighbour;" which is equivalent to, let us make each separate one of the parts of wickedness deaf and dumb, so that it shall neither utter a voice of its own, nor be able to sound in unison with any other part, so as to be a cause of mischief.
190This, now, is our opinion upon and interpretation of this passage. But they who follow only what is plain and easy, think that what is here intended to be recorded, is the origin of the languages of the Greeks and barbarians, whom, without blaming them (for, perhaps, they also put a correct interpretation on the transaction), I would exhort not to be content with stopping at this point, but to proceed onward to look at the passage in a figurative way, considering that the mere words of the scriptures are, as it were, but shadows of bodies, and that the meanings which are apparent to investigation beneath them, are the real things to be pondered upon.
191Accordingly, this lawgiver usually gives a handle for this doctrine to those who are not utterly blind in their intellect; as in fact he does in his account of this very event, which we are now discussing: for he has called what took place, confusion; and yet, if he had only intended to speak of the origin of languages, he would have given a more felicitous name, and one of better omen, calling it division instead of confusion; for things that are divided, are not confused, but, on the contrary, are distinguished from one another, and not only is the one name contrary to the other, but the one fact is contrary to the other fact.
192For confusion, as I have already said, is the destruction of simple powers for the production of one concrete power; but division is the dissection of one thing into many parts, as is the case when one distinguishes a genus into its subordinate species so that, if the wise God had ordered his ministers to divide language, which was previously only one, into the divisions of several dialects, he would have used more appropriate expressions, which should have given a more accurate idea of the case: calling what he did, dissection, or distribution, or division, or something of that kind, but not confusion, a name which is at variance with all of them.
193But his especial object here is to dissolve the company of wickedness, to put an end to their confederacy, to destroy their community of action, to put out of sight and extirpate all their powers, to overthrow the might of their dominion, which they had strengthened by fearful lawlessness.
194Do you not see that he also who made the parts of the soul did not unite any one part to another in such a way as to enable one to discharge the duties of the other? But the eyes would never be able to hear, nor the ears to see, nor the lips of the mouth to smell, nor the nostrils to taste; nor, again, could reason ever be exposed to those influences which operate upon the outward senses, nor again, would the outward senses be able to develop reason.
195For the Creator knew that it was desirable that each of these parts should not hear the voice of its neighbour, but that the parts of the soul should each exert its own peculiar faculties without confusion, for the advantage of living animals, and should, with the same object, be deprived of any power of exerting themselves in common, and that all the powers of vice should be brought to confusion and utter destruction, so that they might neither in confederacy, nor separately, be injurious to the better parts.
196On which account Moses tells us, "The Lord scattered them from thence;" which is equivalent to, he dispersed them, he put them to flight, he banished them, he destroyed them; for to scatter is sometimes done with a view to the production, and growth, and increase of other things; but there is another kind which has for its object overthrow and destruction: but God, the planter of the world, wishes to sow in every one excellence, but to scatter and drive from the world accursed impiety; that the disposition which hates virtue may at last desist from building up a city of wickedness, and a tower of impiety;
197for when these are put to the rout, then those who have long ago been banished by the tyranny of folly, now, at one proclamation, find themselves able to return to their own country. God having drawn up and confirmed the proclamation, as the scriptures show, in which it is expressly stated that, "Even though thy dispersion be from one end of heaven to the other end of heaven, he will bring thee together from thence."
198So that it is proper that the harmony of the virtues should be arranged and cherished by God, and that he should dissolve and destroy wickedness; and confusion is a name most appropriate to wickedness, of which every foolish man is a visible proof, having all his words, and intentions, and actions, incapable of standing an examination and destitute of steadiness.